Index: .fossil-settings/encoding-glob ================================================================== --- .fossil-settings/encoding-glob +++ .fossil-settings/encoding-glob @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ win/buildall.vc.bat win/makefile.vc -win/mkd.bat -win/rmd.bat win/rules.vc Index: .project ================================================================== --- .project +++ .project @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ - tk8.6 + tk8.7 Index: README ================================================================== --- README +++ README @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ README: Tk - This is the Tk 8.6.8 source distribution. + This is the Tk 8.7a2 source distribution. http://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/ You can get any source release of Tk from the URL above. 1. Introduction --------------- @@ -8,13 +8,13 @@ This directory contains the sources and documentation for Tk, an X11 toolkit implemented with the Tcl scripting language. For details on features, incompatibilities, and potential problems with -this release, see the Tcl/Tk 8.6 Web page at +this release, see the Tcl/Tk 8.7 Web page at - http://www.tcl.tk/software/tcltk/8.6.html + http://www.tcl.tk/software/tcltk/8.7.html or refer to the "changes" file in this directory, which contains a historical record of all changes to Tk. Tk is maintained, enhanced, and distributed freely by the Tcl community. Index: changes ================================================================== --- changes +++ changes @@ -7493,5 +7493,34 @@ 2017-12-08 (new)[TIP 477] nmake build system reform (nadkarni) 2017-12-18 (bug)[b77626] Make [tk busy -cursor] silent no-op on macOS (vogel) --- Released 8.6.8, December 22, 2017 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tk/ for details + +Changes to 8.7a1 include all changes to the 8.6 line through 8.6.7, +plus the following, which focuses on the high-level feature changes +in this changeset (new minor version) rather than bug fixes: + +2016-03-07 (feature)[841280] spinbox autoswap -to/-from to get ordering (vogel) + +2016-03-27 (feature)[38dc27] Support & (nijtmans) + +2016-08-29 (TIP 449) [text] undo/redo return character range (vogel) + +2016-11-02 (feature) Removed undocumented command [tk_getFileType] (vogel) + *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY *** + +2017-02-05 (bug)[c0dbdd] Compatibility fonts shadowed system fonts (vogel) + +2017-03-21 (TIP 442) display text in a progressbar (zaumseil) + +2017-04-13 \u escaped content in msg files converted to true utf-8 (nijtmans) + +2017-08-24 (bug)[f1a3ca] Memleak in text operations (hume) + +2017-08-24 (bug)[ee40fd] Error reporting from failed console init (the) + +2017-08-24 (bug)[3295446] Keep console cursor visible when using history (goth) + +2017-08-28 (TIP 166) Extended color notation for alpha channel (bachmann) + +--- Released 8.7a1, September 8, 2017 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tk/ for details Index: doc/3DBorder.3 ================================================================== --- doc/3DBorder.3 +++ doc/3DBorder.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1993 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj, Tk_Get3DBorder, Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj, Tk_Draw3DRectangle, Tk_Fill3DRectangle, Tk_Draw3DPolygon, Tk_Fill3DPolygon, Tk_3DVerticalBevel, Tk_3DHorizontalBevel, Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder, Tk_NameOf3DBorder, Tk_3DBorderColor, Tk_3DBorderGC, Tk_Free3DBorderFromObj, Tk_Free3DBorder \- draw borders with three-dimensional appearance Index: doc/BindTable.3 ================================================================== --- doc/BindTable.3 +++ doc/BindTable.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_CreateBindingTable 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_CreateBindingTable, Tk_DeleteBindingTable, Tk_CreateBinding, Tk_DeleteBinding, Tk_GetBinding, Tk_GetAllBindings, Tk_DeleteAllBindings, Tk_BindEvent \- invoke scripts in response to X events Index: doc/CanvPsY.3 ================================================================== --- doc/CanvPsY.3 +++ doc/CanvPsY.3 @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_CanvasPs 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_CanvasPsY, Tk_CanvasPsBitmap, Tk_CanvasPsColor, Tk_CanvasPsFont, Tk_CanvasPsPath, Tk_CanvasPsStipple \- utility procedures for generating Postscript for canvases Index: doc/CanvTkwin.3 ================================================================== --- doc/CanvTkwin.3 +++ doc/CanvTkwin.3 @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_CanvasTkwin 3 4.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_CanvasTkwin, Tk_CanvasGetCoord, Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords, Tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin, Tk_CanvasWindowCoords, Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw, Tk_CanvasTagsOption \- utility procedures for canvas type managers Index: doc/CanvTxtInfo.3 ================================================================== --- doc/CanvTxtInfo.3 +++ doc/CanvTxtInfo.3 @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_CanvasTextInfo 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_CanvasTextInfo \- additional information for managing text items in canvases Index: doc/Clipboard.3 ================================================================== --- doc/Clipboard.3 +++ doc/Clipboard.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_ClipboardClear 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_ClipboardClear, Tk_ClipboardAppend \- Manage the clipboard Index: doc/ClrSelect.3 ================================================================== --- doc/ClrSelect.3 +++ doc/ClrSelect.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_ClearSelection 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_ClearSelection \- Deselect a selection Index: doc/ConfigWind.3 ================================================================== --- doc/ConfigWind.3 +++ doc/ConfigWind.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1993 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_ConfigureWindow 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_ConfigureWindow, Tk_MoveWindow, Tk_ResizeWindow, Tk_MoveResizeWindow, Tk_SetWindowBorderWidth, Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes, Tk_SetWindowBackground, Tk_SetWindowBackgroundPixmap, Tk_SetWindowBorder, Tk_SetWindowBorderPixmap, Tk_SetWindowColormap, Tk_DefineCursor, Tk_UndefineCursor \- change window configuration or attributes Index: doc/CoordToWin.3 ================================================================== --- doc/CoordToWin.3 +++ doc/CoordToWin.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1993 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_CoordsToWindow 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_CoordsToWindow \- Find window containing a point Index: doc/CrtCmHdlr.3 ================================================================== --- doc/CrtCmHdlr.3 +++ doc/CrtCmHdlr.3 @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_CreateClientMessageHandler 3 "8.4" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_CreateClientMessageHandler, Tk_DeleteClientMessageHandler \- associate procedure callback with ClientMessage type X events Index: doc/CrtConsoleChan.3 ================================================================== --- doc/CrtConsoleChan.3 +++ doc/CrtConsoleChan.3 @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2007 ActiveState Software Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_InitConsoleChannels 3 8.5 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_InitConsoleChannels \- Install the console channels as standard channels Index: doc/CrtErrHdlr.3 ================================================================== --- doc/CrtErrHdlr.3 +++ doc/CrtErrHdlr.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_CreateErrorHandler 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_CreateErrorHandler, Tk_DeleteErrorHandler \- handle X protocol errors Index: doc/CrtGenHdlr.3 ================================================================== --- doc/CrtGenHdlr.3 +++ doc/CrtGenHdlr.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_CreateGenericHandler 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_CreateGenericHandler, Tk_DeleteGenericHandler \- associate procedure callback with all X events Index: doc/CrtImgType.3 ================================================================== --- doc/CrtImgType.3 +++ doc/CrtImgType.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_CreateImageType 3 8.5 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_CreateImageType, Tk_GetImageMasterData, Tk_InitImageArgs \- define new kind of image Index: doc/CrtItemType.3 ================================================================== --- doc/CrtItemType.3 +++ doc/CrtItemType.3 @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_CreateItemType 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_CreateItemType, Tk_GetItemTypes \- define new kind of canvas item Index: doc/CrtPhImgFmt.3 ================================================================== --- doc/CrtPhImgFmt.3 +++ doc/CrtPhImgFmt.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Australian National University '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" '\" Author: Paul Mackerras (paulus@cs.anu.edu.au), '\" Department of Computer Science, '\" Australian National University. '\" .TH Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat 3 8.5 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" Index: doc/DeleteImg.3 ================================================================== --- doc/DeleteImg.3 +++ doc/DeleteImg.3 @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_DeleteImage 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_DeleteImage \- Destroy an image. Index: doc/DrawFocHlt.3 ================================================================== --- doc/DrawFocHlt.3 +++ doc/DrawFocHlt.3 @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_DrawFocusHighlight 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_DrawFocusHighlight \- draw the traversal highlight ring for a widget Index: doc/EventHndlr.3 ================================================================== --- doc/EventHndlr.3 +++ doc/EventHndlr.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_CreateEventHandler 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_CreateEventHandler, Tk_DeleteEventHandler \- associate procedure callback with an X event Index: doc/FreeXId.3 ================================================================== --- doc/FreeXId.3 +++ doc/FreeXId.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_FreeXId 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_FreeXId \- make X resource identifier available for reuse @@ -23,26 +23,8 @@ Identifier of X resource (window, font, pixmap, cursor, graphics context, or colormap) that is no longer in use. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP -The default allocator for resource identifiers provided by Xlib is very -simple-minded and does not allow resource identifiers to be re-used. -If a long-running application reaches the end of the resource id -space, it will generate an X protocol error and crash. -Tk replaces the default id allocator with its own allocator, which -allows identifiers to be reused. -In order for this to work, \fBTk_FreeXId\fR must be called to -tell the allocator about resources that have been freed. -Tk automatically calls \fBTk_FreeXId\fR whenever it frees a -resource, so if you use procedures like \fBTk_GetFont\fR, -\fBTk_GetGC\fR, and \fBTk_GetPixmap\fR then you need not call -\fBTk_FreeXId\fR. -However, if you allocate resources directly from Xlib, for example -by calling \fBXCreatePixmap\fR, then you should call \fBTk_FreeXId\fR -when you call the corresponding Xlib free procedure, such as -\fBXFreePixmap\fR. -If you do not call \fBTk_FreeXId\fR then the resource identifier will -be lost, which could cause problems if the application runs long enough -to lose all of the available identifiers. +This function is deprecated, it doesn't do anything since 2008-08-19. .SH KEYWORDS resource identifier Index: doc/GeomReq.3 ================================================================== --- doc/GeomReq.3 +++ doc/GeomReq.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_GeometryRequest 3 "8.4" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GeometryRequest, Tk_SetMinimumRequestSize, Tk_SetInternalBorder, Tk_SetInternalBorderEx \- specify desired geometry or internal border for a window Index: doc/GetAnchor.3 ================================================================== --- doc/GetAnchor.3 +++ doc/GetAnchor.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_GetAnchorFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetAnchorFromObj, Tk_GetAnchor, Tk_NameOfAnchor \- translate between strings and anchor positions Index: doc/GetBitmap.3 ================================================================== --- doc/GetBitmap.3 +++ doc/GetBitmap.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_AllocBitmapFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_AllocBitmapFromObj, Tk_GetBitmap, Tk_GetBitmapFromObj, Tk_DefineBitmap, Tk_NameOfBitmap, Tk_SizeOfBitmap, Tk_FreeBitmapFromObj, Tk_FreeBitmap \- maintain database of single-plane pixmaps Index: doc/GetCapStyl.3 ================================================================== --- doc/GetCapStyl.3 +++ doc/GetCapStyl.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_GetCapStyle 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetCapStyle, Tk_NameOfCapStyle \- translate between strings and cap styles Index: doc/GetClrmap.3 ================================================================== --- doc/GetClrmap.3 +++ doc/GetClrmap.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_GetColormap 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetColormap, Tk_PreserveColormap, Tk_FreeColormap \- allocate and free colormaps Index: doc/GetDash.3 ================================================================== --- doc/GetDash.3 +++ doc/GetDash.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_GetDash 3 8.3 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetDash \- convert from string to valid dash structure. Index: doc/GetGC.3 ================================================================== --- doc/GetGC.3 +++ doc/GetGC.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_GetGC 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetGC, Tk_FreeGC \- maintain database of read-only graphics contexts Index: doc/GetHINSTANCE.3 ================================================================== --- doc/GetHINSTANCE.3 +++ doc/GetHINSTANCE.3 @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation. '\" All rights reserved. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_GetHISTANCE 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetHINSTANCE \- retrieve the global application instance handle Index: doc/GetHWND.3 ================================================================== --- doc/GetHWND.3 +++ doc/GetHWND.3 @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation. '\" All rights reserved. -'\" +'\" .TH HWND 3 8.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetHWND, Tk_AttachHWND \- manage interactions between the Windows handle and an X window Index: doc/GetImage.3 ================================================================== --- doc/GetImage.3 +++ doc/GetImage.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_GetImage 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetImage, Tk_RedrawImage, Tk_SizeOfImage, Tk_FreeImage \- use an image in a widget Index: doc/GetJoinStl.3 ================================================================== --- doc/GetJoinStl.3 +++ doc/GetJoinStl.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_GetJoinStyle 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetJoinStyle, Tk_NameOfJoinStyle \- translate between strings and join styles Index: doc/GetJustify.3 ================================================================== --- doc/GetJustify.3 +++ doc/GetJustify.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_GetJustifyFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetJustifyFromObj, Tk_GetJustify, Tk_NameOfJustify \- translate between strings and justification styles Index: doc/GetOption.3 ================================================================== --- doc/GetOption.3 +++ doc/GetOption.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_GetOption 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetOption \- retrieve an option from the option database Index: doc/GetPixels.3 ================================================================== --- doc/GetPixels.3 +++ doc/GetPixels.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_GetPixelsFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetPixelsFromObj, Tk_GetPixels, Tk_GetMMFromObj, Tk_GetScreenMM \- translate between strings and screen units Index: doc/GetPixmap.3 ================================================================== --- doc/GetPixmap.3 +++ doc/GetPixmap.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_GetPixmap 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetPixmap, Tk_FreePixmap \- allocate and free pixmaps Index: doc/GetRelief.3 ================================================================== --- doc/GetRelief.3 +++ doc/GetRelief.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_GetReliefFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetReliefFromObj, Tk_GetRelief, Tk_NameOfRelief \- translate between strings and relief values Index: doc/GetRootCrd.3 ================================================================== --- doc/GetRootCrd.3 +++ doc/GetRootCrd.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_GetRootCoords 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetRootCoords \- Compute root-window coordinates of window Index: doc/GetScroll.3 ================================================================== --- doc/GetScroll.3 +++ doc/GetScroll.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_GetScrollInfo 3 8.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetScrollInfoObj, Tk_GetScrollInfo \- parse arguments for scrolling commands Index: doc/GetSelect.3 ================================================================== --- doc/GetSelect.3 +++ doc/GetSelect.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_GetSelection 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetSelection \- retrieve the contents of a selection Index: doc/GetUid.3 ================================================================== --- doc/GetUid.3 +++ doc/GetUid.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_GetUid 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetUid, Tk_Uid \- convert from string to unique identifier Index: doc/GetVRoot.3 ================================================================== --- doc/GetVRoot.3 +++ doc/GetVRoot.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_GetVRootGeometry 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetVRootGeometry \- Get location and size of virtual root for window Index: doc/GetVisual.3 ================================================================== --- doc/GetVisual.3 +++ doc/GetVisual.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_GetVisual 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetVisual \- translate from string to visual Index: doc/Grab.3 ================================================================== --- doc/Grab.3 +++ doc/Grab.3 @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation. '\" All rights reserved. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_Grab 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_Grab, Tk_Ungrab \- manipulate grab state in an application Index: doc/HWNDToWindow.3 ================================================================== --- doc/HWNDToWindow.3 +++ doc/HWNDToWindow.3 @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation. '\" All rights reserved. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_HWNDToWindow 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_HWNDToWindow \- Find Tk's window information for a Windows window Index: doc/HandleEvent.3 ================================================================== --- doc/HandleEvent.3 +++ doc/HandleEvent.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1992 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_HandleEvent 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_HandleEvent \- invoke event handlers for window system events Index: doc/IdToWindow.3 ================================================================== --- doc/IdToWindow.3 +++ doc/IdToWindow.3 @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_IdToWindow 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_IdToWindow \- Find Tk's window information for an X window Index: doc/ImgChanged.3 ================================================================== --- doc/ImgChanged.3 +++ doc/ImgChanged.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_ImageChanged 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_ImageChanged \- notify widgets that image needs to be redrawn Index: doc/Inactive.3 ================================================================== --- doc/Inactive.3 +++ doc/Inactive.3 @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation. '\" All rights reserved. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_GetUserInactiveTime 3 8.5 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetUserInactiveTime, Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime \- discover user inactivity time Index: doc/InternAtom.3 ================================================================== --- doc/InternAtom.3 +++ doc/InternAtom.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_InternAtom 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_InternAtom, Tk_GetAtomName \- manage cache of X atoms Index: doc/MainLoop.3 ================================================================== --- doc/MainLoop.3 +++ doc/MainLoop.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1992 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_MainLoop 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_MainLoop \- loop for events until all windows are deleted Index: doc/MainWin.3 ================================================================== --- doc/MainWin.3 +++ doc/MainWin.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_MainWindow 3 7.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_MainWindow, Tk_GetNumMainWindows \- functions for querying main window information Index: doc/MaintGeom.3 ================================================================== --- doc/MaintGeom.3 +++ doc/MaintGeom.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_MaintainGeometry 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_MaintainGeometry, Tk_UnmaintainGeometry \- maintain geometry of one window relative to another Index: doc/ManageGeom.3 ================================================================== --- doc/ManageGeom.3 +++ doc/ManageGeom.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_ManageGeometry 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_ManageGeometry \- arrange to handle geometry requests for a window Index: doc/MoveToplev.3 ================================================================== --- doc/MoveToplev.3 +++ doc/MoveToplev.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1993 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_MoveToplevelWindow 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_MoveToplevelWindow \- Adjust the position of a top-level window Index: doc/Name.3 ================================================================== --- doc/Name.3 +++ doc/Name.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_Name 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_Name, Tk_PathName, Tk_NameToWindow \- convert between names and window tokens Index: doc/NameOfImg.3 ================================================================== --- doc/NameOfImg.3 +++ doc/NameOfImg.3 @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_NameOfImage 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_NameOfImage \- Return name of image. Index: doc/OwnSelect.3 ================================================================== --- doc/OwnSelect.3 +++ doc/OwnSelect.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_OwnSelection 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_OwnSelection \- make a window the owner of the primary selection Index: doc/ParseArgv.3 ================================================================== --- doc/ParseArgv.3 +++ doc/ParseArgv.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1992 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_ParseArgv 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_ParseArgv \- process command-line options Index: doc/QWinEvent.3 ================================================================== --- doc/QWinEvent.3 +++ doc/QWinEvent.3 @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_QueueWindowEvent 3 7.5 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_CollapseMotionEvents, Tk_QueueWindowEvent \- Add a window event to the Tcl event queue Index: doc/Restack.3 ================================================================== --- doc/Restack.3 +++ doc/Restack.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_RestackWindow 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_RestackWindow \- Change a window's position in the stacking order Index: doc/RestrictEv.3 ================================================================== --- doc/RestrictEv.3 +++ doc/RestrictEv.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_RestrictEvents 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_RestrictEvents \- filter and selectively delay X events Index: doc/SetAppName.3 ================================================================== --- doc/SetAppName.3 +++ doc/SetAppName.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_SetAppName 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_SetAppName \- Set the name of an application for 'send' commands Index: doc/SetCaret.3 ================================================================== --- doc/SetCaret.3 +++ doc/SetCaret.3 @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2002 ActiveState Corporation. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_SetCaretPos 3 8.4 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_SetCaretPos \- set the display caret location Index: doc/SetClass.3 ================================================================== --- doc/SetClass.3 +++ doc/SetClass.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_SetClass 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_SetClass, Tk_Class \- set or retrieve a window's class Index: doc/SetClassProcs.3 ================================================================== --- doc/SetClassProcs.3 +++ doc/SetClassProcs.3 @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_SetClassProcs 3 8.4 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_SetClassProcs \- register widget specific procedures Index: doc/SetGrid.3 ================================================================== --- doc/SetGrid.3 +++ doc/SetGrid.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_SetGrid 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_SetGrid, Tk_UnsetGrid \- control the grid for interactive resizing Index: doc/SetOptions.3 ================================================================== --- doc/SetOptions.3 +++ doc/SetOptions.3 @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_SetOptions 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_CreateOptionTable, Tk_DeleteOptionTable, Tk_InitOptions, Tk_SetOptions, Tk_FreeSavedOptions, Tk_RestoreSavedOptions, Tk_GetOptionValue, Tk_GetOptionInfo, Tk_FreeConfigOptions, Tk_Offset \- process configuration options Index: doc/SetVisual.3 ================================================================== --- doc/SetVisual.3 +++ doc/SetVisual.3 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_SetWindowVisual 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_SetWindowVisual \- change visual characteristics of window Index: doc/StrictMotif.3 ================================================================== --- doc/StrictMotif.3 +++ doc/StrictMotif.3 @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_StrictMotif 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_StrictMotif \- Return value of tk_strictMotif variable Index: doc/TkInitStubs.3 ================================================================== --- doc/TkInitStubs.3 +++ doc/TkInitStubs.3 @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1999 Scriptics Corporation '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_InitStubs 3 8.4 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_InitStubs \- initialize the Tk stubs mechanism Index: doc/Tk_Init.3 ================================================================== --- doc/Tk_Init.3 +++ doc/Tk_Init.3 @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Tk_Init 3 8.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_Init, Tk_SafeInit \- add Tk to an interpreter and make a new Tk application. Index: doc/bell.n ================================================================== --- doc/bell.n +++ doc/bell.n @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH bell n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME Index: doc/bind.n ================================================================== --- doc/bind.n +++ doc/bind.n @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" Copyright (c) 1998 by Scriptics Corporation. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH bind n 8.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -350,11 +350,11 @@ .RE .SS "EVENT DETAILS" .PP The last part of a long event specification is \fIdetail\fR. In the case of a \fBButtonPress\fR or \fBButtonRelease\fR event, it is the -number of a button (1\-5). If a button number is given, then only an +number of a button (1\-9). If a button number is given, then only an event on that particular button will match; if no button number is given, then an event on any button will match. Note: giving a specific button number is different than specifying a button modifier; in the first case, it refers to a button being pressed or released, while in the second it refers to some other button that is already Index: doc/bindtags.n ================================================================== --- doc/bindtags.n +++ doc/bindtags.n @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH bindtags n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME Index: doc/bitmap.n ================================================================== --- doc/bitmap.n +++ doc/bitmap.n @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH bitmap n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME Index: doc/busy.n ================================================================== --- doc/busy.n +++ doc/busy.n @@ -26,13 +26,15 @@ .TH busy n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME -busy \- confine pointer events to a window sub-tree +busy \- Make Tk widgets busy, temporarily blocking user interactions .SH SYNOPSIS \fBtk busy\fR \fIwindow \fR?\fIoptions\fR? +.sp +\fBtk busy busywindow \fIwindow\fR .sp \fBtk busy hold\fR \fIwindow \fR?\fIoptions\fR? .sp \fBtk busy configure \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?... .sp @@ -42,12 +44,12 @@ .sp \fBtk busy status \fIwindow\fR .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP -The \fBtk busy\fR command provides a simple means to block pointer events from -Tk widgets, while overriding the widget's cursor with a configurable busy +The \fBtk busy\fR command provides a simple means to block mouse pointer events +from Tk widgets, while overriding the widget's cursor with a configurable busy cursor. Note this command does not prevent keyboard events from being sent to the widgets made busy. .SH INTRODUCTION .PP There are many times in applications where you want to temporarily restrict @@ -126,28 +128,15 @@ .TP \fBtk busy \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?... . Shortcut for \fBtk busy hold\fR command. .TP -\fBtk busy hold \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?... -. -Makes the specified \fIwindow\fR (and its descendants in the Tk window -hierarchy) appear busy. \fIWindow\fR must be a valid path name of a Tk widget. -A transparent window is put in front of the specified window. This transparent -window is mapped the next time idle tasks are processed, and the specified -window and its descendants will be blocked from user interactions. Normally -\fBupdate\fR should be called immediately afterward to insure that the hold -operation is in effect before the application starts its processing. The -following configuration options are valid: -.RS -.TP -\fB\-cursor \fIcursorName\fR -. -Specifies the cursor to be displayed when the widget is made busy. -\fICursorName\fR can be in any form accepted by \fBTk_GetCursor\fR. The -default cursor is \fBwait\fR on Windows and \fBwatch\fR on other platforms. -.RE +\fBtk busy busywindow \fIwindow\fR +. +Returns the pathname of the busy window (i.e. the transparent window +shielding the window appearing busy) created by the \fBtk busy hold\fR +command for \fIwindow\fR, or the empty string if \fIwindow\fR is not busy. .TP \fBtk busy cget \fIwindow\fR \fIoption\fR . Queries the \fBtk busy\fR command configuration options for \fIwindow\fR. \fIWindow\fR must be the path name of a widget previously made busy by the @@ -178,24 +167,45 @@ .CS option add *frame.busyCursor gumby option add *Frame.BusyCursor gumby .CE .RE +.TP +\fBtk busy current \fR?\fIpattern\fR? +. +Returns the pathnames of all widgets that are currently busy. If a +\fIpattern\fR is given, only the path names of busy widgets matching +\fIpattern\fR are returned. .TP \fBtk busy forget \fIwindow\fR ?\fIwindow\fR?... . Releases resources allocated by the \fBtk busy\fR command for \fIwindow\fR, including the transparent window. User events will again be received by \fIwindow\fR. Resources are also released when \fIwindow\fR is destroyed. \fIWindow\fR must be the name of a widget specified in the \fBhold\fR operation, otherwise an error is reported. .TP -\fBtk busy current \fR?\fIpattern\fR? +\fBtk busy hold \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?... +. +Makes the specified \fIwindow\fR (and its descendants in the Tk window +hierarchy) appear busy. \fIWindow\fR must be a valid path name of a Tk widget. +A transparent window is put in front of the specified window. This transparent +window is mapped the next time idle tasks are processed, and the specified +window and its descendants will be blocked from user interactions. Normally +\fBupdate\fR should be called immediately afterward to insure that the hold +operation is in effect before the application starts its processing. The +command returns the pathname of the busy window that was created (i.e. the +transparent window shielding the window appearing busy). The following +configuration options are valid: +.RS +.TP +\fB\-cursor \fIcursorName\fR . -Returns the pathnames of all widgets that are currently busy. If a -\fIpattern\fR is given, only the path names of busy widgets matching -\fIpattern\fR are returned. +Specifies the cursor to be displayed when the widget is made busy. +\fICursorName\fR can be in any form accepted by \fBTk_GetCursor\fR. The +default cursor is \fBwait\fR on Windows and \fBwatch\fR on other platforms. +.RE .TP \fBtk busy status \fIwindow\fR . Returns the status of a widget \fIwindow\fR. If \fIwindow\fR presently can not receive user interactions, \fB1\fR is returned, otherwise \fB0\fR. @@ -204,36 +214,22 @@ .PP The event blocking feature is implemented by creating and mapping a transparent window that completely covers the widget. When the busy window is mapped, it invisibly shields the widget and its hierarchy from all events that may be sent. Like Tk widgets, busy windows have widget names in the Tk window -hierarchy. This means that you can use the \fBbind\fR command, to handle -events in the busy window. +hierarchy. This means that you can use the \fBbind\fR command to handle +events in the busy window: .PP .CS \fBtk busy\fR hold .frame.canvas -bind .frame.canvas_Busy { ... } +bind [\fBtk busy\fR busywindow .frame.canvas] { ... } .CE .PP -Normally the busy window is a sibling of the widget. The name of the busy -window is -.QW \fIwidget\fB_Busy\fR -where \fIwidget\fR is the name of the widget to be made busy. In the previous -example, the pathname of the busy window is -.QW \fB.frame.canvas_Busy\fR . -The exception is when the widget is a toplevel widget (such as -.QW . ) -where the busy window can't be made a sibling. The busy window is then a child -of the widget named -.QW \fIwidget\fB._Busy\fR -where \fIwidget\fR is the name of the toplevel widget. In the following -example, the pathname of the busy window is -.QW \fB._Busy\fR . -.PP +or .CS -\fBtk busy\fR hold . -bind ._Busy { ... } +set busyWin [\fBtk busy\fR hold .frame.canvas] +bind $busyWin { ... } .CE .SS "ENTER/LEAVE EVENTS" .PP Mapping and unmapping busy windows generates Enter/Leave events for all widgets they cover. Please note this if you are tracking Enter/Leave events in Index: doc/chooseColor.n ================================================================== --- doc/chooseColor.n +++ doc/chooseColor.n @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH tk_chooseColor n 4.2 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME Index: doc/console.n ================================================================== --- doc/console.n +++ doc/console.n @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2001 Donal K. Fellows '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH console n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME Index: doc/cursors.n ================================================================== --- doc/cursors.n +++ doc/cursors.n @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation. '\" All rights reserved. -'\" +'\" '\" Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Daniel A. Steffen -'\" +'\" .TH cursors n 8.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME Index: doc/destroy.n ================================================================== --- doc/destroy.n +++ doc/destroy.n @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH destroy n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME Index: doc/dialog.n ================================================================== --- doc/dialog.n +++ doc/dialog.n @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH tk_dialog n 4.1 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME Index: doc/entry.n ================================================================== --- doc/entry.n +++ doc/entry.n @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Scriptics Corporation. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH entry n 8.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME Index: doc/focus.n ================================================================== --- doc/focus.n +++ doc/focus.n @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH focus n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME Index: doc/focusNext.n ================================================================== --- doc/focusNext.n +++ doc/focusNext.n @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH tk_focusNext n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME Index: doc/fontchooser.n ================================================================== --- doc/fontchooser.n +++ doc/fontchooser.n @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2008 Daniel A. Steffen '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH fontchooser n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME Index: doc/frame.n ================================================================== --- doc/frame.n +++ doc/frame.n @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH frame n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME Index: doc/grab.n ================================================================== --- doc/grab.n +++ doc/grab.n @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH grab n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME Index: doc/grid.n ================================================================== --- doc/grid.n +++ doc/grid.n @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH grid n 8.5 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME Index: doc/image.n ================================================================== --- doc/image.n +++ doc/image.n @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH image n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME Index: doc/label.n ================================================================== --- doc/label.n +++ doc/label.n @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH label n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME Index: doc/lower.n ================================================================== --- doc/lower.n +++ doc/lower.n @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH lower n 3.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME Index: doc/menu.n ================================================================== --- doc/menu.n +++ doc/menu.n @@ -32,16 +32,16 @@ .OP \-selectcolor selectColor Background For menu entries that are check buttons or radio buttons, this option specifies the color to display in the indicator when the check button or radio button is selected. .OP \-tearoff tearOff TearOff -This option must have a proper boolean value, which specifies -whether or not the menu should include a tear-off entry at the -top. If so, it will exist as entry 0 of the menu and the other -entries will number starting at 1. The default -menu bindings arrange for the menu to be torn off when the tear-off -entry is invoked. +This option must have a proper boolean value (default is false), +which specifies whether or not the menu should include a tear-off +entry at the top. If so, it will exist as entry 0 of the menu and +the other entries will number starting at 1. The default menu +bindings arrange for the menu to be torn off when the tear-off entry +is invoked. This option is ignored under Aqua/Mac OS X, where menus cannot be torn off. .OP \-tearoffcommand tearOffCommand TearOffCommand If this option has a non-empty value, then it specifies a Tcl command to invoke whenever the menu is torn off. The actual command will Index: doc/menubar.n ================================================================== --- doc/menubar.n +++ doc/menubar.n @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH tk_menuBar n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME Index: doc/menubutton.n ================================================================== --- doc/menubutton.n +++ doc/menubutton.n @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH menubutton n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME Index: doc/message.n ================================================================== --- doc/message.n +++ doc/message.n @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH message n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME Index: doc/option.n ================================================================== --- doc/option.n +++ doc/option.n @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH option n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME Index: doc/optionMenu.n ================================================================== --- doc/optionMenu.n +++ doc/optionMenu.n @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH tk_optionMenu n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME Index: doc/pack-old.n ================================================================== --- doc/pack-old.n +++ doc/pack-old.n @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH pack-old n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME Index: doc/pack.n ================================================================== --- doc/pack.n +++ doc/pack.n @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH pack n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME Index: doc/palette.n ================================================================== --- doc/palette.n +++ doc/palette.n @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH tk_setPalette n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME Index: doc/photo.n ================================================================== --- doc/photo.n +++ doc/photo.n @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Australian National University '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" '\" Author: Paul Mackerras (paulus@cs.anu.edu.au), '\" Department of Computer Science, '\" Australian National University. '\" .TH photo n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" @@ -22,56 +22,62 @@ \fIimageName \fBblank\fR \fIimageName \fBcget \fIoption\fR \fIimageName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR? \fIimageName \fBcopy \fIsourceImage\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR? \fIimageName \fBdata\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR? -\fIimageName \fBget \fIx y\fR +\fIimageName \fBget \fIx y\fR ?\fIoption\fR? \fIimageName \fBput \fIdata\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR? \fIimageName \fBread \fIfilename\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR? \fIimageName \fBredither\fR \fIimageName \fBtransparency \fIsubcommand \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? \fIimageName \fBwrite \fIfilename\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR? .fi .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP -A photo is an image whose pixels can display any color or be -transparent. A photo image is stored internally in full color (32 -bits per pixel), and is displayed using dithering if necessary. Image -data for a photo image can be obtained from a file or a string, or it -can be supplied from -C code through a procedural interface. At present, only +A photo is an image whose pixels can display any color with a varying +degree of transparency (the alpha channel). A photo image is stored +internally in full color (32 bits per pixel), and is displayed using +dithering if necessary. Image data for a photo image can be obtained +from a file or a string, or it can be supplied from C code through a +procedural interface. At present, only .VS 8.6 PNG, .VE 8.6 -GIF and PPM/PGM -formats are supported, but an interface exists to allow additional -image file formats to be added easily. A photo image is transparent -in regions where no image data has been supplied -or where it has been set transparent by the \fBtransparency set\fR -subcommand. +GIF and PPM/PGM formats are supported, but an interface exists to +allow additional image file formats to be added easily. A photo image +is (semi)transparent if the image data it was obtained from had +transparency informaton. In regions where no image data has been +supplied, it is fully transparent. Transparency may also be modified +with the \fBtransparency set\fR subcommand. .SH "CREATING PHOTOS" .PP Like all images, photos are created using the \fBimage create\fR command. Photos support the following \fIoptions\fR: .TP \fB\-data \fIstring\fR . -Specifies the contents of the image as a string. The string should -contain binary data or, for some formats, base64-encoded data (this is +Specifies the contents of the image as a string. +.VS 8.7 +The string should +contain data in the default list-of-lists form, +.VE 8.7 +binary data or, for some formats, base64-encoded data (this is currently guaranteed to be supported for PNG and GIF images). The -format of the -string must be one of those for which there is an image file format -handler that will accept string data. If both the \fB\-data\fR -and \fB\-file\fR options are specified, the \fB\-file\fR option takes -precedence. +format of the string must be one of those for which there is an image +file format handler that will accept string data. If both the +\fB\-data\fR and \fB\-file\fR options are specified, the \fB\-file\fR +option takes precedence. .TP -\fB\-format \fIformat-name\fR +\fB\-format\fR {\fIformat-name\fR ?\fIoption value ...\fR?} . Specifies the name of the file format for the data specified with the -\fB\-data\fR or \fB\-file\fR option. +\fB\-data\fR or \fB\-file\fR option and optional arguments passed to +the format handler. Note: the value of this option must be a Tcl list. +This means that the braces may be omitted if the argument has only one +word. Also, instead of braces, double quotes may be used for quoting. .TP \fB\-file \fIname\fR . \fIname\fR gives the name of a file that is to be read to supply data for the photo image. The file format must be one of those for which @@ -231,33 +237,43 @@ \fIoverlay\fR. .RE .TP \fIimageName \fBdata\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR? . -Returns image data in the form of a string. The following options -may be specified: +Returns image data in the form of a string. +.VS 8.7 +The format of the string depends on the format handler. By default, a +human readable format as a list of lists of pixel data is used, other +formats can be chosen with the \fB-format\fR option. +See \fBIMAGE FORMATS\fR below for details. +.VE 8.7 +The following options may be specified: .RS .TP \fB\-background\fI color\fR . If the color is specified, the data will not contain any transparency information. In all transparent pixels the color will be replaced by the specified color. .TP -\fB\-format\fI format-name\fR -. -Specifies the name of the image file format handler to be used. -Specifically, this subcommand searches -for the first handler whose name matches an initial substring of -\fIformat-name\fR and which has the capability to write a string -containing this image data. -If this option is not given, this subcommand uses a format that -consists of a list (one element per row) of lists (one element per -pixel/column) of colors in +\fB\-format\fR {\fIformat-name\fR ?\fIoption value ...\fR?} +. +Specifies the name of the image file format handler to use and, +optionally, arguments to the format handler. Specifically, this +subcommand searches for the first handler whose name matches an +initial substring of \fIformat-name\fR and which has the capability to +write a string containing this image data. +.VS 8.7 +If this option is not given, this subcommand uses the default format +that consists of a list (one element per row) of lists (one element +per pixel/column) of colors in .QW \fB#\fIrrggbb\fR -format (where \fIrr\fR is a pair of hexadecimal digits for the red -channel, \fIgg\fR for green, and \fIbb\fR for blue). +format (see \fBIMAGE FORMATS\fR below). +.VE 8.7 +Note: the value of this option must be a Tcl list. +This means that the braces may be omitted if the argument has only one +word. Also, instead of braces, double quotes may be used for quoting. .TP \fB\-from \fIx1 y1 x2 y2\fR . Specifies a rectangular region of \fIimageName\fR to be returned. If only \fIx1\fR and \fIy1\fR are specified, the region @@ -270,47 +286,55 @@ \fB\-grayscale\fR . If this options is specified, the data will not contain color information. All pixel data will be transformed into grayscale. .RE +.VS 8.7 .TP -\fIimageName \fBget\fR \fIx y\fR +\fIimageName \fBget\fR \fIx y\fR ?\fB-withalpha\fR? . Returns the color of the pixel at coordinates (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR) in the image as a list of three integers between 0 and 255, representing the -red, green and blue components respectively. +red, green and blue components respectively. If the \fB-withalpha\fR +option is specified, the returned list will have a fourth element +representing the alpha value of the pixel as an integer between 0 and +255. +.VE 8.7 .TP \fIimageName \fBput\fR \fIdata\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR? . Sets pixels in \fI imageName\fR to the data specified in \fIdata\fR. -This command first searches the list of image file format handlers for +.VS 8.7 +This command searches the list of image file format handlers for a handler that can interpret the data in \fIdata\fR, and then reads the image encoded within into \fIimageName\fR (the destination image). -If \fIdata\fR does not match any known format, an attempt to interpret -it as a (top-to-bottom) list of scan-lines is made, with each -scan-line being a (left-to-right) list of pixel colors (see -\fBTk_GetColor\fR for a description of valid colors.) Every scan-line -must be of the same length. Note that when \fIdata\fR is a single -color name, you are instructing Tk to fill a rectangular region with -that color. The following options may be specified: +See \fBIMAGE FORMATS\fR below for details on formats for image data. +.VE 8.7 +The following options may be specified: .RS .TP -\fB\-format \fIformat-name\fR +\fB\-format\fR {\fIformat-name\fR ?\fIoption value ..\fR?} . -Specifies the format of the image data in \fIdata\fR. +Specifies the format of the image data in \fIdata\fR and, optionally, +arguments to be passed to the format handler. Specifically, only image file format handlers whose names begin with \fIformat-name\fR will be used while searching for an image data format handler to read the data. +Note: the value of this option must be a Tcl list. +This means that the braces may be omitted if the argument has only one +word. Also, instead of braces, double quotes may be used for quoting. .TP \fB\-to \fIx1 y1\fR ?\fIx2 y2\fR? . Specifies the coordinates of the top-left corner (\fIx1\fR,\fIy1\fR) of the region of \fIimageName\fR into which the image data will be copied. The default position is (0,0). If \fIx2\fR,\fIy2\fR is given and \fIdata\fR is not large enough to cover the rectangle specified by this option, the image data extracted will be tiled so it covers the -entire destination rectangle. Note that if \fIdata\fR specifies a +entire destination rectangle. If the region specified with this opion +is smaller than the supplied \fIdata\fR, the exceeding data is silently +discarded. Note that if \fIdata\fR specifies a single color value, then a region extending to the bottom-right corner represented by (\fIx2\fR,\fIy2\fR) will be filled with that color. .RE .TP \fIimageName \fBread\fR \fIfilename\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR? @@ -321,16 +345,20 @@ in \fIfilename\fR, and then reads the image in \fIfilename\fR into \fIimageName\fR (the destination image). The following options may be specified: .RS .TP -\fB\-format \fIformat-name\fR +\fB\-format {\fIformat-name\fR ?\fIoption value ..\fR?} . -Specifies the format of the image data in \fIfilename\fR. +Specifies the format of the image data in \fIfilename\fR and, +optionally, additional options to the format handler. Specifically, only image file format handlers whose names begin with \fIformat-name\fR will be used while searching for an image data format handler to read the data. +Note: the value of this option must be a Tcl list. +This means that the braces may be omitted if the argument has only one +word. Also, instead of braces, double quotes may be used for quoting. .TP \fB\-from \fIx1 y1 x2 y2\fR . Specifies a rectangular sub-region of the image file data to be copied to the destination image. If only \fIx1\fR and \fIy1\fR are @@ -369,20 +397,30 @@ \fIimageName \fBtransparency \fIsubcommand \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? . Allows examination and manipulation of the transparency information in the photo image. Several subcommands are available: .RS -.TP -\fIimageName \fBtransparency get \fIx y\fR -. -Returns a boolean indicating if the pixel at (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR) is -transparent. -.TP -\fIimageName \fBtransparency set \fIx y boolean\fR -. -Makes the pixel at (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR) transparent if \fIboolean\fR is -true, and makes that pixel opaque otherwise. +.VS 8.7 +.TP +\fIimageName \fBtransparency get \fIx y\fR ?\fB-alpha\fR? +. +Returns true if the pixel at (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR) is fully transparent, +false otherwise. If the option \fB-alpha\fR is passed, returns the +alpha value of the pixel instead, as an integer in the range 0 to 255. +.VE 8.7 + +.VS 8.7 +.TP +\fIimageName \fBtransparency set \fIx y\fR \fInewVal\fR ?\fB-alpha\fR? +. +Change the transparency of the pixel at (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR) to +\fInewVal.\fR If no additional option is passed, \fInewVal\fR is +interpreted as a boolean and the pixel is made fully transparent if +that value is true, fully opaque otherwise. If the \fB-alpha\fR +option is passed, \fInewVal\fR is interpreted as an integral alpha +value for the pixel, which must be in the range 0 to 255. +.VE 8.7 .RE .TP \fIimageName \fBwrite \fIfilename\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR? . Writes image data from \fIimageName\fR to a file named \fIfilename\fR. @@ -393,19 +431,23 @@ . If the color is specified, the data will not contain any transparency information. In all transparent pixels the color will be replaced by the specified color. .TP -\fB\-format\fI format-name\fR +\fB\-format\fR {\fIformat-name\fR ?\fIoption value ...\fR?} . Specifies the name of the image file format handler to be used to -write the data to the file. Specifically, this subcommand searches -for the first handler whose name matches an initial substring of -\fIformat-name\fR and which has the capability to write an image -file. If this option is not given, the format is guessed from -the file extension. If that cannot be determined, this subcommand -uses the first handler that has the capability to write an image file. +write the data to the file and, optionally, options to pass to the +format handler. Specifically, this subcommand searches for the first +handler whose name matches an initial substring of \fIformat-name\fR +and which has the capability to write an image file. If this option +is not given, the format is guessed from the file extension. If that +cannot be determined, this subcommand uses the first handler that has +the capability to write an image file. +Note: the value of this option must be a Tcl list. +This means that the braces may be omitted if the argument has only one +word. Also, instead of braces, double quotes may be used for quoting. .TP \fB\-from \fIx1 y1 x2 y2\fR . Specifies a rectangular region of \fIimageName\fR to be written to the image file. If only \fIx1\fR and \fIy1\fR are specified, the region @@ -424,24 +466,28 @@ The photo image code is structured to allow handlers for additional image file formats to be added easily. The photo image code maintains a list of these handlers. Handlers are added to the list by registering them with a call to \fBTk_CreatePhotoImageFormat\fR. The standard Tk distribution comes with handlers for PPM/PGM, PNG and GIF -formats, which are automatically registered on initialization. +formats, +.VS 8.7 +as well as the \fBdefault\fR handler to encode/decode image +data in a human readable form. +.VE 8.7 +These handlers are automatically registered on initialization. .PP -When reading an image file or processing -string data specified with the \fB\-data\fR configuration option, the -photo image code invokes each handler in turn until one is -found that claims to be able to read the data in the file or string. -Usually this will find the correct handler, but if it does not, the -user may give a format name with the \fB\-format\fR option to specify -which handler to use. In fact the photo image code will try those -handlers whose names begin with the string specified for the -\fB\-format\fR option (the comparison is case-insensitive). For -example, if the user specifies \fB\-format gif\fR, then a handler -named GIF87 or GIF89 may be invoked, but a handler -named JPEG may not (assuming that such handlers had been +When reading an image file or processing string data specified with +the \fB\-data\fR configuration option, the photo image code invokes +each handler in turn until one is found that claims to be able to read +the data in the file or string. Usually this will find the correct +handler, but if it does not, the user may give a format name with the +\fB\-format\fR option to specify which handler to use. In this case, +the photo image code will try those handlers whose names begin with +the string specified for the \fB\-format\fR option (the comparison is +case-insensitive). For example, if the user specifies \fB\-format +gif\fR, then a handler named GIF87 or GIF89 may be invoked, but a +handler named JPEG may not (assuming that such handlers had been registered). .PP When writing image data to a file, the processing of the \fB\-format\fR option is slightly different: the string value given for the \fB\-format\fR option must begin with the complete name of the @@ -448,31 +494,113 @@ requested handler, and may contain additional information following that, which the handler can use, for example, to specify which variant to use of the formats supported by the handler. Note that not all image handlers may support writing transparency data to a file, even where the target image format does. +.VS 8.7 +.SS "THE DEFAULT IMAGE HANDLER" +.PP +The \fBdefault\fR image handler cannot be used to read or write data +from/to a file. Its sole purpose is to encode and decode image data in +string form in a clear text, human readable, form. The \fIimageName\fR +\fBdata\fR subcommand uses this handler when no other format is +specified. When reading image data from a string with \fIimageName\fR +\fBput\fR or the \fB-data\fR option, the default handler is treated +as the other handlers. +.PP +Image data in the \fBdefault\fR string format is a (top-to-bottom) +list of scan-lines, with each scan-line being a (left-to-right) list +of pixel data. Every scan-line has the same length. The color +and, optionally, alpha value of each pixel is specified in any of +the forms described in the \fBCOLOR FORMATS\fR section below. +.VE 8.7 + .SS "FORMAT SUBOPTIONS" .PP .VS 8.6 -Some image formats support sub-options, which are specified at the time that -the image is loaded using additional words in the \fB\-format\fR option. At -the time of writing, the following are supported: +Image formats may support sub-options, wich ahre specified using +additional words in the value to the \fB\-format\fR option. These +suboptions can affect how image data is read or written to file or +string. The nature and values of these options is up to the format +handler. +The built-in handlers support these suboptions: +.VS 8.7 +.TP +\fBdefault \-colorformat\fI formatType\fR +. +The option is allowed when writing image data to a string with +\fIimageName\fR \fBdata\fR. Specifies the format to use for the color +string of each pixel. \fIformatType\fR may be one of: \fBrgb\fR to +encode pixel data in the form \fB#\fIRRGGBB\fR, \fBrgba\fR to encode +pixel data in the form \fB#\fIRRGGBBAA\fR or \fBlist\fR to encode +pixel data as a list with four elements. See \fBCOLOR FORMATS\fR +below for details. The default is \fBrgb\fR. +.VE 8.7 .TP \fBgif \-index\fI indexValue\fR . -When parsing a multi-part GIF image, Tk normally only accesses the first -image. By giving the \fB\-index\fR sub-option, the \fIindexValue\fR'th value -may be used instead. The \fIindexValue\fR must be an integer from 0 up to the -number of image parts in the GIF data. +The option has effect when reading image data from a file. When +parsing a multi-part GIF image, Tk normally only accesses the first +image. By giving the \fB\-index\fR sub-option, the \fIindexValue\fR'th +value may be used instead. The \fIindexValue\fR must be an integer +from 0 up to the number of image parts in the GIF data. .TP \fBpng \-alpha\fI alphaValue\fR . -An additional alpha filtering for the overall image, which allows the -background on which the image is displayed to show through. This usually also -has the effect of desaturating the image. The \fIalphaValue\fR must be between -0.0 and 1.0. +The option has effect when reading image data from a file. Specifies +an additional alpha filtering for the overall image, which allows the +background on which the image is displayed to show through. This +usually also has the effect of desaturating the image. The +\fIalphaValue\fR must be between 0.0 and 1.0. .VE 8.6 +.VS 8.7 +.SH "COLOR FORMATS" +.PP +The default image handler can represent/parse color and alpha values +of a pixel in one of the formats listed below. If a color format does +not contain transparency information, full opacity is assumed. The +available color formats are: +.IP \(bu 3 +The empty string - interpreted as full transparency, the color value +is undefined. +.IP \(bu 3 +Any value accepted by \fBTk_GetColor\fR, optionally followed by an +alpha suffix. The alpha suffix may be one of: +.RS +.TP +\fB@\fR\fIA\fR +. +The alpha value \fIA\fR must be a fractional value in the range 0.0 +(fully transparent) to 1.0 (fully opaque). +.TP +\fB#\fR\fIX\fR +. +The alpha value \fIX\fR is a hexadecimal digit that specifies an integer +alpha value in the range 0 (fully transparent) to 255 (fully opaque). +This is expanded in range from 4 bits wide to 8 bits wide by +multiplication by 0x11. +.TP +\fB#\fR\fIXX\fR +. +The alpha value \fIXX\fR is passed as two hexadecimal digits that +specify an integer alpha value in the range 0 (fully transparent) to 255 +(fully opaque). +.RE +.IP \(bu 3 +A Tcl list with three or four integers in the range 0 to 255, +specifying the values for the red, green, blue and (optionally) +alpha channels respectively. +.IP \(bu 3 +\fB#\fR\fIRGBA\fR format: a \fB#\fR followed by four hexadecimal digits, +where each digit is the value for the red, green, blue and alpha +channels respectively. Each digit will be expanded internally to +8 bits by multiplication by 0x11. +.IP \(bu 3 +\fB#\fR\fIRRGGBBAA\fR format: \fB#\fR followed by eight hexadecimal digits, +where each pair of subsequent digits represents the value for the red, +green, blue and alpha channels respectively. +.VE 8.7 .SH "COLOR ALLOCATION" .PP When a photo image is displayed in a window, the photo image code allocates colors to use to display the image and dithers the image, if necessary, to display a reasonable approximation to the image using @@ -532,12 +660,29 @@ \fBimage create photo\fR iconDisabled \-file "icon.png" \e \-format "png \-alpha 0.5" button .b \-image icon \-disabledimage iconDisabled .CE .VE 8.6 +.PP +.VS 8.7 +Create a green box with a simple shadow effect +.PP +.CS +\fBimage create photo\fR foo + +# Make a simple graduated fill varying in alpha for the shadow +for {set i 14} {$i > 0} {incr i -1} { + set i2 [expr {$i + 30}] + foo \fBput\fR [format black#%x [expr {15-$i}]] -to $i $i $i2 $i2 +} + +# Put a solid green rectangle on top +foo \fBput\fR #F080 -to 0 0 30 30 +.VE 8.7 +.CE .SH "SEE ALSO" image(n) .SH KEYWORDS photo, image, color '\" Local Variables: '\" mode: nroff '\" End: Index: doc/place.n ================================================================== --- doc/place.n +++ doc/place.n @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH place n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME Index: doc/popup.n ================================================================== --- doc/popup.n +++ doc/popup.n @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH tk_popup n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME Index: doc/raise.n ================================================================== --- doc/raise.n +++ doc/raise.n @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH raise n 3.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME Index: doc/scrollbar.n ================================================================== --- doc/scrollbar.n +++ doc/scrollbar.n @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH scrollbar n 4.1 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME Index: doc/send.n ================================================================== --- doc/send.n +++ doc/send.n @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH send n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME Index: doc/spinbox.n ================================================================== --- doc/spinbox.n +++ doc/spinbox.n @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 2000 Jeffrey Hobbs. '\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH spinbox n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -52,11 +52,12 @@ as it will format a floating-point number. .OP \-from from From A floating-point value corresponding to the lowest value for a spinbox, to be used in conjunction with \fB\-to\fR and \fB\-increment\fR. When all are specified correctly, the spinbox will use these values to control its -contents. This value must be less than the \fB\-to\fR option. +contents. If this value is greater than the \fB\-to\fR option, then +\fB\-from\fR and \fB\-to\fR values are automatically swapped. If \fB\-values\fR is specified, it supersedes this option. .OP "\-invalidcommand or \-invcmd" invalidCommand InvalidCommand Specifies a script to eval when \fB\-validatecommand\fR returns 0. Setting it to an empty string disables this feature (the default). The best use of this option is to set it to \fIbell\fR. See \fBVALIDATION\fR below for @@ -81,11 +82,12 @@ \fB\-disabledforeground\fR and \fB\-disabledbackground\fR options. .OP \-to to To A floating-point value corresponding to the highest value for the spinbox, to be used in conjunction with \fB\-from\fR and \fB\-increment\fR. When all are specified correctly, the spinbox will use these values to control -its contents. This value must be greater than the \fB\-from\fR option. +its contents. If this value is less than the \fB\-from\fR option, then +\fB\-from\fR and \fB\-to\fR values are automatically swapped. If \fB\-values\fR is specified, it supersedes this option. .OP \-validate validate Validate Specifies the mode in which validation should operate: \fBnone\fR, \fBfocus\fR, \fBfocusin\fR, \fBfocusout\fR, \fBkey\fR, or \fBall\fR. It defaults to \fBnone\fR. When you want validation, you must explicitly Index: doc/text.n ================================================================== --- doc/text.n +++ doc/text.n @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH text n 8.5 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -1307,12 +1307,13 @@ of the widget to \fIboolean\fR. .TP \fIpathName \fBedit redo\fR . When the \fB\-undo\fR option is true, reapplies the last undone edits provided -no other edits were done since then. Generates an error when the redo stack is -empty. Does nothing when the \fB\-undo\fR option is false. +no other edits were done since then, and returns a list of indices indicating +what ranges were changed by the redo operation. Generates an error when the +redo stack is empty. Does nothing when the \fB\-undo\fR option is false. .TP \fIpathName \fBedit reset\fR . Clears the undo and redo stacks. .TP @@ -1321,13 +1322,14 @@ Inserts a separator (boundary) on the undo stack. Does nothing when the \fB\-undo\fR option is false. .TP \fIpathName \fBedit undo\fR . -Undoes the last edit action when the \fB\-undo\fR option is true. An edit -action is defined as all the insert and delete commands that are recorded on -the undo stack in between two separators. Generates an error when the undo +Undoes the last edit action when the \fB\-undo\fR option is true, and returns a +list of indices indicating what ranges were changed by the undo operation. An +edit action is defined as all the insert and delete commands that are recorded +on the undo stack in between two separators. Generates an error when the undo stack is empty. Does nothing when the \fB\-undo\fR option is false. .RE .TP \fIpathName \fBget\fR ?\fB\-displaychars\fR? ?\fB\-\-\fR? \fIindex1\fR ?\fIindex2 ...\fR? . Index: doc/tk.n ================================================================== --- doc/tk.n +++ doc/tk.n @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH tk n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME Index: doc/tk4.0.ps ================================================================== --- doc/tk4.0.ps +++ doc/tk4.0.ps @@ -14,11 +14,11 @@ % This file fixes the problem with NeWS printers dithering color output. % Any questions should be sent to mickey@magickingdom.eng.sun.com % % Known Problems: % Due to bugs in Transcript, the 'PS-Adobe-' is omitted from line 1 -/FMversion (3.0) def +/FMversion (3.0) def % Set up Color vs. Black-and-White /FMPrintInColor { % once-thru loop gimmick % See if we're a NeWSprint printer /currentcanvas where { @@ -36,38 +36,38 @@ systemdict /currentcolortransfer known and exit } loop def % Uncomment the following line to force b&w on color printer % /FMPrintInColor false def -/FrameDict 195 dict def +/FrameDict 195 dict def systemdict /errordict known not {/errordict 10 dict def errordict /rangecheck {stop} put} if % The readline in 23.0 doesn't recognize cr's as nl's on AppleTalk -FrameDict /tmprangecheck errordict /rangecheck get put -errordict /rangecheck {FrameDict /bug true put} put -FrameDict /bug false put -mark +FrameDict /tmprangecheck errordict /rangecheck get put +errordict /rangecheck {FrameDict /bug true put} put +FrameDict /bug false put +mark % Some PS machines read past the CR, so keep the following 3 lines together! currentfile 5 string readline 00 0000000000 -cleartomark -errordict /rangecheck FrameDict /tmprangecheck get put -FrameDict /bug get { +cleartomark +errordict /rangecheck FrameDict /tmprangecheck get put +FrameDict /bug get { /readline { /gstring exch def /gfile exch def /gindex 0 def { - gfile read pop - dup 10 eq {exit} if - dup 13 eq {exit} if - gstring exch gindex exch put - /gindex gindex 1 add def + gfile read pop + dup 10 eq {exit} if + dup 13 eq {exit} if + gstring exch gindex exch put + /gindex gindex 1 add def } loop - pop - gstring 0 gindex getinterval true + pop + gstring 0 gindex getinterval true } def } if /FMVERSION { FMversion ne { /Times-Roman findfont 18 scalefont setfont @@ -74,16 +74,16 @@ 100 100 moveto (FrameMaker version does not match postscript_prolog!) dup = show showpage } if - } def + } def /FMLOCAL { FrameDict begin - 0 def - end - } def + 0 def + end + } def /gstring FMLOCAL /gfile FMLOCAL /gindex FMLOCAL /orgxfer FMLOCAL /orgproc FMLOCAL @@ -92,12 +92,12 @@ /yscale FMLOCAL /xscale FMLOCAL /manualfeed FMLOCAL /paperheight FMLOCAL /paperwidth FMLOCAL -/FMDOCUMENT { - array /FMfonts exch def +/FMDOCUMENT { + array /FMfonts exch def /#copies exch def FrameDict begin 0 ne dup {setmanualfeed} if /manualfeed exch def /paperheight exch def @@ -105,109 +105,109 @@ /yscale exch def /xscale exch def currenttransfer cvlit /orgxfer exch def currentscreen cvlit /orgproc exch def /organgle exch def /orgfreq exch def - setpapername - manualfeed {true} {papersize} ifelse - {manualpapersize} {false} ifelse + setpapername + manualfeed {true} {papersize} ifelse + {manualpapersize} {false} ifelse {desperatepapersize} if - end - } def + end + } def /pagesave FMLOCAL /orgmatrix FMLOCAL /landscape FMLOCAL -/FMBEGINPAGE { - FrameDict begin +/FMBEGINPAGE { + FrameDict begin /pagesave save def 3.86 setmiterlimit /landscape exch 0 ne def - landscape { - 90 rotate 0 exch neg translate pop + landscape { + 90 rotate 0 exch neg translate pop } {pop pop} ifelse xscale yscale scale /orgmatrix matrix def - gsave - } def + gsave + } def /FMENDPAGE { - grestore + grestore pagesave restore - end + end showpage - } def -/FMFONTDEFINE { + } def +/FMFONTDEFINE { FrameDict begin - findfont - ReEncode - 1 index exch - definefont - FMfonts 3 1 roll + findfont + ReEncode + 1 index exch + definefont + FMfonts 3 1 roll put - end - } def + end + } def /FMFILLS { FrameDict begin array /fillvals exch def - end - } def + end + } def /FMFILL { FrameDict begin fillvals 3 1 roll put - end - } def -/FMNORMALIZEGRAPHICS { + end + } def +/FMNORMALIZEGRAPHICS { newpath 0.0 0.0 moveto 1 setlinewidth 0 setlinecap 0 0 0 sethsbcolor - 0 setgray + 0 setgray } bind def /fx FMLOCAL /fy FMLOCAL /fh FMLOCAL /fw FMLOCAL /llx FMLOCAL /lly FMLOCAL /urx FMLOCAL /ury FMLOCAL -/FMBEGINEPSF { - end - /FMEPSF save def - /showpage {} def - FMNORMALIZEGRAPHICS - [/fy /fx /fh /fw /ury /urx /lly /llx] {exch def} forall - fx fy translate +/FMBEGINEPSF { + end + /FMEPSF save def + /showpage {} def + FMNORMALIZEGRAPHICS + [/fy /fx /fh /fw /ury /urx /lly /llx] {exch def} forall + fx fy translate rotate - fw urx llx sub div fh ury lly sub div scale - llx neg lly neg translate + fw urx llx sub div fh ury lly sub div scale + llx neg lly neg translate } bind def /FMENDEPSF { FMEPSF restore - FrameDict begin + FrameDict begin } bind def -FrameDict begin +FrameDict begin /setmanualfeed { %%BeginFeature *ManualFeed True statusdict /manualfeed true put %%EndFeature } def /max {2 copy lt {exch} if pop} bind def /min {2 copy gt {exch} if pop} bind def /inch {72 mul} def -/pagedimen { - paperheight sub abs 16 lt exch +/pagedimen { + paperheight sub abs 16 lt exch paperwidth sub abs 16 lt and {/papername exch def} {pop} ifelse } def /papersizedict FMLOCAL -/setpapername { - /papersizedict 14 dict def +/setpapername { + /papersizedict 14 dict def papersizedict begin - /papername /unknown def + /papername /unknown def /Letter 8.5 inch 11.0 inch pagedimen /LetterSmall 7.68 inch 10.16 inch pagedimen /Tabloid 11.0 inch 17.0 inch pagedimen /Ledger 17.0 inch 11.0 inch pagedimen /Legal 8.5 inch 14.0 inch pagedimen @@ -235,13 +235,13 @@ /B4 {b4tray b4} def /B5 {b5tray b5} def /unknown {unknown} def papersizedict dup papername known {papername} {/unknown} ifelse get end - /FMdicttop countdictstack 1 add def - statusdict begin stopped end - countdictstack -1 FMdicttop {pop end} for + /FMdicttop countdictstack 1 add def + statusdict begin stopped end + countdictstack -1 FMdicttop {pop end} for } def /manualpapersize { papersizedict begin /Letter {letter} def /LetterSmall {lettersmall} def @@ -256,18 +256,18 @@ /B4 {b4} def /B5 {b5} def /unknown {unknown} def papersizedict dup papername known {papername} {/unknown} ifelse get end - stopped + stopped } def /desperatepapersize { statusdict /setpageparams known { - paperwidth paperheight 0 1 + paperwidth paperheight 0 1 statusdict begin - {setpageparams} stopped pop + {setpageparams} stopped pop end } if } def /savematrix { orgmatrix currentmatrix pop @@ -312,22 +312,22 @@ /Acircumflex /Ecircumflex /Aacute /Edieresis /Egrave /Iacute /Icircumflex /Idieresis /Igrave /Oacute /Ocircumflex /.notdef /Ograve /Uacute /Ucircumflex /Ugrave /dotlessi /circumflex /tilde /macron /breve /dotaccent /ring /cedilla /hungarumlaut /ogonek /caron ] def -/ReEncode { - dup - length - dict begin - { - 1 index /FID ne - {def} - {pop pop} ifelse - } forall - 0 eq {/Encoding DiacriticEncoding def} if - currentdict - end +/ReEncode { + dup + length + dict begin + { + 1 index /FID ne + {def} + {pop pop} ifelse + } forall + 0 eq {/Encoding DiacriticEncoding def} if + currentdict + end } bind def /graymode true def /bwidth FMLOCAL /bpside FMLOCAL /bstring FMLOCAL @@ -340,11 +340,11 @@ /setpattern { /bwidth exch def /bpside exch def /bstring exch def /onbits 0 def /offbits 0 def - freq sangle landscape {90 add} if + freq sangle landscape {90 add} if {/y exch def /x exch def /xindex x 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def /yindex y 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def bstring yindex bwidth mul xindex 8 idiv add get @@ -368,65 +368,65 @@ } bind def /HUE FMLOCAL /SAT FMLOCAL /BRIGHT FMLOCAL /Colors FMLOCAL -FMPrintInColor - +FMPrintInColor + { /HUE 0 def /SAT 0 def /BRIGHT 0 def % array of arrays Hue and Sat values for the separations [HUE BRIGHT] - /Colors + /Colors [[0 0 ] % black [0 0 ] % white [0.00 1.0] % red [0.37 1.0] % green [0.60 1.0] % blue [0.50 1.0] % cyan [0.83 1.0] % magenta [0.16 1.0] % comment / yellow ] def - - /BEGINBITMAPCOLOR { + + /BEGINBITMAPCOLOR { BITMAPCOLOR} def - /BEGINBITMAPCOLORc { + /BEGINBITMAPCOLORc { BITMAPCOLORc} def - /BEGINBITMAPTRUECOLOR { + /BEGINBITMAPTRUECOLOR { BITMAPTRUECOLOR } def - /BEGINBITMAPTRUECOLORc { + /BEGINBITMAPTRUECOLORc { BITMAPTRUECOLORc } def - /K { + /K { Colors exch get dup - 0 get /HUE exch store + 0 get /HUE exch store 1 get /BRIGHT exch store HUE 0 eq BRIGHT 0 eq and {1.0 SAT sub setgray} - {HUE SAT BRIGHT sethsbcolor} + {HUE SAT BRIGHT sethsbcolor} ifelse } def - /FMsetgray { - /SAT exch 1.0 exch sub store + /FMsetgray { + /SAT exch 1.0 exch sub store HUE 0 eq BRIGHT 0 eq and {1.0 SAT sub setgray} - {HUE SAT BRIGHT sethsbcolor} + {HUE SAT BRIGHT sethsbcolor} ifelse } bind def } - + { - /BEGINBITMAPCOLOR { + /BEGINBITMAPCOLOR { BITMAPGRAY} def - /BEGINBITMAPCOLORc { + /BEGINBITMAPCOLORc { BITMAPGRAYc} def - /BEGINBITMAPTRUECOLOR { + /BEGINBITMAPTRUECOLOR { BITMAPTRUEGRAY } def - /BEGINBITMAPTRUECOLORc { + /BEGINBITMAPTRUECOLORc { BITMAPTRUEGRAYc } def /FMsetgray {setgray} bind def - /K { + /K { pop } def } ifelse /normalize { @@ -433,66 +433,66 @@ transform round exch round exch itransform } bind def /dnormalize { dtransform round exch round exch idtransform } bind def -/lnormalize { +/lnormalize { 0 dtransform exch cvi 2 idiv 2 mul 1 add exch idtransform pop } bind def -/H { +/H { lnormalize setlinewidth } bind def /Z { setlinecap } bind def /fillvals FMLOCAL -/X { +/X { fillvals exch get dup type /stringtype eq - {8 1 setpattern} + {8 1 setpattern} {grayness} ifelse } bind def -/V { +/V { gsave eofill grestore } bind def -/N { +/N { stroke } bind def /M {newpath moveto} bind def /E {lineto} bind def /D {curveto} bind def /O {closepath} bind def /n FMLOCAL -/L { +/L { /n exch def newpath normalize - moveto + moveto 2 1 n {pop normalize lineto} for } bind def -/Y { - L +/Y { + L closepath } bind def /x1 FMLOCAL /x2 FMLOCAL /y1 FMLOCAL /y2 FMLOCAL /rad FMLOCAL -/R { +/R { /y2 exch def /x2 exch def /y1 exch def /x1 exch def x1 y1 x2 y1 x2 y2 x1 y2 - 4 Y + 4 Y } bind def -/RR { +/RR { /rad exch def normalize /y2 exch def /x2 exch def normalize @@ -505,91 +505,91 @@ x2 y1 x1 y1 rad arcto x1 y1 x1 y2 rad arcto closepath 16 {pop} repeat } bind def -/C { +/C { grestore gsave - R + R clip } bind def /FMpointsize FMLOCAL -/F { +/F { FMfonts exch get FMpointsize scalefont setfont } bind def -/Q { +/Q { /FMpointsize exch def - F + F } bind def -/T { +/T { moveto show } bind def -/RF { +/RF { rotate 0 ne {-1 1 scale} if } bind def -/TF { +/TF { gsave - moveto + moveto RF show grestore } bind def -/P { +/P { moveto 0 32 3 2 roll widthshow } bind def -/PF { +/PF { gsave - moveto + moveto RF 0 32 3 2 roll widthshow grestore } bind def -/S { +/S { moveto 0 exch ashow } bind def -/SF { +/SF { gsave moveto RF 0 exch ashow grestore } bind def -/B { +/B { moveto 0 32 4 2 roll 0 exch awidthshow } bind def -/BF { +/BF { gsave moveto RF 0 32 4 2 roll 0 exch awidthshow grestore } bind def -/G { +/G { gsave newpath - normalize translate 0.0 0.0 moveto - dnormalize scale - 0.0 0.0 1.0 5 3 roll arc + normalize translate 0.0 0.0 moveto + dnormalize scale + 0.0 0.0 1.0 5 3 roll arc closepath fill grestore } bind def -/A { +/A { gsave savematrix newpath - 2 index 2 div add exch 3 index 2 div sub exch - normalize 2 index 2 div sub exch 3 index 2 div add exch - translate - scale - 0.0 0.0 1.0 5 3 roll arc + 2 index 2 div add exch 3 index 2 div sub exch + normalize 2 index 2 div sub exch 3 index 2 div add exch + translate + scale + 0.0 0.0 1.0 5 3 roll arc restorematrix stroke grestore } bind def /x FMLOCAL @@ -601,41 +601,41 @@ /ww FMLOCAL /hh FMLOCAL /FMsaveobject FMLOCAL /FMoptop FMLOCAL /FMdicttop FMLOCAL -/BEGINPRINTCODE { - /FMdicttop countdictstack 1 add def - /FMoptop count 4 sub def +/BEGINPRINTCODE { + /FMdicttop countdictstack 1 add def + /FMoptop count 4 sub def /FMsaveobject save def - userdict begin - /showpage {} def - FMNORMALIZEGRAPHICS + userdict begin + /showpage {} def + FMNORMALIZEGRAPHICS 3 index neg 3 index neg translate } bind def /ENDPRINTCODE { - count -1 FMoptop {pop pop} for - countdictstack -1 FMdicttop {pop end} for - FMsaveobject restore + count -1 FMoptop {pop pop} for + countdictstack -1 FMdicttop {pop end} for + FMsaveobject restore } bind def -/gn { - 0 - { 46 mul - cf read pop - 32 sub - dup 46 lt {exit} if - 46 sub add +/gn { + 0 + { 46 mul + cf read pop + 32 sub + dup 46 lt {exit} if + 46 sub add } loop - add + add } bind def /str FMLOCAL -/cfs { - /str sl string def - 0 1 sl 1 sub {str exch val put} for - str def +/cfs { + /str sl string def + 0 1 sl 1 sub {str exch val put} for + str def } bind def -/ic [ +/ic [ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0223 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0223 0 {0 hx} {1 hx} {2 hx} {3 hx} {4 hx} {5 hx} {6 hx} {7 hx} {8 hx} {9 hx} {10 hx} {11 hx} {12 hx} {13 hx} {14 hx} {15 hx} {16 hx} {17 hx} {18 hx} @@ -653,112 +653,112 @@ /im FMLOCAL /bs FMLOCAL /cs FMLOCAL /len FMLOCAL /pos FMLOCAL -/ms { - /sl exch def - /val 255 def - /ws cfs - /im cfs - /val 0 def - /bs cfs - /cs cfs - } bind def -400 ms -/ip { - is - 0 - cf cs readline pop - { ic exch get exec - add - } forall - pop - - } bind def -/wh { - /len exch def - /pos exch def +/ms { + /sl exch def + /val 255 def + /ws cfs + /im cfs + /val 0 def + /bs cfs + /cs cfs + } bind def +400 ms +/ip { + is + 0 + cf cs readline pop + { ic exch get exec + add + } forall + pop + + } bind def +/wh { + /len exch def + /pos exch def ws 0 len getinterval im pos len getinterval copy pop - pos len + pos len } bind def -/bl { - /len exch def - /pos exch def +/bl { + /len exch def + /pos exch def bs 0 len getinterval im pos len getinterval copy pop - pos len + pos len } bind def /s1 1 string def -/fl { - /len exch def - /pos exch def +/fl { + /len exch def + /pos exch def /val cf s1 readhexstring pop 0 get def pos 1 pos len add 1 sub {im exch val put} for - pos len + pos len } bind def -/hx { - 3 copy getinterval - cf exch readhexstring pop pop +/hx { + 3 copy getinterval + cf exch readhexstring pop pop } bind def /h FMLOCAL /w FMLOCAL /d FMLOCAL /lb FMLOCAL /bitmapsave FMLOCAL /is FMLOCAL /cf FMLOCAL -/wbytes { - dup - 8 eq {pop} {1 eq {7 add 8 idiv} {3 add 4 idiv} ifelse} ifelse - } bind def -/BEGINBITMAPBWc { - 1 {} COMMONBITMAPc - } bind def -/BEGINBITMAPGRAYc { - 8 {} COMMONBITMAPc - } bind def -/BEGINBITMAP2BITc { - 2 {} COMMONBITMAPc - } bind def -/COMMONBITMAPc { - /r exch def - /d exch def - gsave - translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def - /lb w d wbytes def - sl lb lt {lb ms} if - /bitmapsave save def - r - /is im 0 lb getinterval def - ws 0 lb getinterval is copy pop - /cf currentfile def - w h d [w 0 0 h neg 0 h] - {ip} image - bitmapsave restore - grestore - } bind def -/BEGINBITMAPBW { - 1 {} COMMONBITMAP - } bind def -/BEGINBITMAPGRAY { - 8 {} COMMONBITMAP - } bind def -/BEGINBITMAP2BIT { - 2 {} COMMONBITMAP - } bind def -/COMMONBITMAP { - /r exch def - /d exch def - gsave - translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def - /bitmapsave save def - r - /is w d wbytes string def - /cf currentfile def - w h d [w 0 0 h neg 0 h] - {cf is readhexstring pop} image - bitmapsave restore +/wbytes { + dup + 8 eq {pop} {1 eq {7 add 8 idiv} {3 add 4 idiv} ifelse} ifelse + } bind def +/BEGINBITMAPBWc { + 1 {} COMMONBITMAPc + } bind def +/BEGINBITMAPGRAYc { + 8 {} COMMONBITMAPc + } bind def +/BEGINBITMAP2BITc { + 2 {} COMMONBITMAPc + } bind def +/COMMONBITMAPc { + /r exch def + /d exch def + gsave + translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def + /lb w d wbytes def + sl lb lt {lb ms} if + /bitmapsave save def + r + /is im 0 lb getinterval def + ws 0 lb getinterval is copy pop + /cf currentfile def + w h d [w 0 0 h neg 0 h] + {ip} image + bitmapsave restore + grestore + } bind def +/BEGINBITMAPBW { + 1 {} COMMONBITMAP + } bind def +/BEGINBITMAPGRAY { + 8 {} COMMONBITMAP + } bind def +/BEGINBITMAP2BIT { + 2 {} COMMONBITMAP + } bind def +/COMMONBITMAP { + /r exch def + /d exch def + gsave + translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def + /bitmapsave save def + r + /is w d wbytes string def + /cf currentfile def + w h d [w 0 0 h neg 0 h] + {cf is readhexstring pop} image + bitmapsave restore grestore } bind def /proc1 FMLOCAL /proc2 FMLOCAL /newproc FMLOCAL @@ -811,131 +811,131 @@ {} setblackgeneration } bind def /tran FMLOCAL /fakecolorsetup { /tran 256 string def - 0 1 255 {/indx exch def + 0 1 255 {/indx exch def tran indx red indx get 77 mul green indx get 151 mul blue indx get 28 mul add add 256 idiv put} for currenttransfer {255 mul cvi tran exch get 255.0 div} exch Fmcc settransfer } bind def -/BITMAPCOLOR { - /d 8 def - gsave - translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def - /bitmapsave save def - colorsetup - /is w d wbytes string def - /cf currentfile def - w h d [w 0 0 h neg 0 h] - {cf is readhexstring pop} {is} {is} true 3 colorimage - bitmapsave restore - grestore - } bind def -/BITMAPCOLORc { - /d 8 def - gsave - translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def - /lb w d wbytes def - sl lb lt {lb ms} if - /bitmapsave save def - colorsetup - /is im 0 lb getinterval def - ws 0 lb getinterval is copy pop - /cf currentfile def - w h d [w 0 0 h neg 0 h] - {ip} {is} {is} true 3 colorimage - bitmapsave restore - grestore - } bind def -/BITMAPTRUECOLORc { - gsave - translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def - /bitmapsave save def - - /is w string def - - ws 0 w getinterval is copy pop - /cf currentfile def - w h 8 [w 0 0 h neg 0 h] - {ip} {gip} {bip} true 3 colorimage - bitmapsave restore - grestore - } bind def -/BITMAPTRUECOLOR { - gsave - translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def - /bitmapsave save def +/BITMAPCOLOR { + /d 8 def + gsave + translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def + /bitmapsave save def + colorsetup + /is w d wbytes string def + /cf currentfile def + w h d [w 0 0 h neg 0 h] + {cf is readhexstring pop} {is} {is} true 3 colorimage + bitmapsave restore + grestore + } bind def +/BITMAPCOLORc { + /d 8 def + gsave + translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def + /lb w d wbytes def + sl lb lt {lb ms} if + /bitmapsave save def + colorsetup + /is im 0 lb getinterval def + ws 0 lb getinterval is copy pop + /cf currentfile def + w h d [w 0 0 h neg 0 h] + {ip} {is} {is} true 3 colorimage + bitmapsave restore + grestore + } bind def +/BITMAPTRUECOLORc { + gsave + translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def + /bitmapsave save def + + /is w string def + + ws 0 w getinterval is copy pop + /cf currentfile def + w h 8 [w 0 0 h neg 0 h] + {ip} {gip} {bip} true 3 colorimage + bitmapsave restore + grestore + } bind def +/BITMAPTRUECOLOR { + gsave + translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def + /bitmapsave save def /is w string def /gis w string def /bis w string def - /cf currentfile def - w h 8 [w 0 0 h neg 0 h] - { cf is readhexstring pop } - { cf gis readhexstring pop } - { cf bis readhexstring pop } - true 3 colorimage - bitmapsave restore + /cf currentfile def + w h 8 [w 0 0 h neg 0 h] + { cf is readhexstring pop } + { cf gis readhexstring pop } + { cf bis readhexstring pop } + true 3 colorimage + bitmapsave restore grestore } bind def -/BITMAPTRUEGRAYc { +/BITMAPTRUEGRAYc { gsave translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def - /bitmapsave save def - + /bitmapsave save def + /is w string def - - ws 0 w getinterval is copy pop - /cf currentfile def - w h 8 [w 0 0 h neg 0 h] + + ws 0 w getinterval is copy pop + /cf currentfile def + w h 8 [w 0 0 h neg 0 h] {ip gip bip w gray} image - bitmapsave restore + bitmapsave restore grestore } bind def /ww FMLOCAL /r FMLOCAL /g FMLOCAL /b FMLOCAL /i FMLOCAL -/gray { +/gray { /ww exch def /b exch def /g exch def /r exch def 0 1 ww 1 sub { /i exch def r i get .299 mul g i get .587 mul b i get .114 mul add add r i 3 -1 roll floor cvi put } for r } bind def -/BITMAPTRUEGRAY { +/BITMAPTRUEGRAY { gsave translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def - /bitmapsave save def + /bitmapsave save def /is w string def /gis w string def /bis w string def - /cf currentfile def - w h 8 [w 0 0 h neg 0 h] - { cf is readhexstring pop - cf gis readhexstring pop + /cf currentfile def + w h 8 [w 0 0 h neg 0 h] + { cf is readhexstring pop + cf gis readhexstring pop cf bis readhexstring pop w gray} image - bitmapsave restore + bitmapsave restore grestore } bind def -/BITMAPGRAY { +/BITMAPGRAY { 8 {fakecolorsetup} COMMONBITMAP } bind def -/BITMAPGRAYc { +/BITMAPGRAYc { 8 {fakecolorsetup} COMMONBITMAPc } bind def /ENDBITMAP { } bind def -end +end /ALDsave FMLOCAL /ALDmatrix matrix def ALDmatrix currentmatrix pop /StartALD { /ALDsave save def savematrix Index: doc/tk_mac.n ================================================================== --- doc/tk_mac.n +++ doc/tk_mac.n @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 2011 Kevin Walzer. '\" Copyright (c) 2011 Donal K. Fellows. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH tk::mac n 8.6 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME Index: doc/tkvars.n ================================================================== --- doc/tkvars.n +++ doc/tkvars.n @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH tkvars n 4.1 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME Index: doc/tkwait.n ================================================================== --- doc/tkwait.n +++ doc/tkwait.n @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH tkwait n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME Index: doc/toplevel.n ================================================================== --- doc/toplevel.n +++ doc/toplevel.n @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH toplevel n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME Index: doc/ttk_Theme.3 ================================================================== --- doc/ttk_Theme.3 +++ doc/ttk_Theme.3 @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2003 Joe English '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH Ttk_CreateTheme 3 8.5 Tk "Tk Themed Widget" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Ttk_CreateTheme, Ttk_GetTheme, Ttk_GetDefaultTheme, Ttk_GetCurrentTheme \- create and use Tk themes. Index: doc/ttk_button.n ================================================================== --- doc/ttk_button.n +++ doc/ttk_button.n @@ -15,11 +15,11 @@ .SH DESCRIPTION A \fBttk::button\fR widget displays a textual label and/or image, and evaluates a command when pressed. .SO ttk_widget \-class \-compound \-cursor -\-image \-state \-style +\-image \-justify \-state \-style \-takefocus \-text \-textvariable \-underline \-width .SE .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .OP \-command command Command Index: doc/ttk_entry.n ================================================================== --- doc/ttk_entry.n +++ doc/ttk_entry.n @@ -21,11 +21,13 @@ The value of the string may be linked to a Tcl variable with the \fB\-textvariable\fR option. Entry widgets support horizontal scrolling with the standard \fB\-xscrollcommand\fR option and \fBxview\fR widget command. .SO ttk_widget -\-class \-cursor \-style +\-class \-cursor +\-font \-foreground +\-style \-takefocus \-xscrollcommand .SE .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .OP \-exportselection exportSelection ExportSelection A boolean value specifying whether or not @@ -32,12 +34,10 @@ a selection in the widget should be linked to the X selection. If the selection is exported, then selecting in the widget deselects the current X selection, selecting outside the widget deselects any widget selection, and the widget will respond to selection retrieval requests when it has a selection. -.\" MAYBE: .OP \-font font Font -.\" MAYBE: .OP \-foreground foreground Foreground .\" MAYBE: .OP \-insertbackground insertBackground Foreground .\" MAYBE: .OP \-insertwidth insertWidth InsertWidth .OP \-invalidcommand invalidCommand InvalidCommand A script template to evaluate whenever the \fB\-validatecommand\fR returns 0. See \fBVALIDATION\fR below for more information. Index: doc/ttk_label.n ================================================================== --- doc/ttk_label.n +++ doc/ttk_label.n @@ -16,50 +16,26 @@ .PP A \fBttk::label\fR widget displays a textual label and/or image. The label may be linked to a Tcl variable to automatically change the displayed text. .SO ttk_widget -\-class \-compound \-cursor -\-image \-padding \-state \-style \-takefocus +\-anchor \-class \-compound \-cursor +\-font \-foreground +\-image \-justify \-padding \-state \-style \-takefocus \-text \-textvariable \-underline -\-width +\-width \-wraplength .SE .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" -.OP \-anchor anchor Anchor -Specifies how the information in the widget is positioned -relative to the inner margins. Legal values are -\fBn\fR, \fBne\fR, \fBe\fR, \fBse\fR, -\fBs\fR, \fBsw\fR, \fBw\fR, \fBnw\fR, and \fBcenter\fR. -See also \fB\-justify\fR. .OP \-background frameColor FrameColor The widget's background color. If unspecified, the theme default is used. -.OP \-font font Font -Font to use for label text. -.OP \-foreground textColor TextColor -The widget's foreground color. -If unspecified, the theme default is used. -.OP \-justify justify Justify -If there are multiple lines of text, specifies how -the lines are laid out relative to one another. -One of \fBleft\fR, \fBcenter\fR, or \fBright\fR. -See also \fB\-anchor\fR. .OP \-relief relief Relief .\" Rewrite this: Specifies the 3-D effect desired for the widget border. Valid values are \fBflat\fR, \fBgroove\fR, \fBraised\fR, \fBridge\fR, \fBsolid\fR, and \fBsunken\fR. -.OP \-text text Text -Specifies a text string to be displayed inside the widget -(unless overridden by \fB\-textvariable\fR). -.OP \-wraplength wrapLength WrapLength -Specifies the maximum line length (in pixels). -If this option is less than or equal to zero, -then automatic wrapping is not performed; otherwise -the text is split into lines such that no line is longer -than the specified value. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP Supports the standard widget commands \fBconfigure\fR, \fBcget\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR. Index: doc/ttk_progressbar.n ================================================================== --- doc/ttk_progressbar.n +++ doc/ttk_progressbar.n @@ -17,18 +17,26 @@ A \fBttk::progressbar\fR widget shows the status of a long-running operation. They can operate in two modes: \fIdeterminate\fR mode shows the amount completed relative to the total amount of work to be done, and \fIindeterminate\fR mode provides an animated display to let the user know that something is happening. +.PP +If the value of \fB-orient\fR is \fBhorizontal\fR a text string can be +displayed inside the progressbar. This string can be configured using +the \fB-anchor\fR, \fB-font\fR, \fB-foreground\fR, \fB-justify\fR, +\fB-text\fR and \fB-wraplength\fR options. If the value of \fB-orient\fR +is \fBvertical\fR then these options are ignored. .SO ttk_widget -\-class \-cursor \-takefocus -\-style +\-anchor \-class \-cursor +\-font \-foreground \-justify \-style +\-takefocus \-text \-wraplength .SE .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .OP \-length length Length Specifies the length of the long axis of the progress bar -(width if horizontal, height if vertical). +(width if horizontal, height if vertical). The value may have any of the forms +acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. .OP \-maximum maximum Maximum A floating point number specifying the maximum \fB\-value\fR. Defaults to 100. .OP \-mode mode Mode One of \fBdeterminate\fR or \fBindeterminate\fR. Index: doc/ttk_sizegrip.n ================================================================== --- doc/ttk_sizegrip.n +++ doc/ttk_sizegrip.n @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2006 Joe English '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH ttk::sizegrip n 8.5 Tk "Tk Themed Widget" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME ttk::sizegrip \- Bottom-right corner resize widget Index: doc/ttk_widget.n ================================================================== --- doc/ttk_widget.n +++ doc/ttk_widget.n @@ -69,10 +69,16 @@ A command prefix, used to communicate with vertical scrollbars. See the description of \fB\-xscrollcommand\fR above for details. .SH "LABEL OPTIONS" The following options are supported by labels, buttons, and other button-like widgets: +.OP \-anchor anchor Anchor +Specifies how the information in the widget is positioned +relative to the inner margins. Legal values are +\fBn\fR, \fBne\fR, \fBe\fR, \fBse\fR, +\fBs\fR, \fBsw\fR, \fBw\fR, \fBnw\fR, and \fBcenter\fR. +See also \fB\-justify\fR (for widgets supporting this option). .OP \-compound compound Compound Specifies how to display the image relative to the text, in the case both \fB\-text\fR and \fB\-image\fR are present. Valid values are: .RS @@ -88,18 +94,28 @@ .IP right Display image above, below, left of, or right of the text, respectively. .IP none The default; display the image if present, otherwise the text. .RE +.OP \-font font Font +Font to use for the text displayed by the widget. +.OP \-foreground textColor TextColor +The widget's foreground color. +If unspecified, the theme default is used. .OP \-image image Image Specifies an image to display. This is a list of 1 or more elements. The first element is the default image name. The rest of the list is a sequence of \fIstatespec / value\fR pairs as per \fBstyle map\fR, specifying different images to use when the widget is in a particular state or combination of states. All images in the list should have the same size. +.OP \-justify justify Justify +If there are multiple lines of text, specifies how +the lines are laid out relative to one another. +One of \fBleft\fR, \fBcenter\fR, or \fBright\fR. +See also \fB\-anchor\fR (for widgets supporting this option). .OP \-padding padding Padding Specifies the internal padding for the widget. The padding is a list of up to four length specifications \fIleft top right bottom\fR. If fewer than four elements are specified, @@ -109,11 +125,11 @@ In other words, a list of three numbers specify the left, vertical, and right padding; a list of two numbers specify the horizontal and the vertical padding; a single number specifies the same padding all the way around the widget. .OP \-text text Text Specifies a text string to be displayed inside the widget -(unless overridden by \fB\-textvariable\fR). +(unless overridden by \fB\-textvariable\fR for the widgets supporting this option). .OP \-textvariable textVariable Variable Specifies the name of a global variable whose value will be used in place of the \fB\-text\fR resource. .OP \-underline underline Underline If set, specifies the integer index (0-based) of a character to underline @@ -122,10 +138,18 @@ .OP \-width width Width If greater than zero, specifies how much space, in character widths, to allocate for the text label. If less than zero, specifies a minimum width. If zero or unspecified, the natural width of the text label is used. +Note that some themes may specify a non-zero \fB\-width\fR +in the style. +.OP \-wraplength wrapLength WrapLength +Specifies the maximum line length. The value may have any of the forms +acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. If this option is less than or equal +to zero, then automatic wrapping is not performed; otherwise +the text is split into lines such that no line is longer +than the specified value. .SH "COMPATIBILITY OPTIONS" This option is only available for themed widgets that have .QW corresponding traditional Tk widgets. .OP \-state state State Index: doc/winfo.n ================================================================== --- doc/winfo.n +++ doc/winfo.n @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH winfo n 4.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME Index: doc/wish.1 ================================================================== --- doc/wish.1 +++ doc/wish.1 @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -'\" +'\" .TH wish 1 8.0 Tk "Tk Applications" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME @@ -75,11 +75,11 @@ If there exists a file .QW \fB.wishrc\fR in the home directory of the user, \fBwish\fR evaluates the file as a Tcl script just before reading the first command from standard input. .PP -If arguments to \fBwish\fR do specify a \fIfileName\fR, then +If arguments to \fBwish\fR do specify a \fIfileName\fR, then \fIfileName\fR is treated as the name of a script file. \fBWish\fR will evaluate the script in \fIfileName\fR (which presumably creates a user interface), then it will respond to events until all windows have been deleted. Commands will not be read from standard input. Index: doc/wm.n ================================================================== --- doc/wm.n +++ doc/wm.n @@ -492,11 +492,11 @@ format, and becomes the application icon in dialogs, the Dock, and other contexts. At the script level the command will accept only the first image passed in the parameters as support for multiple sizes/resolutions on macOS is outside Tk's scope. Developers should use the largest icon they can support -(preferably 512 pixels) to ensure smooth rendering on the Mac. +(preferably 512 pixels) to ensure smooth rendering on the Mac. .RE .TP \fBwm iconposition \fIwindow\fR ?\fIx y\fR? . If \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR are specified, they are passed to the window Index: generic/tk.decls ================================================================== --- generic/tk.decls +++ generic/tk.decls @@ -324,11 +324,11 @@ void Tk_FreePixmap(Display *display, Pixmap pixmap) } declare 76 { void Tk_FreeTextLayout(Tk_TextLayout textLayout) } -declare 77 { +declare 77 {deprecated {function does nothing, call can be removed}} { void Tk_FreeXId(Display *display, XID xid) } declare 78 { GC Tk_GCForColor(XColor *colorPtr, Drawable drawable) } @@ -562,16 +562,16 @@ declare 143 { int Tk_ParseArgv(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, int *argcPtr, CONST84 char **argv, const Tk_ArgvInfo *argTable, int flags) } -declare 144 { +declare 144 {deprecated {function signature changed}} { void Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height) } -declare 145 { +declare 145 {deprecated {function signature changed}} { void Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY, int subsampleX, int subsampleY) } @@ -579,17 +579,17 @@ int Tk_PhotoGetImage(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr) } declare 147 { void Tk_PhotoBlank(Tk_PhotoHandle handle) } -declare 148 { +declare 148 {deprecated {function signature changed}} { void Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height ) } declare 149 { void Tk_PhotoGetSize(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr) } -declare 150 { +declare 150 {deprecated {function signature changed}} { void Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height) } declare 151 { int Tk_PointToChar(Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y) } @@ -941,16 +941,16 @@ # New in 8.4a5 # declare 245 { void Tk_SetCaretPos(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int height) } -declare 246 { +declare 246 {deprecated {function signature changed}} { void Tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int compRule) } -declare 247 { +declare 247 {deprecated {function signature changed}} { void Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY, int subsampleX, int subsampleY, int compRule) } Index: generic/tk.h ================================================================== --- generic/tk.h +++ generic/tk.h @@ -15,12 +15,12 @@ #ifndef _TK #define _TK #include -#if (TCL_MAJOR_VERSION != 8) || (TCL_MINOR_VERSION < 6) -# error Tk 8.6 must be compiled with tcl.h from Tcl 8.6 or better +#if (TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 8) || (TCL_MAJOR_VERSION == 8) && (TCL_MINOR_VERSION < 6) +# error Tk 8.7 must be compiled with tcl.h from Tcl 8.6 or better #endif #ifndef CONST84 # define CONST84 const # define CONST84_RETURN const @@ -57,12 +57,12 @@ /* * When version numbers change here, you must also go into the following files * and update the version numbers: * * library/tk.tcl (1 LOC patch) - * unix/configure.in (2 LOC Major, 2 LOC minor, 1 LOC patch) - * win/configure.in (as above) + * unix/configure.ac (2 LOC Major, 2 LOC minor, 1 LOC patch) + * win/configure.ac (as above) * README (sections 0 and 1) * macosx/Tk-Common.xcconfig (not patchlevel) 1 LOC * win/README (not patchlevel) * unix/README (not patchlevel) * unix/tk.spec (1 LOC patch) @@ -71,16 +71,16 @@ * You may also need to update some of these files when the numbers change for * the version of Tcl that this release of Tk is compiled against. */ #define TK_MAJOR_VERSION 8 -#define TK_MINOR_VERSION 6 -#define TK_RELEASE_LEVEL TCL_FINAL_RELEASE -#define TK_RELEASE_SERIAL 8 +#define TK_MINOR_VERSION 7 +#define TK_RELEASE_LEVEL TCL_ALPHA_RELEASE +#define TK_RELEASE_SERIAL 2 -#define TK_VERSION "8.6" -#define TK_PATCH_LEVEL "8.6.8" +#define TK_VERSION "8.7" +#define TK_PATCH_LEVEL "8.7a2" /* * A special definition used to allow this header file to be included from * windows or mac resource files so that they can obtain version information. * RC_INVOKED is defined by default by the windows RC tool and manually set @@ -103,10 +103,14 @@ #endif #ifdef BUILD_tk #undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS #define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT +#else +# ifndef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS +# define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT +# endif #endif /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * @@ -412,11 +416,13 @@ #define TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK (1 << 0) #define TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY (1 << 1) #define TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY (1 << 2) #define TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT (1 << 3) -#define TK_CONFIG_OPTION_SPECIFIED (1 << 4) +#if !defined(TK_NO_DEPRECATED) || defined(BUILD_tk) +# define TK_CONFIG_OPTION_SPECIFIED (1 << 4) +#endif #define TK_CONFIG_USER_BIT 0x100 #endif /* __NO_OLD_CONFIG */ /* * Structure used to specify how to handle argv options. @@ -744,13 +750,14 @@ (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY) #define Tk_IsManageable(tkwin) \ (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->flags & TK_WM_MANAGEABLE) #define Tk_ReqWidth(tkwin) (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->reqWidth) #define Tk_ReqHeight(tkwin) (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->reqHeight) -/* Tk_InternalBorderWidth is deprecated */ +#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED #define Tk_InternalBorderWidth(tkwin) \ (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->internalBorderLeft) +#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */ #define Tk_InternalBorderLeft(tkwin) \ (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->internalBorderLeft) #define Tk_InternalBorderRight(tkwin) \ (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->internalBorderRight) #define Tk_InternalBorderTop(tkwin) \ @@ -1557,16 +1564,17 @@ /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * Allow users to say that they don't want to alter their source to add extra - * arguments to Tk_PhotoPutBlock() et al; DO NOT DEFINE THIS WHEN BUILDING TK. + * arguments to Tk_PhotoPutBlock() et al. * * This goes after the inclusion of the stubbed-decls so that the declarations * of what is actually there can be correct. */ +#if !defined(TK_NO_DEPRECATED) && !defined(BUILD_tk) #ifdef USE_COMPOSITELESS_PHOTO_PUT_BLOCK # ifdef Tk_PhotoPutBlock # undef Tk_PhotoPutBlock # endif # define Tk_PhotoPutBlock Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite @@ -1595,10 +1603,11 @@ # ifdef Tk_PhotoSetSize # undef Tk_PhotoSetSize # endif # define Tk_PhotoSetSize Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic #endif /* USE_PANIC_ON_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE */ +#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED && !BUILD_tk */ #undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS #define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT #endif /* RC_INVOKED */ Index: generic/tkBind.c ================================================================== --- generic/tkBind.c +++ generic/tkBind.c @@ -3974,11 +3974,11 @@ p++; } p = GetField(p, field, FIELD_SIZE); } if (*field != '\0') { - if ((*field >= '1') && (*field <= '5') && (field[1] == '\0')) { + if ((*field >= '1') && (*field <= '9') && (field[1] == '\0')) { if (eventFlags == 0) { patPtr->eventType = ButtonPress; eventMask = ButtonPressMask; } else if (eventFlags & KEY) { goto getKeysym; Index: generic/tkBusy.c ================================================================== --- generic/tkBusy.c +++ generic/tkBusy.c @@ -759,10 +759,13 @@ if (Tk_IsMapped(busyPtr->tkRef)) { TkpShowBusyWindow(busyPtr); } else { TkpHideBusyWindow(busyPtr); } + if (result == TCL_OK) { + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(busyPtr->tkBusy), -1)); + } return result; } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -792,15 +795,16 @@ Tcl_HashTable *busyTablePtr = &((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr->busyTable; Busy *busyPtr; Tcl_Obj *objPtr; int index, result = TCL_OK; static const char *const optionStrings[] = { - "cget", "configure", "current", "forget", "hold", "status", NULL + "busywindow", "cget", "configure", "current", "forget", "hold", + "status", NULL }; enum options { - BUSY_CGET, BUSY_CONFIGURE, BUSY_CURRENT, BUSY_FORGET, BUSY_HOLD, - BUSY_STATUS + BUSY_BUSYWINDOW, BUSY_CGET, BUSY_CONFIGURE, BUSY_CURRENT, BUSY_FORGET, + BUSY_HOLD, BUSY_STATUS }; if (objc < 2) { Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "options ?arg arg ...?"); return TCL_ERROR; @@ -821,10 +825,23 @@ if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], optionStrings, sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) { return TCL_ERROR; } switch ((enum options) index) { + case BUSY_BUSYWINDOW: + if (objc != 3) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window"); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + busyPtr = GetBusy(interp, busyTablePtr, objv[2]); + if (busyPtr == NULL) { + Tcl_ResetResult(interp); + return TCL_OK; + } + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(busyPtr->tkBusy), -1)); + return TCL_OK; + case BUSY_CGET: if (objc != 4) { Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window option"); return TCL_ERROR; } Index: generic/tkCmds.c ================================================================== --- generic/tkCmds.c +++ generic/tkCmds.c @@ -2066,18 +2066,17 @@ * option to "-displayof" argument, or * unmodified if "-displayof" argument was not * present. */ { const char *string; - int length; if (objc < 1) { return 0; } - string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], &length); - if ((length >= 2) && - (strncmp(string, "-displayof", (unsigned) length) == 0)) { + string = Tcl_GetString(objv[0]); + if ((objv[0]->length >= 2) && + (strncmp(string, "-displayof", objv[0]->length) == 0)) { if (objc < 2) { Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( "value for \"-displayof\" missing", -1)); Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "NO_VALUE", "DISPLAYOF", NULL); return -1; Index: generic/tkConfig.c ================================================================== --- generic/tkConfig.c +++ generic/tkConfig.c @@ -89,11 +89,11 @@ * One of the following exists for each Tk_OptionSpec array that has been * passed to Tk_CreateOptionTable. */ typedef struct OptionTable { - int refCount; /* Counts the number of uses of this table + size_t refCount; /* Counts the number of uses of this table * (the number of times Tk_CreateOptionTable * has returned it). This can be greater than * 1 if it is shared along several option * table chains, or if the same table is used * for multiple purposes. */ @@ -101,11 +101,11 @@ * used to delete the entry. */ struct OptionTable *nextPtr;/* If templatePtr was part of a chain of * templates, this points to the table * corresponding to the next template in the * chain. */ - int numOptions; /* The number of items in the options array + size_t numOptions; /* The number of items in the options array * below. */ Option options[1]; /* Information about the individual options in * the table. This must be the last field in * the structure: the actual size of the array * will be numOptions, not 1. */ @@ -175,11 +175,11 @@ Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr; int newEntry; OptionTable *tablePtr; const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr, *specPtr2; Option *optionPtr; - int numOptions, i; + size_t numOptions, i; ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); /* * We use an TSD in the thread to keep a hash table of @@ -328,14 +328,13 @@ Tk_DeleteOptionTable( Tk_OptionTable optionTable) /* The option table to delete. */ { OptionTable *tablePtr = (OptionTable *) optionTable; Option *optionPtr; - int count; + size_t count; - tablePtr->refCount--; - if (tablePtr->refCount > 0) { + if (tablePtr->refCount-- > 1) { return; } if (tablePtr->nextPtr != NULL) { Tk_DeleteOptionTable((Tk_OptionTable) tablePtr->nextPtr); @@ -976,11 +975,11 @@ OptionTable *tablePtr) /* Table in which to look up name. */ { Option *bestPtr, *optionPtr; OptionTable *tablePtr2; const char *p1, *p2; - int count; + size_t count; /* * Search through all of the option tables in the chain to find the best * match. Some tricky aspects: * @@ -1537,11 +1536,11 @@ Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window associated with recordPtr; needed * for freeing some options. */ { OptionTable *tablePtr; Option *optionPtr; - int count; + size_t count; Tcl_Obj **oldPtrPtr, *oldPtr; char *oldInternalPtr; const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr; for (tablePtr = (OptionTable *) optionTable; tablePtr != NULL; @@ -1641,12 +1640,10 @@ break; case TK_OPTION_STYLE: if (internalFormExists) { Tk_FreeStyle(*((Tk_Style *) internalPtr)); *((Tk_Style *) internalPtr) = NULL; - } else if (objPtr != NULL) { - Tk_FreeStyleFromObj(objPtr); } break; case TK_OPTION_BITMAP: if (internalFormExists) { if (*((Pixmap *) internalPtr) != None) { @@ -1731,11 +1728,11 @@ * options. */ { Tcl_Obj *resultPtr; OptionTable *tablePtr = (OptionTable *) optionTable; Option *optionPtr; - int count; + size_t count; /* * If information is only wanted for a single configuration spec, then * handle that one spec specially. */ @@ -2094,13 +2091,13 @@ hashEntryPtr != NULL; hashEntryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) { if (tablePtr == (OptionTable *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr)) { for ( ; tablePtr != NULL; tablePtr = tablePtr->nextPtr) { Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr, - Tcl_NewIntObj(tablePtr->refCount)); + Tcl_NewWideIntObj(tablePtr->refCount)); Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr, - Tcl_NewIntObj(tablePtr->numOptions)); + Tcl_NewWideIntObj(tablePtr->numOptions)); Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr, Tcl_NewStringObj( tablePtr->options[0].specPtr->optionName, -1)); } break; } Index: generic/tkConsole.c ================================================================== --- generic/tkConsole.c +++ generic/tkConsole.c @@ -22,11 +22,11 @@ */ typedef struct ConsoleInfo { Tcl_Interp *consoleInterp; /* Interpreter displaying the console. */ Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter controlled by console. */ - int refCount; + size_t refCount; } ConsoleInfo; /* * Each console channel holds an instance of the ChannelData struct as * its instance data. It contains ConsoleInfo, so the channel can work @@ -221,11 +221,11 @@ /* * Ensure that we are getting a compatible version of Tcl. */ - if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.6", 0) == NULL) { + if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.6-", 0) == NULL) { return; } consoleInitPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&consoleInitKey, (int) sizeof(int)); if (*consoleInitPtr) { @@ -454,11 +454,11 @@ Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(interp, token); mainWindow = Tk_MainWindow(interp); if (mainWindow) { Tk_DeleteEventHandler(mainWindow, StructureNotifyMask, ConsoleEventProc, info); - if (--info->refCount <= 0) { + if (info->refCount-- <= 1) { ckfree(info); } } goto error; } @@ -594,11 +594,11 @@ { ChannelData *data = instanceData; ConsoleInfo *info = data->info; if (info) { - if (--info->refCount <= 0) { + if (info->refCount-- <= 1) { /* * Assuming the Tcl_Interp * fields must already be NULL. */ ckfree(info); @@ -883,11 +883,11 @@ if (info->consoleInterp == interp) { Tcl_DeleteThreadExitHandler(DeleteConsoleInterp, info->consoleInterp); info->consoleInterp = NULL; } - if (--info->refCount <= 0) { + if (info->refCount-- <= 1) { ckfree(info); } } /* @@ -914,11 +914,11 @@ ConsoleInfo *info = clientData; if (info->consoleInterp) { Tcl_DeleteInterp(info->consoleInterp); } - if (--info->refCount <= 0) { + if (info->refCount-- <= 1) { ckfree(info); } } /* @@ -951,11 +951,11 @@ if (consoleInterp && !Tcl_InterpDeleted(consoleInterp)) { Tcl_EvalEx(consoleInterp, "tk::ConsoleExit", -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL); } - if (--info->refCount <= 0) { + if (info->refCount-- <= 1) { ckfree(info); } } } Index: generic/tkDecls.h ================================================================== --- generic/tkDecls.h +++ generic/tkDecls.h @@ -15,10 +15,18 @@ #ifdef BUILD_tk #undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS #define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT #endif +#if !defined(BUILD_tk) +# define TK_DEPRECATED(msg) EXTERN TCL_DEPRECATED_API(msg) +#elif defined(TK_NO_DEPRECATED) +# define TK_DEPRECATED(msg) MODULE_SCOPE +#else +# define TK_DEPRECATED(msg) EXTERN +#endif + /* * WARNING: This file is automatically generated by the tools/genStubs.tcl * script. Any modifications to the function declarations below should be made * in the generic/tk.decls script. */ @@ -279,11 +287,12 @@ /* 75 */ EXTERN void Tk_FreePixmap(Display *display, Pixmap pixmap); /* 76 */ EXTERN void Tk_FreeTextLayout(Tk_TextLayout textLayout); /* 77 */ -EXTERN void Tk_FreeXId(Display *display, XID xid); +TK_DEPRECATED("function does nothing, call can be removed") +void Tk_FreeXId(Display *display, XID xid); /* 78 */ EXTERN GC Tk_GCForColor(XColor *colorPtr, Drawable drawable); /* 79 */ EXTERN void Tk_GeometryRequest(Tk_Window tkwin, int reqWidth, int reqHeight); @@ -469,15 +478,17 @@ /* 143 */ EXTERN int Tk_ParseArgv(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, int *argcPtr, CONST84 char **argv, const Tk_ArgvInfo *argTable, int flags); /* 144 */ -EXTERN void Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, +TK_DEPRECATED("function signature changed") +void Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height); /* 145 */ -EXTERN void Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite( +TK_DEPRECATED("function signature changed") +void Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite( Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY, int subsampleX, int subsampleY); /* 146 */ @@ -484,17 +495,19 @@ EXTERN int Tk_PhotoGetImage(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr); /* 147 */ EXTERN void Tk_PhotoBlank(Tk_PhotoHandle handle); /* 148 */ -EXTERN void Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, +TK_DEPRECATED("function signature changed") +void Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height); /* 149 */ EXTERN void Tk_PhotoGetSize(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 150 */ -EXTERN void Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, +TK_DEPRECATED("function signature changed") +void Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height); /* 151 */ EXTERN int Tk_PointToChar(Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y); /* 152 */ EXTERN int Tk_PostscriptFontName(Tk_Font tkfont, @@ -774,15 +787,17 @@ int minWidth, int minHeight); /* 245 */ EXTERN void Tk_SetCaretPos(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int height); /* 246 */ -EXTERN void Tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, +TK_DEPRECATED("function signature changed") +void Tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int compRule); /* 247 */ -EXTERN void Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, +TK_DEPRECATED("function signature changed") +void Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY, int subsampleX, int subsampleY, int compRule); /* 248 */ EXTERN int Tk_CollapseMotionEvents(Display *display, @@ -951,11 +966,11 @@ void (*tk_FreeGC) (Display *display, GC gc); /* 72 */ void (*tk_FreeImage) (Tk_Image image); /* 73 */ void (*tk_FreeOptions) (const Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, char *widgRec, Display *display, int needFlags); /* 74 */ void (*tk_FreePixmap) (Display *display, Pixmap pixmap); /* 75 */ void (*tk_FreeTextLayout) (Tk_TextLayout textLayout); /* 76 */ - void (*tk_FreeXId) (Display *display, XID xid); /* 77 */ + TCL_DEPRECATED_API("function does nothing, call can be removed") void (*tk_FreeXId) (Display *display, XID xid); /* 77 */ GC (*tk_GCForColor) (XColor *colorPtr, Drawable drawable); /* 78 */ void (*tk_GeometryRequest) (Tk_Window tkwin, int reqWidth, int reqHeight); /* 79 */ Tk_3DBorder (*tk_Get3DBorder) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Uid colorName); /* 80 */ void (*tk_GetAllBindings) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object); /* 81 */ int (*tk_GetAnchor) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str, Tk_Anchor *anchorPtr); /* 82 */ @@ -1018,17 +1033,17 @@ CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfJustify) (Tk_Justify justify); /* 139 */ CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfRelief) (int relief); /* 140 */ Tk_Window (*tk_NameToWindow) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *pathName, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 141 */ void (*tk_OwnSelection) (Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection, Tk_LostSelProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 142 */ int (*tk_ParseArgv) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, int *argcPtr, CONST84 char **argv, const Tk_ArgvInfo *argTable, int flags); /* 143 */ - void (*tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height); /* 144 */ - void (*tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY, int subsampleX, int subsampleY); /* 145 */ + TCL_DEPRECATED_API("function signature changed") void (*tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height); /* 144 */ + TCL_DEPRECATED_API("function signature changed") void (*tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY, int subsampleX, int subsampleY); /* 145 */ int (*tk_PhotoGetImage) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr); /* 146 */ void (*tk_PhotoBlank) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle); /* 147 */ - void (*tk_PhotoExpand_Panic) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height); /* 148 */ + TCL_DEPRECATED_API("function signature changed") void (*tk_PhotoExpand_Panic) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height); /* 148 */ void (*tk_PhotoGetSize) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 149 */ - void (*tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height); /* 150 */ + TCL_DEPRECATED_API("function signature changed") void (*tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height); /* 150 */ int (*tk_PointToChar) (Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y); /* 151 */ int (*tk_PostscriptFontName) (Tk_Font tkfont, Tcl_DString *dsPtr); /* 152 */ void (*tk_PreserveColormap) (Display *display, Colormap colormap); /* 153 */ void (*tk_QueueWindowEvent) (XEvent *eventPtr, Tcl_QueuePosition position); /* 154 */ void (*tk_RedrawImage) (Tk_Image image, int imageX, int imageY, int width, int height, Drawable drawable, int drawableX, int drawableY); /* 155 */ @@ -1120,12 +1135,12 @@ Tk_Window (*tk_CreateAnonymousWindow) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window parent, const char *screenName); /* 241 */ void (*tk_SetClassProcs) (Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_ClassProcs *procs, ClientData instanceData); /* 242 */ void (*tk_SetInternalBorderEx) (Tk_Window tkwin, int left, int right, int top, int bottom); /* 243 */ void (*tk_SetMinimumRequestSize) (Tk_Window tkwin, int minWidth, int minHeight); /* 244 */ void (*tk_SetCaretPos) (Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int height); /* 245 */ - void (*tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int compRule); /* 246 */ - void (*tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY, int subsampleX, int subsampleY, int compRule); /* 247 */ + TCL_DEPRECATED_API("function signature changed") void (*tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int compRule); /* 246 */ + TCL_DEPRECATED_API("function signature changed") void (*tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY, int subsampleX, int subsampleY, int compRule); /* 247 */ int (*tk_CollapseMotionEvents) (Display *display, int collapse); /* 248 */ Tk_StyleEngine (*tk_RegisterStyleEngine) (const char *name, Tk_StyleEngine parent); /* 249 */ Tk_StyleEngine (*tk_GetStyleEngine) (const char *name); /* 250 */ int (*tk_RegisterStyledElement) (Tk_StyleEngine engine, Tk_ElementSpec *templatePtr); /* 251 */ int (*tk_GetElementId) (const char *name); /* 252 */ @@ -1718,16 +1733,34 @@ /* Functions that don't belong in the stub table */ #undef Tk_MainEx #undef Tk_Init #undef Tk_SafeInit #undef Tk_CreateConsoleWindow + +#undef Tk_FreeXId +#define Tk_FreeXId(display,xid) +#undef Tk_GetStyleFromObj +#undef Tk_FreeStyleFromObj +#define Tk_GetStyleFromObj(obj) Tk_AllocStyleFromObj(NULL, obj) +#define Tk_FreeStyleFromObj(obj) /* no-op */ + #if defined(_WIN32) && defined(UNICODE) # define Tk_MainEx Tk_MainExW EXTERN void Tk_MainExW(int argc, wchar_t **argv, Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc, Tcl_Interp *interp); #endif + +#ifdef TK_NO_DEPRECATED +#undef Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite +#undef Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite +#undef Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic +#undef Tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic +#undef Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic +#undef Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic +#endif /* TK_NO_DEPRECATED */ + #undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS #define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT #endif /* _TKDECLS */ Index: generic/tkEntry.c ================================================================== --- generic/tkEntry.c +++ generic/tkEntry.c @@ -1175,17 +1175,19 @@ entryPtr->insertBorderWidth = entryPtr->insertWidth/2; } if (entryPtr->type == TK_SPINBOX) { if (sbPtr->fromValue > sbPtr->toValue) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( - "-to value must be greater than -from value", - -1)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "SPINBOX", "RANGE_SANITY", - NULL); - continue; - } + /* + * Swap -from and -to values. + */ + + double tmpFromTo = sbPtr->fromValue; + + sbPtr->fromValue = sbPtr->toValue; + sbPtr->toValue = tmpFromTo; + } if (sbPtr->reqFormat && (oldFormat != sbPtr->reqFormat)) { /* * Make sure that the given format is somewhat correct, and * calculate the minimum space we'll need for the values as Index: generic/tkFont.c ================================================================== --- generic/tkFont.c +++ generic/tkFont.c @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ * for each named font that has been defined. The named font is only deleted * when the last reference to it goes away. */ typedef struct NamedFont { - int refCount; /* Number of users of named font. */ + size_t refCount; /* Number of users of named font. */ int deletePending; /* Non-zero if font should be deleted when * last reference goes away. */ TkFontAttributes fa; /* Desired attributes for named font. */ } NamedFont; @@ -349,11 +349,11 @@ const Tcl_ObjType tkFontObjType = { "font", /* name */ FreeFontObjProc, /* freeIntRepProc */ DupFontObjProc, /* dupIntRepProc */ NULL, /* updateStringProc */ - SetFontFromAny /* setFromAnyProc */ + NULL /* setFromAnyProc */ }; /* *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- * @@ -1432,12 +1432,11 @@ * This font derived from a named font. Reduce the reference count on * the named font and free it if no-one else is using it. */ nfPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(fontPtr->namedHashPtr); - nfPtr->refCount--; - if ((nfPtr->refCount == 0) && nfPtr->deletePending) { + if ((nfPtr->refCount-- <= 1) && nfPtr->deletePending) { Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(fontPtr->namedHashPtr); ckfree(nfPtr); } } @@ -1713,19 +1712,15 @@ while (isspace(UCHAR(*src))) { /* INTL: ISO space */ src++; upper = 1; } src += TkUtfToUniChar(src, &ch); - if (ch <= 0xffff) { - if (upper) { - ch = Tcl_UniCharToUpper(ch); - upper = 0; - } else { - ch = Tcl_UniCharToLower(ch); - } - } else { - upper = 0; + if (upper) { + ch = Tcl_UniCharToUpper(ch); + upper = 0; + } else { + ch = Tcl_UniCharToLower(ch); } dest += TkUniCharToUtf(ch, dest); } *dest = '\0'; Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, dest - Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr)); Index: generic/tkGC.c ================================================================== --- generic/tkGC.c +++ generic/tkGC.c @@ -21,11 +21,11 @@ */ typedef struct { GC gc; /* Graphics context. */ Display *display; /* Display to which gc belongs. */ - int refCount; /* Number of active uses of gc. */ + size_t refCount; /* Number of active uses of gc. */ Tcl_HashEntry *valueHashPtr;/* Entry in valueTable (needed when deleting * this structure). */ } TkGC; typedef struct { @@ -310,12 +310,11 @@ idHashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->gcIdTable, (char *) gc); if (idHashPtr == NULL) { Tcl_Panic("Tk_FreeGC received unknown gc argument"); } gcPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(idHashPtr); - gcPtr->refCount--; - if (gcPtr->refCount == 0) { + if (gcPtr->refCount-- <= 1) { XFreeGC(gcPtr->display, gcPtr->gc); Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(gcPtr->valueHashPtr); Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(idHashPtr); ckfree(gcPtr); } Index: generic/tkImgBmap.c ================================================================== --- generic/tkImgBmap.c +++ generic/tkImgBmap.c @@ -47,11 +47,11 @@ * The following data structure represents all of the instances of an image * that lie within a particular window: */ typedef struct BitmapInstance { - int refCount; /* Number of instances that share this data + size_t refCount; /* Number of instances that share this data * structure. */ BitmapMaster *masterPtr; /* Pointer to master for image. */ Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window in which the instances will be * displayed. */ XColor *fg; /* Foreground color for displaying image. */ @@ -949,12 +949,11 @@ Display *display) /* Display containing window that used image. */ { BitmapInstance *instancePtr = clientData; BitmapInstance *prevPtr; - instancePtr->refCount--; - if (instancePtr->refCount > 0) { + if (instancePtr->refCount-- > 1) { return; } /* * There are no more uses of the image within this widget. Free the ADDED generic/tkImgListFormat.c Index: generic/tkImgListFormat.c ================================================================== --- /dev/null +++ generic/tkImgListFormat.c @@ -0,0 +1,1141 @@ +/* + * tkImgListFormat.c -- + * + * Implements the default image data format. I.e. the format used for + * [imageName data] and [imageName put] if no other format is specified. + * + * The default format consits of a list of scan lines (rows) with each + * list element being itself a list of pixels (or columns). For details, + * see the manpage photo.n + * + * This image format cannot read/write files, it is meant for string + * data only. + * + * + * Copyright (c) 1994 The Australian National University. + * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * Copyright (c) 2002-2003 Donal K. Fellows + * Copyright (c) 2003 ActiveState Corporation. + * + * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of + * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + * + * Authors: + * Paul Mackerras (paulus@cs.anu.edu.au), + * Department of Computer Science, + * Australian National University. + * + * Simon Bachmann (simonbachmann@bluewin.ch) + */ + + +#include "tkImgPhoto.h" + +/* + * Message to generate when an attempt to allocate memory for an image fails. + */ + +#define TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE \ + "not enough free memory for image buffer" + + +/* + * Color name length limit: do not attempt to parse as color strings that are + * longer than this limit + */ + +#define TK_PHOTO_MAX_COLOR_CHARS 99 + +/* + * Symbols for the different formats of a color string. + */ + +enum ColorFormatType { + COLORFORMAT_TKCOLOR, + COLORFORMAT_EMPTYSTRING, + COLORFORMAT_LIST, + COLORFORMAT_RGB1, + COLORFORMAT_RGB2, + COLORFORMAT_RGBA1, + COLORFORMAT_RGBA2 +}; + +/* + * Names for the color format types above. + * Order must match the one in enum ColorFormatType + */ + +static const char *const colorFormatNames[] = { + "tkcolor", + "emptystring", + "list", + "rgb-short", + "rgb", + "rgba-short", + "rgba", + NULL +}; + +/* + * The following data structure is used to return information from + * ParseFormatOptions: + */ + +struct FormatOptions { + int options; /* Individual bits indicate which options were + * specified - see below. */ + Tcl_Obj *formatName; /* Name specified without an option. */ + enum ColorFormatType colorFormat; + /* The color format type given with the + * -colorformat option */ +}; + +/* + * Bit definitions for use with ParseFormatOptions: each bit is set in the + * allowedOptions parameter on a call to ParseFormatOptions if that option + * is allowed for the current photo image subcommand. On return, the bit is + * set in the options field of the FormatOptions structure if that option + * was specified. + * + * OPT_COLORFORMAT: Set if -alpha option allowed/specified. + */ + +#define OPT_COLORFORMAT 1 + +/* + * List of format option names. The order here must match the order of + * declarations of the FMT_OPT_* constants above. + */ + +static const char *const formatOptionNames[] = { + "-colorformat", + NULL +}; + +/* + * Forward declarations + */ + +static int ParseFormatOptions(Tcl_Interp *interp, int allowedOptions, + int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int *indexPtr, + struct FormatOptions *optPtr); +static Tcl_Obj *GetBadOptMsg(const char *badValue, int allowedOpts); +static int StringMatchDef(Tcl_Obj *data, Tcl_Obj *formatString, + int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp); +static int StringReadDef(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *data, + Tcl_Obj *formatString, Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle, + int destX, int destY, int width, int height, + int srcX, int srcY); +static int StringWriteDef(Tcl_Interp *interp, + Tcl_Obj *formatString, + Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr); +static int ParseColor(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *specObj, + Display *display, Colormap colormap, unsigned char *redPtr, + unsigned char *greenPtr, unsigned char *bluePtr, + unsigned char *alphaPtr); +static int ParseColorAsList(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *colorString, + int colorStrLen, unsigned char *redPtr, + unsigned char *greenPtr, unsigned char *bluePtr, + unsigned char *alphaPtr); +static int ParseColorAsHex(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *colorString, + int colorStrLen, Display *display, Colormap colormap, + unsigned char *redPtr, unsigned char *greenPtr, + unsigned char *bluePtr, unsigned char *alphaPtr); +static int ParseColorAsStandard(Tcl_Interp *interp, + const char *colorString, int colorStrLen, + Display *display, Colormap colormap, + unsigned char *redPtr, unsigned char *greenPtr, + unsigned char *bluePtr, unsigned char *alphaPtr); + +/* + * The format record for the default image handler + */ + +Tk_PhotoImageFormat tkImgFmtDefault = { + "default", /* name */ + NULL, /* fileMatchProc: format doesn't support file ops */ + StringMatchDef, /* stringMatchProc */ + NULL, /* fileReadProc: format doesn't support file read */ + StringReadDef, /* stringReadProc */ + NULL, /* fileWriteProc: format doesn't support file write */ + StringWriteDef /* stringWriteProc */ +}; + +/* + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * ParseFormatOptions -- + * + * Parse the options passed to the image format handler. + * + * Results: + * On success, the structure pointed to by optPtr is filled with the + * values passed or with the defaults and TCL_OK returned. + * If an error occurs, leaves an error message in interp and returns + * TCL_ERROR. + * + * Side effects: + * The value in *indexPtr is updated to the index of the fist + * element in argv[] that does not look like an option/value, or to + * argc if parsing reached the end of argv[]. + * + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +static int +ParseFormatOptions( + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* For error messages */ + int allowedOptions, /* Bitfield specifying which options are + * to be considered allowed */ + int objc, /* Number of elements in argv[] */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* The arguments to parse */ + int *indexPtr, /* Index giving the first element to + * parse. The value is updated to the + * index where parsing ended */ + struct FormatOptions *optPtr) /* Parsed option values are written to + * this struct */ + +{ + int index, optIndex, typeIndex, first; + const char *option; + + first = 1; + + /* + * Fill in default values + */ + optPtr->options = 0; + optPtr->formatName = NULL; + optPtr->colorFormat = COLORFORMAT_RGB2; + for (index = *indexPtr; index < objc; *indexPtr = ++index) { + int optionExists; + + /* + * The first value can be the format handler's name. It goes to + * optPtr->name. + */ + option = Tcl_GetString(objv[index]); + if (option[0] != '-') { + if (first) { + optPtr->formatName = objv[index]; + first = 0; + continue; + } else { + break; + } + } + first = 0; + + /* + * Check if option is known and allowed + */ + + optionExists = 1; + if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(NULL, objv[index], formatOptionNames, + "format option", 0, &optIndex) != TCL_OK) { + optionExists = 0; + } + if (!optionExists || !((1 << optIndex) & allowedOptions)) { + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, GetBadOptMsg(Tcl_GetString(objv[index]), + allowedOptions)); + Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "BAD_OPTION", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + /* + * Option-specific checks + */ + + switch (1 << optIndex) { + case OPT_COLORFORMAT: + *indexPtr = ++index; + if (index >= objc) { + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("the \"%s\" option " + "requires a value", Tcl_GetString(objv[index - 1]))); + Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", + "MISSING_VALUE", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(NULL, objv[index], colorFormatNames, "", + TCL_EXACT, &typeIndex) != TCL_OK + || (typeIndex != COLORFORMAT_LIST + && typeIndex != COLORFORMAT_RGB2 + && typeIndex != COLORFORMAT_RGBA2) ) { + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("bad color format " + "\"%s\": must be rgb, rgba, or list", + Tcl_GetString(objv[index]))); + Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", + "BAD_COLOR_FORMAT", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + optPtr->colorFormat = typeIndex; + break; + default: + Tcl_Panic("ParseFormatOptions: unexpected switch fallthrough"); + } + + /* + * Add option to bitfield in optPtr + */ + optPtr->options |= (1 << optIndex); + } + + return TCL_OK; +} + +/* + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * GetBadOptMsg -- + * + * Build a Tcl_Obj containing an error message in the form "bad option + * "xx": must be y, or z", based on the bits set in allowedOpts. + * + * Results: + * A Tcl Object containig the error message. + * + * Side effects: + * None + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +static Tcl_Obj * +GetBadOptMsg( + const char *badValue, /* the erroneous option */ + int allowedOpts) /* bitfield specifying the allowed options */ +{ + int i, bit; + Tcl_Obj *resObj = Tcl_ObjPrintf("bad format option \"%s\": ", badValue); + + if (allowedOpts == 0) { + Tcl_AppendToObj(resObj, "no options allowed", -1); + } else { + Tcl_AppendToObj(resObj, "must be ", -1); + bit = 1; + for (i = 0; formatOptionNames[i] != NULL; i++) { + if (allowedOpts & bit) { + if (allowedOpts & (bit -1)) { + /* + * not the first option + */ + if (allowedOpts & ~((bit << 1) - 1)) { + /* + * not the last option + */ + Tcl_AppendToObj(resObj, ", ", -1); + } else { + Tcl_AppendToObj(resObj, ", or ", -1); + } + } + Tcl_AppendToObj(resObj, formatOptionNames[i], -1); + } + bit <<=1; + } + } + return resObj; +} + +/* + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * StringMatchDef -- + * + * Default string match function. Test if image data in string form + * appears to be in the default list-of-list-of-pixel-data format + * accepted by the " put" command. + * + * Results: + * If thte data is in the default format, writes the size of the image + * to widthPtr and heightPtr and returns 1. Otherwise, leaves an error + * message in interp (if not NULL) and returns 0. + * Note that this function does not parse all data points. A return + * value of 1 does not guarantee that the data can be read without + * errors. + * + * Side effects: + * None + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +static int +StringMatchDef( + Tcl_Obj *data, /* The data to check */ + Tcl_Obj *formatString, /* Value of the -format option, not used here */ + int *widthPtr, /* Width of image is written to this location */ + int *heightPtr, /* Height of image is written to this location */ + Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Error messages are left in this interpreter */ +{ + int y, rowCount, colCount, curColCount; + unsigned char dummy; + Tcl_Obj **rowListPtr, *pixelData; + + /* + * See if data can be parsed as a list, if every element is itself a valid + * list and all sublists have the same length. + */ + + if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, data, &rowCount, &rowListPtr) + != TCL_OK) { + return 0; + } + if (rowCount == 0) { + /* + * empty list is valid data + */ + + *widthPtr = 0; + *heightPtr = 0; + return 1; + } + colCount = -1; + for (y = 0; y < rowCount; y++) { + if (Tcl_ListObjLength(interp, rowListPtr[y], &curColCount) != TCL_OK) { + return 0; + } + if (colCount < 0) { + colCount = curColCount; + } else if (curColCount != colCount) { + if (interp != NULL) { + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("invalid row # %d: " + "all rows must have the same number of elements", y)); + Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", + "INVALID_DATA", NULL); + } + return 0; + } + } + + /* + * Data in base64 encoding (or even binary data), might actually pass + * these tests. To avoid parsing it as list of lists format, check one + * pixel for validity. + */ + if (Tcl_ListObjIndex(interp, rowListPtr[0], 0, &pixelData) != TCL_OK) { + return 0; + } + if (Tcl_GetCharLength(pixelData) > TK_PHOTO_MAX_COLOR_CHARS) { + return 0; + } + if (ParseColor(interp, pixelData, Tk_Display(Tk_MainWindow(interp)), + Tk_Colormap(Tk_MainWindow(interp)), &dummy, &dummy, &dummy, &dummy) + != TCL_OK) { + return 0; + } + + /* + * Looks like we have valid data for this format. + * We do not check any pixel values - that's the job of ImgStringRead() + */ + + *widthPtr = colCount; + *heightPtr = rowCount; + + return 1; + +} + +/* + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * StringReadDef -- + * + * String read function for default format. (see manpage for details on + * the format). + * + * Results: + * A standard Tcl result. + * + * Side effects: + * If the data has valid format, write it to the image identified by + * imageHandle. + * If the image data cannot be parsed, an error message is left in + * interp. + * + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- +*/ + +static int +StringReadDef( + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* leave error messages here */ + Tcl_Obj *data, /* the data to parse */ + Tcl_Obj *formatString, /* value of the -format option */ + Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle, /* write data to this image */ + int destX, int destY, /* start writing data at this point + * in destination image*/ + int width, int height, /* dimensions of area to write to */ + int srcX, int srcY) /* start reading source data at these + * coordinates */ +{ + Tcl_Obj **rowListPtr, **colListPtr; + Tcl_Obj **objv; + int objc; + unsigned char *curPixelPtr; + int x, y, rowCount, colCount, curColCount; + Tk_PhotoImageBlock srcBlock; + Display *display; + Colormap colormap; + struct FormatOptions opts; + int optIndex; + + /* + * Parse format suboptions + * We don't use any format suboptions, but we still need to provide useful + * error messages if suboptions were specified. + */ + + memset(&opts, 0, sizeof(opts)); + if (formatString != NULL) { + if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, formatString, &objc, &objv) + != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + optIndex = 0; + if (ParseFormatOptions(interp, 0, objc, objv, &optIndex, &opts) + != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + if (optIndex < objc) { + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, + GetBadOptMsg(Tcl_GetString(objv[optIndex]), 0)); + Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "BAD_OPTION", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* + * Check input data + */ + + if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, data, &rowCount, &rowListPtr) + != TCL_OK ) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + if ( rowCount > 0 && Tcl_ListObjLength(interp, rowListPtr[0], &colCount) + != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + if (width <= 0 || height <= 0 || rowCount == 0 || colCount == 0) { + /* + * No changes with zero sized input or zero sized output region + */ + + return TCL_OK; + } + if (srcX < 0 || srcY < 0 || srcX >= rowCount || srcY >= colCount) { + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("source coordinates out of range")); + Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "COORDINATES", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + /* + * Memory allocation overflow protection. + * May not be able to trigger/ demo / test this. + */ + + if (colCount > (int)(UINT_MAX / 4 / rowCount)) { + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( + "photo image dimensions exceed Tcl memory limits")); + Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", + "OVERFLOW", NULL); + return TCL_OK; + } + + /* + * Read data and put it to imageHandle + */ + + srcBlock.width = colCount - srcX; + srcBlock.height = rowCount - srcY; + srcBlock.pixelSize = 4; + srcBlock.pitch = srcBlock.width * 4; + srcBlock.offset[0] = 0; + srcBlock.offset[1] = 1; + srcBlock.offset[2] = 2; + srcBlock.offset[3] = 3; + srcBlock.pixelPtr = attemptckalloc(srcBlock.pitch * srcBlock.height); + if (srcBlock.pixelPtr == NULL) { + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE)); + Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "MALLOC", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + curPixelPtr = srcBlock.pixelPtr; + display = Tk_Display(Tk_MainWindow(interp)); + colormap = Tk_Colormap(Tk_MainWindow(interp)); + for (y = srcY; y < rowCount; y++) { + /* + * We don't test the length of row, as that's been done in + * ImgStringMatch() + */ + + if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, rowListPtr[y], &curColCount, + &colListPtr) != TCL_OK) { + goto errorExit; + } + for (x = srcX; x < colCount; x++) { + if (ParseColor(interp, colListPtr[x], display, colormap, + curPixelPtr, curPixelPtr + 1, curPixelPtr + 2, + curPixelPtr + 3) != TCL_OK) { + goto errorExit; + } + curPixelPtr += 4; + } + } + + /* + * Write image data to destHandle + */ + if (Tk_PhotoPutBlock(interp, imageHandle, &srcBlock, destX, destY, + width, height, TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET) != TCL_OK) { + goto errorExit; + } + + ckfree(srcBlock.pixelPtr); + + return TCL_OK; + + errorExit: + ckfree(srcBlock.pixelPtr); + + return TCL_ERROR; +} + +/* + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * StringWriteDef -- + * + * String write function for default image data format. See the user + * documentation for details. + * + * Results: + * The converted data is set as the result of interp. Returns a standard + * Tcl result. + * + * Side effects: + * None. + * + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +static int +StringWriteDef( + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* For the result and errors */ + Tcl_Obj *formatString, /* The value of the -format option */ + Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr) /* The image data to convert */ +{ + int greenOffset, blueOffset, alphaOffset, hasAlpha; + Tcl_Obj *result, **objv = NULL; + int objc, allowedOpts, optIndex; + struct FormatOptions opts; + + /* + * Parse format suboptions + */ + if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, formatString, &objc, &objv) + != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + allowedOpts = OPT_COLORFORMAT; + optIndex = 0; + if (ParseFormatOptions(interp, allowedOpts, objc, objv, &optIndex, &opts) + != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + if (optIndex < objc) { + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, + GetBadOptMsg(Tcl_GetString(objv[optIndex]), allowedOpts)); + Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "BAD_OPTION", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + greenOffset = blockPtr->offset[1] - blockPtr->offset[0]; + blueOffset = blockPtr->offset[2] - blockPtr->offset[0]; + + /* + * A negative alpha offset signals that the image is fully opaque. + * That's not really documented anywhere, but it's the way it is! + */ + + if (blockPtr->offset[3] < 0) { + hasAlpha = 0; + alphaOffset = 0; + } else { + hasAlpha = 1; + alphaOffset = blockPtr->offset[3] - blockPtr->offset[0]; + } + + if ((blockPtr->width > 0) && (blockPtr->height > 0)) { + int row, col; + Tcl_DString data, line; + char colorBuf[11]; + unsigned char *pixelPtr; + unsigned char alphaVal = 255; + + Tcl_DStringInit(&data); + for (row=0; rowheight; row++) { + pixelPtr = blockPtr->pixelPtr + blockPtr->offset[0] + + row * blockPtr->pitch; + Tcl_DStringInit(&line); + for (col=0; colwidth; col++) { + if (hasAlpha) { + alphaVal = pixelPtr[alphaOffset]; + } + + /* + * We don't build lines as a list for #RGBA and #RGB. Since + * these color formats look like comments, the first element + * of the list would get quoted with an additional {} . + * While this is not a problem if the data is used as + * a list, it would cause problems if someone decides to parse + * it as a string (and it looks kinda strange) + */ + + switch (opts.colorFormat) { + case COLORFORMAT_RGB2: + sprintf(colorBuf, "#%02x%02x%02x ", pixelPtr[0], + pixelPtr[greenOffset], pixelPtr[blueOffset]); + Tcl_DStringAppend(&line, colorBuf, -1); + break; + case COLORFORMAT_RGBA2: + sprintf(colorBuf, "#%02x%02x%02x%02x ", + pixelPtr[0], pixelPtr[greenOffset], + pixelPtr[blueOffset], alphaVal); + Tcl_DStringAppend(&line, colorBuf, -1); + break; + case COLORFORMAT_LIST: + Tcl_DStringStartSublist(&line); + sprintf(colorBuf, "%d", pixelPtr[0]); + Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&line, colorBuf); + sprintf(colorBuf, "%d", pixelPtr[greenOffset]); + Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&line, colorBuf); + sprintf(colorBuf, "%d", pixelPtr[blueOffset]); + Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&line, colorBuf); + sprintf(colorBuf, "%d", alphaVal); + Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&line, colorBuf); + Tcl_DStringEndSublist(&line); + break; + default: + Tcl_Panic("unexpected switch fallthrough"); + } + pixelPtr += blockPtr->pixelSize; + } + if (opts.colorFormat != COLORFORMAT_LIST) { + /* + * For the #XXX formats, we need to remove the last + * whitespace. + */ + + *(Tcl_DStringValue(&line) + Tcl_DStringLength(&line) - 1) + = '\0'; + } + Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&data, Tcl_DStringValue(&line)); + Tcl_DStringFree(&line); + } + result = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&data), -1); + Tcl_DStringFree(&data); + } else { + result = Tcl_NewObj(); + } + + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, result); + return TCL_OK; +} + +/* + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * ParseColor -- + * + * This function extracts color and alpha values from a string. It + * understands standard Tk color formats, alpha suffixes and the color + * formats specific to photo images, which include alpha data. + * + * Results: + * On success, writes red, green, blue and alpha values to the + * corresponding pointers. If the color spec contains no alpha + * information, 255 is taken as transparency value. + * If the input cannot be parsed, leaves an error message in + * interp. Returns a standard Tcl result. + * + * Side effects: + * None. + * + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +static int +ParseColor( + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* error messages go there */ + Tcl_Obj *specObj, /* the color data to parse */ + Display *display, /* display of main window, needed to parse + * standard Tk colors */ + Colormap colormap, /* colormap of current display */ + unsigned char *redPtr, /* the result is written to these pointers */ + unsigned char *greenPtr, + unsigned char *bluePtr, + unsigned char *alphaPtr) +{ + const char *specString; + int charCount; + + /* + * Find out which color format we have + */ + + specString = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(specObj, &charCount); + + if (charCount == 0) { + /* Empty string */ + *redPtr = *greenPtr = *bluePtr = *alphaPtr = 0; + return TCL_OK; + } + if (charCount > TK_PHOTO_MAX_COLOR_CHARS) { + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("invalid color")); + Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", + "INVALID_COLOR", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + if (specString[0] == '#') { + return ParseColorAsHex(interp, specString, charCount, display, + colormap, redPtr, greenPtr, bluePtr, alphaPtr); + } + if (ParseColorAsList(interp, specString, charCount, + redPtr, greenPtr, bluePtr, alphaPtr) == TCL_OK) { + return TCL_OK; + } + + /* + * Parsing the color as standard Tk color always is the last option tried + * because TkParseColor() is very slow with values it cannot parse. + */ + + Tcl_ResetResult(interp); + return ParseColorAsStandard(interp, specString, charCount, display, + colormap, redPtr, greenPtr, bluePtr, alphaPtr); + +} + +/* + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * ParseColorAsList -- + * + * This function extracts color and alpha values from a list of 3 or 4 + * integers (the list color format). + * + * Results: + * On success, writes red, green, blue and alpha values to the + * corresponding pointers. If the color spec contains no alpha + * information, 255 is taken as transparency value. + * Returns a standard Tcl result. + * + * Side effects: + * Does *not* leave error messages in interp. The reason is that + * it is not always possible to tell if the list format was even + * intended and thus it is hard to return meaningful messages. + * A general error message from the caller is probably the best + * alternative. + * + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +static int +ParseColorAsList( + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* not used */ + const char *colorString, /* the color data to parse */ + int colorStrLen, /* length of the color string */ + unsigned char *redPtr, /* the result is written to these pointers */ + unsigned char *greenPtr, + unsigned char *bluePtr, + unsigned char *alphaPtr) +{ + + /* + * This is kinda ugly. The code would be certainly nicer if it + * used Tcl_ListObjGetElements() and Tcl_GetIntFromObj(). But with + * strtol() it's *much* faster. + */ + + const char *curPos; + int values[4]; + int i; + + curPos = colorString; + i = 0; + + /* + * strtol can give false positives with a sequence of space chars. + * To avoid that, avance the pointer to the next non-blank char. + */ + + while(isspace(*curPos)) { + ++curPos; + } + while (i < 4 && *curPos != '\0') { + values[i] = strtol(curPos, (char **)&curPos, 0); + if (values[i] < 0 || values[i] > 255) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + while(isspace(*curPos)) { + ++curPos; + } + ++i; + } + + if (i < 3 || *curPos != '\0') { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + if (i < 4) { + values[3] = 255; + } + + *redPtr = (unsigned char) values[0]; + *greenPtr = (unsigned char) values[1]; + *bluePtr = (unsigned char) values[2]; + *alphaPtr = (unsigned char) values[3]; + + return TCL_OK; +} + +/* + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * ParseColorAsHex -- + * + * This function extracts color and alpha values from a string + * starting with '#', followed by hex digits. It undestands both + * the #RGBA form and the #RBG (with optional suffix) + * + * Results: + * On success, writes red, green, blue and alpha values to the + * corresponding pointers. If the color spec contains no alpha + * information, 255 is taken as transparency value. + * Returns a standard Tcl result. + * + * Side effects: + * None. + * + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +static int +ParseColorAsHex( + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* error messages are left here */ + const char *colorString, /* the color data to parse */ + int colorStrLen, /* length of the color string */ + Display *display, /* display of main window */ + Colormap colormap, /* colormap of current display */ + unsigned char *redPtr, /* the result is written to these pointers */ + unsigned char *greenPtr, + unsigned char *bluePtr, + unsigned char *alphaPtr) +{ + int i; + unsigned long int colorValue = 0; + + if (colorStrLen - 1 != 4 && colorStrLen - 1 != 8) { + return ParseColorAsStandard(interp, colorString, colorStrLen, + display, colormap, redPtr, greenPtr, bluePtr, alphaPtr); + } + for (i = 1; i < colorStrLen; i++) { + if (!isxdigit(UCHAR(colorString[i]))) { + /* + * There still is a chance that this is a Tk color with + * an alpha suffix + */ + + return ParseColorAsStandard(interp, colorString, colorStrLen, + display, colormap, redPtr, greenPtr, bluePtr, alphaPtr); + } + } + + colorValue = strtoul(colorString + 1, NULL, 16); + switch (colorStrLen - 1) { + case 4: + /* #RGBA format */ + *redPtr = (unsigned char) ((colorValue >> 12) * 0x11); + *greenPtr = (unsigned char) (((colorValue >> 8) & 0xf) * 0x11); + *bluePtr = (unsigned char) (((colorValue >> 4) & 0xf) * 0x11); + *alphaPtr = (unsigned char) ((colorValue & 0xf) * 0x11); + return TCL_OK; + case 8: + /* #RRGGBBAA format */ + *redPtr = (unsigned char) (colorValue >> 24); + *greenPtr = (unsigned char) ((colorValue >> 16) & 0xff); + *bluePtr = (unsigned char) ((colorValue >> 8) & 0xff); + *alphaPtr = (unsigned char) (colorValue & 0xff); + return TCL_OK; + default: + Tcl_Panic("unexpected switch fallthrough"); + } + + /* Shouldn't get here */ + return TCL_ERROR; +} + +/* + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * ParseColorAsStandard -- + * + * This function tries to split a color stirng in a color and a + * suffix part and to extract color and alpha values from them. The + * color part is treated as regular Tk color. + * + * Results: + * On success, writes red, green, blue and alpha values to the + * corresponding pointers. If the color spec contains no alpha + * information, 255 is taken as transparency value. + * Returns a standard Tcl result. + * + * Side effects: + * None. + * + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +static int +ParseColorAsStandard( + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* error messages are left here */ + const char *specString, /* the color data to parse */ + int specStrLen, /* length of the color string */ + Display *display, /* display of main window */ + Colormap colormap, /* colormap of current display */ + unsigned char *redPtr, /* the result is written to these pointers */ + unsigned char *greenPtr, + unsigned char *bluePtr, + unsigned char *alphaPtr) +{ + XColor parsedColor; + const char *suffixString, *colorString; + char colorBuffer[TK_PHOTO_MAX_COLOR_CHARS + 1]; + char *tmpString; + double fracAlpha; + unsigned int suffixAlpha; + int i; + + /* + * Split color data string in color and suffix parts + */ + + if ((suffixString = strrchr(specString, '@')) == NULL + && ((suffixString = strrchr(specString, '#')) == NULL + || suffixString == specString)) { + suffixString = specString + specStrLen; + colorString = specString; + } else { + strncpy(colorBuffer, specString, suffixString - specString); + colorBuffer[suffixString - specString] = '\0'; + colorString = (const char*)colorBuffer; + } + + /* + * Try to parse as standard Tk color. + * + * We don't use Tk_GetColor() et al. here, as those functions + * migth return a color that does not exaxtly match the given name + * if the colormap is full. Also, we don't really want the color to be + * added to the colormap. + */ + + if ( ! TkParseColor(display, colormap, colorString, &parsedColor)) { + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( + "invalid color name \"%s\"", specString)); + Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", + "INVALID_COLOR", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + /* + * parse the Suffix + */ + + switch (suffixString[0]) { + case '\0': + suffixAlpha = 255; + break; + case '@': + fracAlpha = strtod(suffixString + 1, &tmpString); + if (*tmpString != '\0') { + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("invalid alpha " + "suffix \"%s\": expected floating-point value", + suffixString)); + Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", + "INVALID COLOR", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + if (fracAlpha < 0 || fracAlpha > 1) { + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("invalid alpha suffix" + " \"%s\": value must be in the range from 0 to 1", + suffixString)); + Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", + "INVALID_COLOR", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + suffixAlpha = (unsigned int) floor(fracAlpha * 255 + 0.5); + break; + case '#': + if (strlen(suffixString + 1) < 1 || strlen(suffixString + 1)> 2) { + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( + "invalid alpha suffix \"%s\"", suffixString)); + Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", + "INVALID_COLOR", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + for (i = 1; i <= (int)strlen(suffixString + 1); i++) { + if ( ! isxdigit(UCHAR(suffixString[i]))) { + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( + "invalid alpha suffix \"%s\": expected hex digit", + suffixString)); + Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", + "INVALID_COLOR", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + } + if (strlen(suffixString + 1) == 1) { + sscanf(suffixString, "#%1x", &suffixAlpha); + suffixAlpha *= 0x11; + } else { + sscanf(suffixString, "#%2x", &suffixAlpha); + } + break; + default: + Tcl_Panic("unexpected switch fallthrough"); + } + + *redPtr = (unsigned char) (parsedColor.red >> 8); + *greenPtr = (unsigned char) (parsedColor.green >> 8); + *bluePtr = (unsigned char) (parsedColor.blue >> 8); + *alphaPtr = (unsigned char) suffixAlpha; + + return TCL_OK; +} + +/* + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * TkDebugStringMatchDef -- + * + * Debugging function for StringMatchDef. Basically just an alias for + * that function, intended to expose it directly to tests, as + * StirngMatchDef cannot be sufficiently tested otherwise. + * + * Results: + * See StringMatchDef. + * + * Side effects: + * None + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +int +TkDebugPhotoStringMatchDef( + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Error messages are left in this interpreter */ + Tcl_Obj *data, /* The data to check */ + Tcl_Obj *formatString, /* Value of the -format option, not used here */ + int *widthPtr, /* Width of image is written to this location */ + int *heightPtr) /* Height of image is written to this location */ +{ + return StringMatchDef(data, formatString, widthPtr, heightPtr, interp); +} + + +/* Local Variables: */ +/* mode: c */ +/* fill-column: 78 */ +/* c-basic-offset: 4 */ +/* tab-width: 8 */ +/* indent-tabs-mode: nil */ +/* End: */ Index: generic/tkImgPhoto.c ================================================================== --- generic/tkImgPhoto.c +++ generic/tkImgPhoto.c @@ -46,45 +46,51 @@ * allowedOptions parameter on a call to ParseSubcommandOptions if that option * is allowed for the current photo image subcommand. On return, the bit is * set in the options field of the SubcommandOptions structure if that option * was specified. * + * OPT_ALPHA: Set if -alpha option allowed/specified. * OPT_BACKGROUND: Set if -format option allowed/specified. * OPT_COMPOSITE: Set if -compositingrule option allowed/spec'd. * OPT_FORMAT: Set if -format option allowed/specified. * OPT_FROM: Set if -from option allowed/specified. * OPT_GRAYSCALE: Set if -grayscale option allowed/specified. * OPT_SHRINK: Set if -shrink option allowed/specified. * OPT_SUBSAMPLE: Set if -subsample option allowed/spec'd. * OPT_TO: Set if -to option allowed/specified. + * OPT_WITHALPHA: Set if -withalpha option allowed/specified. * OPT_ZOOM: Set if -zoom option allowed/specified. */ -#define OPT_BACKGROUND 1 -#define OPT_COMPOSITE 2 -#define OPT_FORMAT 4 -#define OPT_FROM 8 -#define OPT_GRAYSCALE 0x10 -#define OPT_SHRINK 0x20 -#define OPT_SUBSAMPLE 0x40 -#define OPT_TO 0x80 -#define OPT_ZOOM 0x100 +#define OPT_ALPHA 1 +#define OPT_BACKGROUND 2 +#define OPT_COMPOSITE 4 +#define OPT_FORMAT 8 +#define OPT_FROM 0x10 +#define OPT_GRAYSCALE 0x20 +#define OPT_SHRINK 0x40 +#define OPT_SUBSAMPLE 0x80 +#define OPT_TO 0x100 +#define OPT_WITHALPHA 0x200 +#define OPT_ZOOM 0x400 /* * List of option names. The order here must match the order of declarations * of the OPT_* constants above. */ static const char *const optionNames[] = { + "-alpha", "-background", "-compositingrule", "-format", "-from", "-grayscale", "-shrink", "-subsample", "-to", + "-withalpha", "-zoom", NULL }; /* @@ -180,13 +186,10 @@ PhotoMaster *masterPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags); static int ToggleComplexAlphaIfNeeded(PhotoMaster *mPtr); static int ImgPhotoSetSize(PhotoMaster *masterPtr, int width, int height); -static int ImgStringWrite(Tcl_Interp *interp, - Tcl_Obj *formatString, - Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr); static char * ImgGetPhoto(PhotoMaster *masterPtr, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, struct SubcommandOptions *optPtr); static int MatchFileFormat(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel chan, const char *fileName, Tcl_Obj *formatString, @@ -400,16 +403,14 @@ PHOTO_GET, PHOTO_PUT, PHOTO_READ, PHOTO_REDITHER, PHOTO_TRANS, PHOTO_WRITE }; PhotoMaster *masterPtr = clientData; - int result, index, x, y, width, height, dataWidth, dataHeight, listObjc; + int result, index, x, y, width, height; struct SubcommandOptions options; - Tcl_Obj **listObjv, **srcObjv; unsigned char *pixelPtr; Tk_PhotoImageBlock block; - Tk_Window tkwin; Tk_PhotoImageFormat *imageFormat; size_t length; int imageWidth, imageHeight, matched, oldformat = 0; Tcl_Channel chan; Tk_PhotoHandle srcHandle; @@ -666,19 +667,20 @@ Tk_FreeColor(options.background); } return result; case PHOTO_DATA: { - char *data; + char *data = NULL; + Tcl_Obj *freeObj = NULL; /* * photo data command - first parse and check any options given. */ Tk_ImageStringWriteProc *stringWriteProc = NULL; - index = 2; + index = 1; memset(&options, 0, sizeof(options)); options.name = NULL; options.format = NULL; options.fromX = 0; options.fromY = 0; @@ -685,11 +687,11 @@ if (ParseSubcommandOptions(&options, interp, OPT_FORMAT | OPT_FROM | OPT_GRAYSCALE | OPT_BACKGROUND, &index, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) { return TCL_ERROR; } - if ((options.name != NULL) || (index < objc)) { + if ((options.name == NULL) || (index < objc)) { Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?-option value ...?"); return TCL_ERROR; } if ((options.fromX > masterPtr->width) || (options.fromY > masterPtr->height) @@ -707,54 +709,54 @@ if (!(options.options & OPT_FROM) || (options.fromX2 < 0)) { options.fromX2 = masterPtr->width; options.fromY2 = masterPtr->height; } + if (!(options.options & OPT_FORMAT)) { + options.format = Tcl_NewStringObj("default", -1); + freeObj = options.format; + } /* * Search for an appropriate image string format handler. */ - if (options.options & OPT_FORMAT) { - matched = 0; - for (imageFormat = tsdPtr->formatList; imageFormat != NULL; - imageFormat = imageFormat->nextPtr) { - if ((strncasecmp(Tcl_GetString(options.format), - imageFormat->name, strlen(imageFormat->name)) == 0)) { - matched = 1; - if (imageFormat->stringWriteProc != NULL) { - stringWriteProc = imageFormat->stringWriteProc; - break; - } - } - } - if (stringWriteProc == NULL) { - oldformat = 1; - for (imageFormat = tsdPtr->oldFormatList; imageFormat != NULL; - imageFormat = imageFormat->nextPtr) { - if ((strncasecmp(Tcl_GetString(options.format), - imageFormat->name, - strlen(imageFormat->name)) == 0)) { - matched = 1; - if (imageFormat->stringWriteProc != NULL) { - stringWriteProc = imageFormat->stringWriteProc; - break; - } - } - } - } - if (stringWriteProc == NULL) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "image string format \"%s\" is %s", - Tcl_GetString(options.format), - (matched ? "not supported" : "unknown"))); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "PHOTO_FORMAT", - Tcl_GetString(options.format), NULL); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - } else { - stringWriteProc = ImgStringWrite; + matched = 0; + for (imageFormat = tsdPtr->formatList; imageFormat != NULL; + imageFormat = imageFormat->nextPtr) { + if ((strncasecmp(Tcl_GetString(options.format), + imageFormat->name, strlen(imageFormat->name)) == 0)) { + matched = 1; + if (imageFormat->stringWriteProc != NULL) { + stringWriteProc = imageFormat->stringWriteProc; + break; + } + } + } + if (stringWriteProc == NULL) { + oldformat = 1; + for (imageFormat = tsdPtr->oldFormatList; imageFormat != NULL; + imageFormat = imageFormat->nextPtr) { + if ((strncasecmp(Tcl_GetString(options.format), + imageFormat->name, + strlen(imageFormat->name)) == 0)) { + matched = 1; + if (imageFormat->stringWriteProc != NULL) { + stringWriteProc = imageFormat->stringWriteProc; + break; + } + } + } + } + if (stringWriteProc == NULL) { + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( + "image string format \"%s\" is %s", + Tcl_GetString(options.format), + (matched ? "not supported" : "unknown"))); + Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "PHOTO_FORMAT", + Tcl_GetString(options.format), NULL); + goto dataErrorExit; } /* * Call the handler's string write function to write out the image. */ @@ -787,24 +789,51 @@ Tk_FreeColor(options.background); } if (data) { ckfree(data); } + if (freeObj != NULL) { + Tcl_DecrRefCount(freeObj); + } return result; + + dataErrorExit: + if (options.background) { + Tk_FreeColor(options.background); + } + if (data) { + ckfree(data); + } + if (freeObj != NULL) { + Tcl_DecrRefCount(freeObj); + } + return TCL_ERROR; } case PHOTO_GET: { /* * photo get command - first parse and check parameters. */ - Tcl_Obj *channels[3]; + Tcl_Obj *channels[4]; + int channelCount = 3; - if (objc != 4) { - Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "x y"); + index = 3; + memset(&options, 0, sizeof(options)); + options.name = NULL; + if (ParseSubcommandOptions(&options, interp, OPT_WITHALPHA, + &index, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + if (options.name == NULL || index < objc) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "x y ?-withalpha?"); return TCL_ERROR; } + if (options.options & OPT_WITHALPHA) { + channelCount = 4; + } + if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &x) != TCL_OK) || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &y) != TCL_OK)) { return TCL_ERROR; } if ((x < 0) || (x >= masterPtr->width) @@ -816,206 +845,86 @@ NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } /* - * Extract the value of the desired pixel and format it as a string. + * Extract the value of the desired pixel and format it as a list. */ pixelPtr = masterPtr->pix32 + (y * masterPtr->width + x) * 4; channels[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(pixelPtr[0]); channels[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(pixelPtr[1]); channels[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(pixelPtr[2]); - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(3, channels)); + channels[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(pixelPtr[3]); + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(channelCount, channels)); return TCL_OK; } - case PHOTO_PUT: + case PHOTO_PUT: { + Tcl_Obj *format, *data; + /* - * photo put command - first parse the options and colors specified. + * photo put command - first parse the options. */ index = 2; memset(&options, 0, sizeof(options)); options.name = NULL; + options.format = NULL; if (ParseSubcommandOptions(&options, interp, OPT_TO|OPT_FORMAT, &index, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) { return TCL_ERROR; } if ((options.name == NULL) || (index < objc)) { Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "data ?-option value ...?"); return TCL_ERROR; } - if (MatchStringFormat(interp, options.name ? objv[2]:NULL, - options.format, &imageFormat, &imageWidth, - &imageHeight, &oldformat) == TCL_OK) { - Tcl_Obj *format, *data; - - if (!(options.options & OPT_TO) || (options.toX2 < 0)) { - options.toX2 = options.toX + imageWidth; - options.toY2 = options.toY + imageHeight; - } - if (imageWidth > options.toX2 - options.toX) { - imageWidth = options.toX2 - options.toX; - } - if (imageHeight > options.toY2 - options.toY) { - imageHeight = options.toY2 - options.toY; - } - format = options.format; - data = objv[2]; - if (oldformat) { - if (format) { - format = (Tcl_Obj *) Tcl_GetString(format); - } - data = (Tcl_Obj *) Tcl_GetString(data); - } - if (imageFormat->stringReadProc(interp, data, format, - (Tk_PhotoHandle) masterPtr, options.toX, options.toY, - imageWidth, imageHeight, 0, 0) != TCL_OK) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - masterPtr->flags |= IMAGE_CHANGED; - return TCL_OK; - } - if (options.options & OPT_FORMAT) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - Tcl_ResetResult(interp); - if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, options.name, - &dataHeight, &srcObjv) != TCL_OK) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - tkwin = Tk_MainWindow(interp); - block.pixelPtr = NULL; - dataWidth = 0; - pixelPtr = NULL; - for (y = 0; y < dataHeight; ++y) { - if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, srcObjv[y], - &listObjc, &listObjv) != TCL_OK) { - break; - } - - if (y == 0) { - if (listObjc == 0) { - /* - * Lines must be non-empty... - */ - - break; - } - dataWidth = listObjc; - /* - * Memory allocation overflow protection. - * May not be able to trigger/ demo / test this. - */ - - if (dataWidth > (int)((UINT_MAX/3) / dataHeight)) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( - "photo image dimensions exceed Tcl memory limits", -1)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", - "OVERFLOW", NULL); - break; - } - - pixelPtr = ckalloc(dataWidth * dataHeight * 3); - block.pixelPtr = pixelPtr; - } else if (listObjc != dataWidth) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( - "all elements of color list must have the same" - " number of elements", -1)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", - "NON_RECTANGULAR", NULL); - break; - } - - for (x = 0; x < dataWidth; ++x) { - const char *colorString = Tcl_GetString(listObjv[x]); - XColor color; - int tmpr, tmpg, tmpb; - - /* - * We do not use Tk_GetColorFromObj() because we absolutely do - * not want to invoke the fallback code. - */ - - if (colorString[0] == '#') { - if (isxdigit(UCHAR(colorString[1])) && - isxdigit(UCHAR(colorString[2])) && - isxdigit(UCHAR(colorString[3]))) { - if (colorString[4] == '\0') { - /* Got #rgb */ - sscanf(colorString+1, "%1x%1x%1x", - &tmpr, &tmpg, &tmpb); - *pixelPtr++ = tmpr * 0x11; - *pixelPtr++ = tmpg * 0x11; - *pixelPtr++ = tmpb * 0x11; - continue; - } else if (isxdigit(UCHAR(colorString[4])) && - isxdigit(UCHAR(colorString[5])) && - isxdigit(UCHAR(colorString[6])) && - colorString[7] == '\0') { - /* Got #rrggbb */ - sscanf(colorString+1, "%2x%2x%2x", - &tmpr, &tmpg, &tmpb); - *pixelPtr++ = tmpr; - *pixelPtr++ = tmpg; - *pixelPtr++ = tmpb; - continue; - } - } - } - - if (!TkParseColor(Tk_Display(tkwin), Tk_Colormap(tkwin), - colorString, &color)) { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( - "can't parse color \"%s\"", colorString)); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "COLOR", NULL); - break; - } - *pixelPtr++ = color.red >> 8; - *pixelPtr++ = color.green >> 8; - *pixelPtr++ = color.blue >> 8; - } - if (x < dataWidth) { - break; - } - } - if (y < dataHeight || dataHeight == 0 || dataWidth == 0) { - if (block.pixelPtr != NULL) { - ckfree(block.pixelPtr); - } - if (y < dataHeight) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - return TCL_OK; - } - - /* - * Fill in default values for the -to option, then copy the block in - * using Tk_PhotoPutBlock. - */ - - if (!(options.options & OPT_TO) || (options.toX2 < 0)) { - options.toX2 = options.toX + dataWidth; - options.toY2 = options.toY + dataHeight; - } - block.width = dataWidth; - block.height = dataHeight; - block.pitch = dataWidth * 3; - block.pixelSize = 3; - block.offset[0] = 0; - block.offset[1] = 1; - block.offset[2] = 2; - block.offset[3] = 0; - result = Tk_PhotoPutBlock(interp, masterPtr, &block, - options.toX, options.toY, options.toX2 - options.toX, - options.toY2 - options.toY, - TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET); - ckfree(block.pixelPtr); - return result; - + /* + * See if there's a format that can read the data + */ + + if (MatchStringFormat(interp, objv[2], options.format, &imageFormat, + &imageWidth, &imageHeight, &oldformat) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + if (!(options.options & OPT_TO) || (options.toX2 < 0)) { + options.toX2 = options.toX + imageWidth; + options.toY2 = options.toY + imageHeight; + } + if (imageWidth > options.toX2 - options.toX) { + imageWidth = options.toX2 - options.toX; + } + if (imageHeight > options.toY2 - options.toY) { + imageHeight = options.toY2 - options.toY; + } + format = options.format; + data = objv[2]; + if (oldformat) { + if (format) { + format = (Tcl_Obj *) Tcl_GetString(format); + } + data = (Tcl_Obj *) Tcl_GetString(data); + } + + if (imageFormat->stringReadProc(interp, data, format, + (Tk_PhotoHandle) masterPtr, options.toX, options.toY, + options.toX2 - options.toX, + options.toY2 - options.toY, 0, 0) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + /* + * SB: is the next line really needed? The stringReadProc + * writes image data with Tk_PhotoPutBlock(), which in turn + * takes care to notify the changed image and to set/unset the + * IMAGE_CHANGED bit. + */ + masterPtr->flags |= IMAGE_CHANGED; + + return TCL_OK; + } case PHOTO_READ: { Tcl_Obj *format; /* * photo read command - first parse the options specified. @@ -1181,21 +1090,44 @@ return TCL_ERROR; } switch ((enum transOptions) index) { case PHOTO_TRANS_GET: { - XRectangle testBox; - TkRegion testRegion; + int boolMode; - if (objc != 5) { - Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "x y"); + /* + * parse fixed args and option + */ + + if (objc > 6 || objc < 5) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "x y ?-option?"); return TCL_ERROR; } if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK) || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK)) { return TCL_ERROR; } + + index = 4; + memset(&options, 0, sizeof(options)); + if (ParseSubcommandOptions(&options, interp, + OPT_ALPHA, &index, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + if (index < objc) { + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( + "unknown option \"%s\": must be -alpha", + Tcl_GetString(objv[index]))); + Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "BAD_OPTION", + NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + boolMode = 1; + if (options.options & OPT_ALPHA) { + boolMode = 0; + } + if ((x < 0) || (x >= masterPtr->width) || (y < 0) || (y >= masterPtr->height)) { Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( "%s transparency get: coordinates out of range", Tcl_GetString(objv[0]))); @@ -1202,82 +1134,116 @@ Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "COORDINATES", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } - testBox.x = x; - testBox.y = y; - testBox.width = 1; - testBox.height = 1; - /* What a way to do a test! */ - testRegion = TkCreateRegion(); - TkUnionRectWithRegion(&testBox, testRegion, testRegion); - TkIntersectRegion(testRegion, masterPtr->validRegion, testRegion); - TkClipBox(testRegion, &testBox); - TkDestroyRegion(testRegion); - - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj( - testBox.width==0 && testBox.height==0)); + /* + * Extract and return the desired value + */ + pixelPtr = masterPtr->pix32 + (y * masterPtr->width + x) * 4; + if (boolMode) { + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj( ! pixelPtr[3])); + } else { + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(pixelPtr[3])); + } return TCL_OK; } case PHOTO_TRANS_SET: { - int transFlag; + int newVal, boolMode; XRectangle setBox; + TkRegion modRegion; - if (objc != 6) { - Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "x y boolean"); + /* + * Parse args and option, check for valid values + */ + + if (objc < 6 || objc > 7) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "x y newVal ?-option?"); return TCL_ERROR; } if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK) - || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK) - || (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[5], - &transFlag) != TCL_OK)) { + || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK)) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + index = 5; + memset(&options, 0, sizeof(options)); + if (ParseSubcommandOptions(&options, interp, + OPT_ALPHA, &index, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + if (index < objc) { + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( + "unknown option \"%s\": must be -alpha", + Tcl_GetString(objv[index]))); + Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "BAD_OPTION", + NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } + boolMode = 1; + if (options.options & OPT_ALPHA) { + boolMode = 0; + } + if ((x < 0) || (x >= masterPtr->width) || (y < 0) || (y >= masterPtr->height)) { Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( "%s transparency set: coordinates out of range", Tcl_GetString(objv[0]))); Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "COORDINATES", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } + + if (boolMode) { + if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[5], &newVal) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + } else { + if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &newVal) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + if (newVal < 0 || newVal > 255) { + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( + "invalid alpha value \"%d\": " + "must be integer between 0 and 255", newVal)); + Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", + "BAD_VALUE", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* + * Set new alpha value for the pixel + */ + + pixelPtr = masterPtr->pix32 + (y * masterPtr->width + x) * 4; + if (boolMode) { + pixelPtr[3] = newVal ? 0 : 255; + } else { + pixelPtr[3] = newVal; + } + + /* + * Update the validRegion of the image + */ setBox.x = x; setBox.y = y; setBox.width = 1; setBox.height = 1; - pixelPtr = masterPtr->pix32 + (y * masterPtr->width + x) * 4; - - if (transFlag) { - /* - * Make pixel transparent. - */ - - TkRegion clearRegion = TkCreateRegion(); - - TkUnionRectWithRegion(&setBox, clearRegion, clearRegion); - TkSubtractRegion(masterPtr->validRegion, clearRegion, - masterPtr->validRegion); - TkDestroyRegion(clearRegion); - - /* - * Set the alpha value correctly. - */ - - pixelPtr[3] = 0; - } else { - /* - * Make pixel opaque. - */ - + modRegion = TkCreateRegion(); + TkUnionRectWithRegion(&setBox, modRegion, modRegion); + if (pixelPtr[3]) { TkUnionRectWithRegion(&setBox, masterPtr->validRegion, masterPtr->validRegion); - pixelPtr[3] = 255; + } else { + TkSubtractRegion(masterPtr->validRegion, modRegion, + masterPtr->validRegion); } + TkDestroyRegion(modRegion); /* * Inform the generic image code that the image * has (potentially) changed. */ @@ -1475,17 +1441,22 @@ * * ParseSubcommandOptions -- * * This function is invoked to process one of the options which may be * specified for the photo image subcommands, namely, -from, -to, -zoom, - * -subsample, -format, -shrink, and -compositingrule. + * -subsample, -format, -shrink, -compositingrule, -alpha, -boolean and + * -withalpha. + * Parsing starts at the index in *optIndexPtr and stops at the end of + * objv[] or at the first value that does not belong to an option. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. * * Side effects: - * Fields in *optPtr get filled in. + * Fields in *optPtr get filled in. The value of optIndexPtr is updated + * to contain the index of the first element in argv[] that was not + * parsed, or argc if the end of objv[] was reached. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int @@ -1606,11 +1577,12 @@ "compositing rule", 0, &optPtr->compositingRule) != TCL_OK) { return TCL_ERROR; } *optIndexPtr = index; - } else if ((bit != OPT_SHRINK) && (bit != OPT_GRAYSCALE)) { + } else if (bit == OPT_TO || bit == OPT_FROM + || bit == OPT_SUBSAMPLE || bit == OPT_ZOOM) { const char *val; maxValues = ((bit == OPT_FROM) || (bit == OPT_TO)) ? 4 : 2; argIndex = index + 1; for (numValues = 0; numValues < maxValues; ++numValues) { @@ -2562,11 +2534,11 @@ /* The dimensions of the image are returned * here. */ int *oldformat) /* Returns 1 if the old image API is used. */ { int matched = 0, useoldformat = 0; - Tk_PhotoImageFormat *formatPtr; + Tk_PhotoImageFormat *formatPtr, *defaultFormatPtr = NULL; ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); const char *formatString = NULL; if (formatObj) { @@ -2578,10 +2550,20 @@ * handle the image. */ for (formatPtr = tsdPtr->formatList; formatPtr != NULL; formatPtr = formatPtr->nextPtr) { + /* + * To keep the behaviour of older versions (Tk <= 8.6), the default + * list-of-lists string format is checked last. Remember its position. + */ + + if (strncasecmp("default", formatPtr->name, strlen(formatPtr->name)) + == 0) { + defaultFormatPtr = formatPtr; + } + if (formatObj != NULL) { if (strncasecmp(formatString, formatPtr->name, strlen(formatPtr->name)) != 0) { continue; } @@ -2593,10 +2575,20 @@ Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "NOT_DATA_FORMAT", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } } + + /* + * If this is the default format, and it was not passed as -format + * option, skip the stringMatchProc test. It'll be done later + */ + + if (formatObj == NULL && formatPtr == defaultFormatPtr) { + continue; + } + if ((formatPtr->stringMatchProc != NULL) && (formatPtr->stringReadProc != NULL) && formatPtr->stringMatchProc(data, formatObj, widthPtr, heightPtr, interp)) { break; @@ -2630,27 +2622,50 @@ widthPtr, heightPtr, interp)) { break; } } } + if (formatPtr == NULL) { - if ((formatObj != NULL) && !matched) { + /* + * Try the default format as last resort (only if no -format option + * was passed). + */ + + if ( formatObj == NULL && defaultFormatPtr == NULL) { + Tcl_Panic("default image format handler not registered"); + } + if ( formatObj == NULL + && defaultFormatPtr->stringMatchProc != NULL + && defaultFormatPtr->stringReadProc != NULL + && defaultFormatPtr->stringMatchProc(data, formatObj, + widthPtr, heightPtr, interp) != 0) { + useoldformat = 0; + formatPtr = defaultFormatPtr; + } else if ((formatObj != NULL) && !matched) { Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( "image format \"%s\" is not supported", formatString)); Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "PHOTO_FORMAT", formatString, NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; } else { Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj( "couldn't recognize image data", -1)); Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO", "UNRECOGNIZED_DATA", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; } - return TCL_ERROR; } *imageFormatPtr = formatPtr; *oldformat = useoldformat; + + /* + * Some stringMatchProc might have left error messages and error codes in + * interp. Clear them before return. + */ + Tcl_ResetResult(interp); return TCL_OK; } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -3938,61 +3953,10 @@ } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * ImgStringWrite -- - * - * Default string write function. The data is formatted in the default - * format as accepted by the " put" command. - * - * Results: - * A standard Tcl result. - * - * Side effects: - * See the user documentation. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static int -ImgStringWrite( - Tcl_Interp *interp, - Tcl_Obj *formatString, - Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr) -{ - int greenOffset, blueOffset; - Tcl_Obj *data; - - greenOffset = blockPtr->offset[1] - blockPtr->offset[0]; - blueOffset = blockPtr->offset[2] - blockPtr->offset[0]; - - data = Tcl_NewObj(); - if ((blockPtr->width > 0) && (blockPtr->height > 0)) { - int row, col; - - for (row=0; rowheight; row++) { - Tcl_Obj *line = Tcl_NewObj(); - unsigned char *pixelPtr = blockPtr->pixelPtr + blockPtr->offset[0] - + row * blockPtr->pitch; - - for (col=0; colwidth; col++) { - Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(line, "%s#%02x%02x%02x", - col ? " " : "", *pixelPtr, - pixelPtr[greenOffset], pixelPtr[blueOffset]); - pixelPtr += blockPtr->pixelSize; - } - Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, data, line); - } - } - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, data); - return TCL_OK; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * * Tk_PhotoGetImage -- * * This function is called to obtain image data from a photo image. This * function fills in the Tk_PhotoImageBlock structure pointed to by * `blockPtr' with details of the address and layout of the image data in @@ -4031,11 +3995,11 @@ } /* *-------------------------------------------------------------- * - * TkPostscriptPhoto -- + * ImgPostscriptPhoto -- * * This function is called to output the contents of a photo image in * Postscript by calling the Tk_PostscriptPhoto function. * * Results: @@ -4076,11 +4040,11 @@ * always "overlay" and the function always panics on memory-allocation * failure. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - +#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED void Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite( Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height) @@ -4162,13 +4126,15 @@ { if (Tk_PhotoSetSize(NULL, handle, width, height) != TCL_OK) { Tcl_Panic(TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE); } } +#endif /* TK_NO_DEPRECATED */ /* * Local Variables: * mode: c * c-basic-offset: 4 * fill-column: 78 + * tab-width: 8 * End: */ Index: generic/tkImgPhoto.h ================================================================== --- generic/tkImgPhoto.h +++ generic/tkImgPhoto.h @@ -199,11 +199,11 @@ Display *display; /* Display for windows using this instance. */ Colormap colormap; /* The image may only be used in windows with * this particular colormap. */ PhotoInstance *nextPtr; /* Pointer to the next instance in the list of * instances associated with this master. */ - int refCount; /* Number of instances using this structure. */ + size_t refCount; /* Number of instances using this structure. */ Tk_Uid palette; /* Palette for these particular instances. */ double gamma; /* Gamma value for these instances. */ Tk_Uid defaultPalette; /* Default palette to use if a palette is not * specified for the master. */ ColorTable *colorTablePtr; /* Pointer to information about colors Index: generic/tkInt.decls ================================================================== --- generic/tkInt.decls +++ generic/tkInt.decls @@ -632,10 +632,17 @@ declare 184 { void TkDrawAngledChars(Display *display,Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont, const char *source, int numBytes, double x, double y, double angle) } + +# Debugging / testing functions for photo images +declare 185 { + int TkDebugPhotoStringMatchDef(Tcl_Interp *inter, Tcl_Obj *data, + Tcl_Obj *formatString, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr) +} + ############################################################################## # Define the platform specific internal Tcl interface. These functions are # only available on the designated platform. @@ -1491,10 +1498,16 @@ declare 137 win { int XPutImage(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XImage *im, int sx, int sy, int dx, int dy, unsigned int w, unsigned int h) } +declare 138 win { + Region XPolygonRegion(XPoint *pts, int n, int rule) +} +declare 139 win { + int XPointInRegion(Region rgn, int x, int y) +} ################################ # X functions for Aqua declare 0 aqua { Index: generic/tkInt.h ================================================================== --- generic/tkInt.h +++ generic/tkInt.h @@ -477,11 +477,11 @@ XIMStyle inputStyle; /* Input style selected for this display. */ XFontSet inputXfs; /* XFontSet cached for over-the-spot XIM. */ #endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */ Tcl_HashTable winTable; /* Maps from X window ids to TkWindow ptrs. */ - int refCount; /* Reference count of how many Tk applications + size_t refCount; /* Reference count of how many Tk applications * are using this display. Used to clean up * the display when we no longer have any Tk * applications using it. */ /* @@ -581,11 +581,11 @@ * by a call to TkCreateMainWindow). It stores information that is shared by * all of the windows associated with a particular main window. */ typedef struct TkMainInfo { - int refCount; /* Number of windows whose "mainPtr" fields + size_t refCount; /* Number of windows whose "mainPtr" fields * point here. When this becomes zero, can * free up the structure (the reference count * is zero because windows can get deleted in * almost any order; the main window isn't * necessarily the last one deleted). */ @@ -944,10 +944,11 @@ MODULE_SCOPE const Tk_SmoothMethod tkBezierSmoothMethod; MODULE_SCOPE Tk_ImageType tkBitmapImageType; MODULE_SCOPE Tk_PhotoImageFormat tkImgFmtGIF; MODULE_SCOPE void (*tkHandleEventProc) (XEvent* eventPtr); +MODULE_SCOPE Tk_PhotoImageFormat tkImgFmtDefault; MODULE_SCOPE Tk_PhotoImageFormat tkImgFmtPNG; MODULE_SCOPE Tk_PhotoImageFormat tkImgFmtPPM; MODULE_SCOPE TkMainInfo *tkMainWindowList; MODULE_SCOPE Tk_ImageType tkPhotoImageType; MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_HashTable tkPredefBitmapTable; Index: generic/tkIntDecls.h ================================================================== --- generic/tkIntDecls.h +++ generic/tkIntDecls.h @@ -548,10 +548,14 @@ /* 184 */ EXTERN void TkDrawAngledChars(Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont, const char *source, int numBytes, double x, double y, double angle); +/* 185 */ +EXTERN int TkDebugPhotoStringMatchDef(Tcl_Interp *inter, + Tcl_Obj *data, Tcl_Obj *formatString, + int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); typedef struct TkIntStubs { int magic; void *hooks; @@ -765,10 +769,11 @@ CONST86 char * (*tkSmoothPrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 180 */ void (*tkDrawAngledTextLayout) (Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y, double angle, int firstChar, int lastChar); /* 181 */ void (*tkUnderlineAngledTextLayout) (Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y, double angle, int underline); /* 182 */ int (*tkIntersectAngledTextLayout) (Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y, int width, int height, double angle); /* 183 */ void (*tkDrawAngledChars) (Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont, const char *source, int numBytes, double x, double y, double angle); /* 184 */ + int (*tkDebugPhotoStringMatchDef) (Tcl_Interp *inter, Tcl_Obj *data, Tcl_Obj *formatString, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 185 */ } TkIntStubs; extern const TkIntStubs *tkIntStubsPtr; #ifdef __cplusplus @@ -1137,10 +1142,12 @@ (tkIntStubsPtr->tkUnderlineAngledTextLayout) /* 182 */ #define TkIntersectAngledTextLayout \ (tkIntStubsPtr->tkIntersectAngledTextLayout) /* 183 */ #define TkDrawAngledChars \ (tkIntStubsPtr->tkDrawAngledChars) /* 184 */ +#define TkDebugPhotoStringMatchDef \ + (tkIntStubsPtr->tkDebugPhotoStringMatchDef) /* 185 */ #endif /* defined(USE_TK_STUBS) */ /* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */ Index: generic/tkIntPlatDecls.h ================================================================== --- generic/tkIntPlatDecls.h +++ generic/tkIntPlatDecls.h @@ -664,6 +664,11 @@ /* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */ #undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS #define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT +#undef TkWinGetPlatformId +#if !defined(TK_NO_DEPRECATED) && TK_MAJOR_VERSION < 9 +# define TkWinGetPlatformId() (2) /* VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT */ +#endif /* TK_NO_DEPRECATED */ + #endif /* _TKINTPLATDECLS */ Index: generic/tkIntXlibDecls.h ================================================================== --- generic/tkIntXlibDecls.h +++ generic/tkIntXlibDecls.h @@ -20,10 +20,14 @@ */ #ifndef _TCL # include #endif + +#ifndef EXTERN +# define EXTERN extern TCL_STORAGE_CLASS +#endif /* Some (older) versions of X11/Xutil.h have a wrong signature of those two functions, so move them out of the way temporarly. */ #define XOffsetRegion _XOffsetRegion #define XUnionRegion _XUnionRegion @@ -30,12 +34,16 @@ #include "X11/Xutil.h" #undef XOffsetRegion #undef XUnionRegion #ifdef BUILD_tk -#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS -#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT +# undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS +# define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT +#else +# ifndef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS +# define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT +# endif #endif typedef int (*XAfterFunction) ( /* WARNING, this type not in Xlib spec */ Display* /* display */ ); @@ -411,10 +419,14 @@ int x, int y); /* 137 */ EXTERN int XPutImage(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XImage *im, int sx, int sy, int dx, int dy, unsigned int w, unsigned int h); +/* 138 */ +EXTERN Region XPolygonRegion(XPoint *pts, int n, int rule); +/* 139 */ +EXTERN int XPointInRegion(Region rgn, int x, int y); #endif /* WIN */ #ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */ /* 0 */ EXTERN int XSetDashes(Display *display, GC gc, int dash_offset, _Xconst char *dash_list, int n); @@ -820,10 +832,12 @@ int (*xDrawSegments) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XSegment *s, int n); /* 133 */ int (*xDrawPoint) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, int x, int y); /* 134 */ int (*xDrawPoints) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XPoint *p, int n, int m); /* 135 */ int (*xReparentWindow) (Display *d, Window w, Window p, int x, int y); /* 136 */ int (*xPutImage) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XImage *im, int sx, int sy, int dx, int dy, unsigned int w, unsigned int h); /* 137 */ + Region (*xPolygonRegion) (XPoint *pts, int n, int rule); /* 138 */ + int (*xPointInRegion) (Region rgn, int x, int y); /* 139 */ #endif /* WIN */ #ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */ int (*xSetDashes) (Display *display, GC gc, int dash_offset, _Xconst char *dash_list, int n); /* 0 */ XModifierKeymap * (*xGetModifierMapping) (Display *d); /* 1 */ XImage * (*xCreateImage) (Display *d, Visual *v, unsigned int ui1, int i1, int i2, char *cp, unsigned int ui2, unsigned int ui3, int i3, int i4); /* 2 */ @@ -1194,10 +1208,14 @@ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDrawPoints) /* 135 */ #define XReparentWindow \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xReparentWindow) /* 136 */ #define XPutImage \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xPutImage) /* 137 */ +#define XPolygonRegion \ + (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xPolygonRegion) /* 138 */ +#define XPointInRegion \ + (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xPointInRegion) /* 139 */ #endif /* WIN */ #ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */ #define XSetDashes \ (tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetDashes) /* 0 */ #define XGetModifierMapping \ Index: generic/tkMain.c ================================================================== --- generic/tkMain.c +++ generic/tkMain.c @@ -194,11 +194,11 @@ /* * Ensure that we are getting a compatible version of Tcl. */ - if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.6", 0) == NULL) { + if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.6-", 0) == NULL) { if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.1", 0) == NULL) { abort(); } else { Tcl_Panic("%s", Tcl_GetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp))); } Index: generic/tkMenu.c ================================================================== --- generic/tkMenu.c +++ generic/tkMenu.c @@ -36,11 +36,11 @@ * * To handle all of the constraints, Tk menubars and tearoff menus are * implemented using menu clones. Menu clones are full menus in their own * right; they have a Tk window and pathname associated with them; they have a * TkMenu structure and array of entries. However, they are linked with the - * original menu that they were cloned from. The reflect the attributes of the + * original menu that they were cloned from. They reflect the attributes of the * original, or "master", menu. So if an item is added to a menu, and that * menu has clones, then the item must be added to all of its clones also. * Menus are cloned when a menu is torn-off or when a menu is assigned as a * menubar using the "-menu" option of the toplevel's pathname configure * subcommand. When a clone is destroyed, only the clone is destroyed, but Index: generic/tkObj.c ================================================================== --- generic/tkObj.c +++ generic/tkObj.c @@ -102,11 +102,11 @@ static const Tcl_ObjType pixelObjType = { "pixel", /* name */ FreePixelInternalRep, /* freeIntRepProc */ DupPixelInternalRep, /* dupIntRepProc */ NULL, /* updateStringProc */ - SetPixelFromAny /* setFromAnyProc */ + NULL /* setFromAnyProc */ }; /* * The following structure defines the implementation of the "pixel" Tcl * object, used for measuring distances. The pixel object remembers its @@ -116,11 +116,11 @@ static const Tcl_ObjType mmObjType = { "mm", /* name */ FreeMMInternalRep, /* freeIntRepProc */ DupMMInternalRep, /* dupIntRepProc */ UpdateStringOfMM, /* updateStringProc */ - SetMMFromAny /* setFromAnyProc */ + NULL /* setFromAnyProc */ }; /* * The following structure defines the implementation of the "window" * Tcl object. @@ -129,11 +129,11 @@ static const Tcl_ObjType windowObjType = { "window", /* name */ FreeWindowInternalRep, /* freeIntRepProc */ DupWindowInternalRep, /* dupIntRepProc */ NULL, /* updateStringProc */ - SetWindowFromAny /* setFromAnyProc */ + NULL /* setFromAnyProc */ }; /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * Index: generic/tkPack.c ================================================================== --- generic/tkPack.c +++ generic/tkPack.c @@ -120,12 +120,14 @@ static void ArrangePacking(ClientData clientData); static int ConfigureSlaves(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void DestroyPacker(void *memPtr); static Packer * GetPacker(Tk_Window tkwin); +#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED static int PackAfter(Tcl_Interp *interp, Packer *prevPtr, Packer *masterPtr, int objc,Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); +#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */ static void PackStructureProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); static void Unlink(Packer *packPtr); static int XExpansion(Packer *slavePtr, int cavityWidth); static int YExpansion(Packer *slavePtr, int cavityHeight); @@ -195,15 +197,18 @@ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { Tk_Window tkwin = clientData; const char *argv2; static const char *const optionStrings[] = { - /* after, append, before and unpack are deprecated */ +#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED "after", "append", "before", "unpack", +#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */ "configure", "forget", "info", "propagate", "slaves", NULL }; enum options { +#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED PACK_AFTER, PACK_APPEND, PACK_BEFORE, PACK_UNPACK, +#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */ PACK_CONFIGURE, PACK_FORGET, PACK_INFO, PACK_PROPAGATE, PACK_SLAVES }; int index; if (objc >= 2) { const char *string = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]); @@ -217,24 +222,27 @@ return TCL_ERROR; } if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], optionStrings, sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) { +#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED /* * Call it again without the deprecated ones to get a proper error * message. This works well since there can't be any ambiguity between * deprecated and new options. */ Tcl_ResetResult(interp); Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], &optionStrings[4], sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index); +#endif /* TK_NO_DEPRECATED */ return TCL_ERROR; } argv2 = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]); switch ((enum options) index) { +#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED case PACK_AFTER: { Packer *prevPtr; Tk_Window tkwin2; if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &tkwin2) != TCL_OK) { @@ -295,10 +303,11 @@ } } } return PackAfter(interp, prevPtr, masterPtr, objc-3, objv+3); } +#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */ case PACK_CONFIGURE: if (argv2[0] != '.') { Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf( "bad argument \"%s\": must be name of window", argv2)); Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "WINDOW_PATH", NULL); @@ -456,10 +465,11 @@ TkNewWindowObj(slavePtr->tkwin)); } Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj); break; } +#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED case PACK_UNPACK: { Tk_Window tkwin2; Packer *packPtr; if (objc != 3) { @@ -479,10 +489,11 @@ Unlink(packPtr); Tk_UnmapWindow(packPtr->tkwin); } break; } +#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */ } return TCL_OK; } @@ -1085,10 +1096,11 @@ * in the future. * *------------------------------------------------------------------------ */ +#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED static int PackAfter( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */ Packer *prevPtr, /* Pack windows in argv just after this * window; NULL means pack as first child of @@ -1305,10 +1317,11 @@ masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK; Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, masterPtr); } return TCL_OK; } +#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */ /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * Unlink -- Index: generic/tkPanedWindow.c ================================================================== --- generic/tkPanedWindow.c +++ generic/tkPanedWindow.c @@ -1482,14 +1482,14 @@ * Set up boilerplate geometry values for sashes (width, height, common * coordinates). */ if (horizontal) { - sashHeight = Tk_Height(tkwin) - (2 * Tk_InternalBorderWidth(tkwin)); + sashHeight = Tk_Height(tkwin) - (2 * Tk_InternalBorderLeft(tkwin)); sashWidth = pwPtr->sashWidth; } else { - sashWidth = Tk_Width(tkwin) - (2 * Tk_InternalBorderWidth(tkwin)); + sashWidth = Tk_Width(tkwin) - (2 * Tk_InternalBorderLeft(tkwin)); sashHeight = pwPtr->sashWidth; } /* * Draw the sashes. @@ -1752,11 +1752,11 @@ /* * First pass; compute sizes */ paneDynSize = paneDynMinSize = 0; - internalBW = Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin); + internalBW = Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin); pwHeight = Tk_Height(pwPtr->tkwin) - (2 * internalBW); pwWidth = Tk_Width(pwPtr->tkwin) - (2 * internalBW); x = y = internalBW; stretchReserve = (horizontal ? pwWidth : pwHeight); @@ -2198,11 +2198,11 @@ Slave *slavePtr; const int horizontal = (pwPtr->orient == ORIENT_HORIZONTAL); pwPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT; - x = y = internalBw = Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin); + x = y = internalBw = Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin); reqWidth = reqHeight = 0; /* * Sashes and handles share space on the display. To simplify processing * below, precompute the x and y offsets of the handles and sashes within @@ -2904,35 +2904,35 @@ if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK) { return TCL_ERROR; } - internalBW = Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin); + internalBW = Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin); if (pwPtr->orient == ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) { if (x < 0) { x = 0; } pwWidth = Tk_Width(pwPtr->tkwin) - (2 * internalBW); if (x > pwWidth) { x = pwWidth; } - y = Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin); + y = Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin); sashWidth = pwPtr->sashWidth; sashHeight = Tk_Height(pwPtr->tkwin) - - (2 * Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin)); + (2 * Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin)); } else { if (y < 0) { y = 0; } pwHeight = Tk_Height(pwPtr->tkwin) - (2 * internalBW); if (y > pwHeight) { y = pwHeight; } - x = Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin); + x = Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin); sashHeight = pwPtr->sashWidth; sashWidth = Tk_Width(pwPtr->tkwin) - - (2 * Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin)); + (2 * Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin)); } if (sashWidth < 1) { sashWidth = 1; } @@ -3067,11 +3067,11 @@ if (Tk_IsMapped(pwPtr->tkwin)) { sashHeight = Tk_Height(pwPtr->tkwin); } else { sashHeight = Tk_ReqHeight(pwPtr->tkwin); } - sashHeight -= 2 * Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin); + sashHeight -= 2 * Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin); if (pwPtr->showHandle && pwPtr->handleSize > pwPtr->sashWidth) { sashWidth = pwPtr->handleSize; lpad = (pwPtr->handleSize - pwPtr->sashWidth) / 2; rpad = pwPtr->handleSize - lpad; lpad += pwPtr->sashPad; @@ -3095,11 +3095,11 @@ if (Tk_IsMapped(pwPtr->tkwin)) { sashWidth = Tk_Width(pwPtr->tkwin); } else { sashWidth = Tk_ReqWidth(pwPtr->tkwin); } - sashWidth -= 2 * Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin); + sashWidth -= 2 * Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin); lpad = rpad = 0; } GetFirstLastVisiblePane(pwPtr, &first, &last); isHandle = 0; Index: generic/tkScrollbar.c ================================================================== --- generic/tkScrollbar.c +++ generic/tkScrollbar.c @@ -177,14 +177,16 @@ scrollPtr->arrowLength = 0; scrollPtr->sliderFirst = 0; scrollPtr->sliderLast = 0; scrollPtr->activeField = 0; scrollPtr->activeRelief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED; +#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED scrollPtr->totalUnits = 0; scrollPtr->windowUnits = 0; scrollPtr->firstUnit = 0; scrollPtr->lastUnit = 0; +#endif /* TK_NO_DEPRECATED */ scrollPtr->firstFraction = 0.0; scrollPtr->lastFraction = 0.0; scrollPtr->cursor = None; scrollPtr->takeFocus = NULL; scrollPtr->flags = 0; @@ -375,21 +377,25 @@ if (objc != 2) { Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "get"); goto error; } +#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED if (scrollPtr->flags & NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS) { +#endif /* TK_NO_DEPRECATED */ resObjs[0] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(scrollPtr->firstFraction); resObjs[1] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(scrollPtr->lastFraction); Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, resObjs)); +#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED } else { resObjs[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(scrollPtr->totalUnits); resObjs[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(scrollPtr->windowUnits); resObjs[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(scrollPtr->firstUnit); resObjs[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(scrollPtr->lastUnit); Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, resObjs)); } +#endif /* TK_NO_DEPRECATED */ break; } case COMMAND_IDENTIFY: { int x, y; const char *zone = ""; @@ -411,12 +417,10 @@ } Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(zone, -1)); break; } case COMMAND_SET: { - int totalUnits, windowUnits, firstUnit, lastUnit; - if (objc == 4) { double first, last; if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[2], &first) != TCL_OK) { goto error; @@ -436,12 +440,14 @@ } else if (last > 1.0) { scrollPtr->lastFraction = 1.0; } else { scrollPtr->lastFraction = last; } +#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED scrollPtr->flags |= NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS; } else if (objc == 6) { + int totalUnits, windowUnits, firstUnit, lastUnit; if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &totalUnits) != TCL_OK) { goto error; } if (totalUnits < 0) { totalUnits = 0; @@ -475,14 +481,13 @@ } else { scrollPtr->firstFraction = ((double) firstUnit)/totalUnits; scrollPtr->lastFraction = ((double) (lastUnit+1))/totalUnits; } scrollPtr->flags &= ~NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS; +#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */ } else { Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "set firstFraction lastFraction"); - Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " or \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), - " set totalUnits windowUnits firstUnit lastUnit\"", NULL); goto error; } TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry(scrollPtr); TkScrollbarEventuallyRedraw(scrollPtr); break; Index: generic/tkScrollbar.h ================================================================== --- generic/tkScrollbar.h +++ generic/tkScrollbar.h @@ -94,10 +94,11 @@ * form (firstFraction and lastFraction). FirstFraction and lastFraction * will always be valid, but the old-style information is only valid if * the NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS flag is 0. */ +#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED int totalUnits; /* Total dimension of application, in units. * Valid only if the NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS flag * isn't set. */ int windowUnits; /* Maximum number of units that can be * displayed in the window at once. Valid only @@ -106,10 +107,13 @@ * application's window. Valid only if the * NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS flag isn't set. */ int lastUnit; /* Index of last unit visible in window. * Valid only if the NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS flag * isn't set. */ +#else + int dummy1,dummy2,dummy3,dummy4; /* sizeof(TkScrollbar) should not depend on TK_NO_DEPRECATED */ +#endif /* TK_NO_DEPRECATED */ double firstFraction; /* Position of first visible thing in window, * specified as a fraction between 0 and * 1.0. */ double lastFraction; /* Position of last visible thing in window, * specified as a fraction between 0 and @@ -151,11 +155,13 @@ * GOT_FOCUS: Non-zero means this window has the input * focus. */ #define REDRAW_PENDING 1 +#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED #define NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS 2 +#endif /* TK_NO_DEPRECATED */ #define GOT_FOCUS 4 /* * Declaration of scrollbar class functions structure * and default scrollbar width, for use in configSpec. Index: generic/tkSelect.c ================================================================== --- generic/tkSelect.c +++ generic/tkSelect.c @@ -24,11 +24,11 @@ Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter in which to invoke command. */ int cmdLength; /* # of non-NULL bytes in command. */ int charOffset; /* The offset of the next char to retrieve. */ int byteOffset; /* The expected byte offset of the next * chunk. */ - char buffer[TCL_UTF_MAX]; /* A buffer to hold part of a UTF character + char buffer[4]; /* A buffer to hold part of a UTF character * that is split across chunks. */ char command[1]; /* Command to invoke. Actual space is * allocated as large as necessary. This must * be the last entry in the structure. */ } CommandInfo; Index: generic/tkStubInit.c ================================================================== --- generic/tkStubInit.c +++ generic/tkStubInit.c @@ -36,10 +36,47 @@ /* * Remove macro that might interfere with the definition below. */ #undef Tk_MainEx +#undef Tk_FreeXId +#undef Tk_FreeStyleFromObj +#undef Tk_GetStyleFromObj +#undef TkWinGetPlatformId + +#if defined(TK_NO_DEPRECATED) || TK_MAJOR_VERSION > 8 +#define Tk_MainEx 0 +#define Tk_FreeXId 0 +#define Tk_FreeStyleFromObj 0 +#define Tk_GetStyleFromObj 0 +#define TkWinGetPlatformId 0 +#define Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite 0 +#define Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite 0 +#define Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic 0 +#define Tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic 0 +#define Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic 0 +#define Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic 0 +#else +static void +doNothing(void) +{ + /* dummy implementation, no need to do anything */ +} +#define Tk_FreeXId ((void (*)(Display *, XID)) doNothing) +#define Tk_FreeStyleFromObj ((void (*)(Tcl_Obj *)) doNothing) +#define Tk_GetStyleFromObj getStyleFromObj +static Tk_Style Tk_GetStyleFromObj(Tcl_Obj *obj) +{ + return Tk_AllocStyleFromObj(NULL, obj); +} +#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) +#define TkWinGetPlatformId winGetPlatformId +static int TkWinGetPlatformId(void) { + return 2; +} +#endif /* defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) */ +#endif /* defined(TK_NO_DEPRECATED) || TK_MAJOR_VERSION > 8 */ #ifdef _WIN32 int TkpCmapStressed(Tk_Window tkwin, Colormap colormap) @@ -63,10 +100,12 @@ # define TkUnixDoOneXEvent 0 # define TkUnixSetMenubar 0 # define XCreateWindow 0 # define XOffsetRegion 0 # define XUnionRegion 0 +# define XPolygonRegion 0 +# define XPointInRegion 0 # define TkWmCleanup (void (*)(TkDisplay *)) TkpSync # define TkSendCleanup (void (*)(TkDisplay *)) TkpSync # define TkpTestsendCmd 0 #else /* !_WIN32 */ @@ -201,11 +240,10 @@ # define TkWinXCleanup 0 # define TkWinXInit 0 # define TkWinSetForegroundWindow 0 # define TkWinDialogDebug 0 # define TkWinGetMenuSystemDefault 0 -# define TkWinGetPlatformId 0 # define TkWinSetHINSTANCE 0 # define TkWinGetPlatformTheme 0 # define TkWinChildProc 0 # elif !defined(MAC_OSX_TK) /* UNIX */ @@ -451,10 +489,11 @@ TkSmoothPrintProc, /* 180 */ TkDrawAngledTextLayout, /* 181 */ TkUnderlineAngledTextLayout, /* 182 */ TkIntersectAngledTextLayout, /* 183 */ TkDrawAngledChars, /* 184 */ + TkDebugPhotoStringMatchDef, /* 185 */ }; static const TkIntPlatStubs tkIntPlatStubs = { TCL_STUB_MAGIC, 0, @@ -722,10 +761,12 @@ XDrawSegments, /* 133 */ XDrawPoint, /* 134 */ XDrawPoints, /* 135 */ XReparentWindow, /* 136 */ XPutImage, /* 137 */ + XPolygonRegion, /* 138 */ + XPointInRegion, /* 139 */ #endif /* WIN */ #ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */ XSetDashes, /* 0 */ XGetModifierMapping, /* 1 */ XCreateImage, /* 2 */ Index: generic/tkStyle.c ================================================================== --- generic/tkStyle.c +++ generic/tkStyle.c @@ -153,11 +153,11 @@ static const Tcl_ObjType styleObjType = { "style", /* name */ FreeStyleObjProc, /* freeIntRepProc */ DupStyleObjProc, /* dupIntRepProc */ NULL, /* updateStringProc */ - SetStyleFromAny /* setFromAnyProc */ + NULL /* setFromAnyProc */ }; /* *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- * @@ -1403,63 +1403,16 @@ Tk_AllocStyleFromObj( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interp for error return. */ Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* Object containing name of the style to * retrieve. */ { - Style *stylePtr; - - if (objPtr->typePtr != &styleObjType) { - SetStyleFromAny(interp, objPtr); - } - stylePtr = objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1; - - return (Tk_Style) stylePtr; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * Tk_GetStyleFromObj -- - * - * Find the style that corresponds to a given object. The style must have - * already been created by Tk_CreateStyle. - * - * Results: - * The return value is a token for the style that matches objPtr, or NULL - * if none found. - * - * Side effects: - * If the object is not already a style ref, the conversion will free any - * old internal representation. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -Tk_Style -Tk_GetStyleFromObj( - Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* The object from which to get the style. */ -{ - if (objPtr->typePtr != &styleObjType) { - SetStyleFromAny(NULL, objPtr); - } - - return objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1; -} - -/* - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * Tk_FreeStyleFromObj -- - * - * No-op. Present only for stubs compatibility. - * - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ -void -Tk_FreeStyleFromObj( - Tcl_Obj *objPtr) -{ + if (objPtr->typePtr != &styleObjType) { + if (SetStyleFromAny(interp, objPtr) != TCL_OK) { + return NULL; + } + } + return objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1; } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * @@ -1467,12 +1420,12 @@ * * Convert the internal representation of a Tcl object to the style * internal form. * * Results: - * Always returns TCL_OK. If an error occurs is returned (e.g. the style - * doesn't exist), an error message will be left in interp's result. + * If an error occurs is returned (e.g. the style doesn't exist), an + * error message will be left in interp's result and TCL_ERROR is returned. * * Side effects: * The object is left with its typePtr pointing to styleObjType. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1483,10 +1436,11 @@ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting if not NULL. */ Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* The object to convert. */ { const Tcl_ObjType *typePtr; const char *name; + Tk_Style style; /* * Free the old internalRep before setting the new one. */ @@ -1494,12 +1448,16 @@ typePtr = objPtr->typePtr; if ((typePtr != NULL) && (typePtr->freeIntRepProc != NULL)) { typePtr->freeIntRepProc(objPtr); } + style = Tk_GetStyle(interp, name); + if (style == NULL) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } objPtr->typePtr = &styleObjType; - objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = Tk_GetStyle(interp, name); + objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = style; return TCL_OK; } /* Index: generic/tkTest.c ================================================================== --- generic/tkTest.c +++ generic/tkTest.c @@ -189,10 +189,13 @@ char *saveInternalPtr); static void CustomOptionFree(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *internalPtr); static int TestpropObjCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, + Tcl_Obj * const objv[]); +static int TestprintfObjCmd(ClientData dummy, + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj * const objv[]); #if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK) || defined(__CYGWIN__)) static int TestwrapperObjCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj * const objv[]); @@ -201,10 +204,13 @@ static int TrivialConfigObjCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj * const objv[]); static void TrivialEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); +static int TestPhotoStringMatchCmd(ClientData dummy, + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, + Tcl_Obj * const objv[]); /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * Tktest_Init -- @@ -225,11 +231,11 @@ Tktest_Init( Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Interpreter for application. */ { static int initialized = 0; - if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.1", 0) == NULL) { + if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.6-", 0) == NULL) { return TCL_ERROR; } if (Tk_InitStubs(interp, TK_VERSION, 0) == NULL) { return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -237,11 +243,11 @@ /* * Create additional commands for testing Tk. */ if (Tcl_PkgProvideEx(interp, "Tktest", TK_PATCH_LEVEL, NULL) == TCL_ERROR) { - return TCL_ERROR; + return TCL_ERROR; } Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "square", SquareObjCmd, NULL, NULL); Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testbitmap", TestbitmapObjCmd, (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL); @@ -261,12 +267,16 @@ (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL); Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testmakeexist", TestmakeexistObjCmd, (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL); Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testprop", TestpropObjCmd, (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL); + Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testprintf", TestprintfObjCmd, NULL, NULL); Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testtext", TkpTesttextCmd, (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL); + Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testphotostringmatch", + TestPhotoStringMatchCmd, (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), + NULL); #if defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK) Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testmetrics", TestmetricsObjCmd, (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL); #elif !defined(__CYGWIN__) @@ -450,11 +460,11 @@ * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. * * Side effects: - * All the intepreters created by previous calls to "testnewapp" get + * All the interpreters created by previous calls to "testnewapp" get * deleted. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -1893,10 +1903,64 @@ if (property != NULL) { XFree(property); } return TCL_OK; } + +/* + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * TestpropObjCmd -- + * + * This function implements the "testprop" command. It fetches and prints + * the value of a property on a window. + * + * Results: + * A standard Tcl result. + * + * Side effects: + * None. + * + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + + /* ARGSUSED */ +static int +TestprintfObjCmd( + ClientData clientData, /* Not used */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument strings. */ +{ + char buffer[256]; + Tcl_WideInt wideInt; +#ifdef _WIN32 + __int64 longLongInt; +#else + long long longLongInt; +#endif + + if (objc != 2) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "wideint"); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + if (Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &wideInt) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + longLongInt = wideInt; + + /* Just add a lot of arguments to sprintf. Reason: on AMD64, the first + * 4 or 6 arguments (we assume 8, just in case) might be put in registers, + * which still woudn't tell if the assumed size is correct: We want this + * test-case to fail if the 64-bit value is printed as truncated to 32-bit. + */ + sprintf(buffer, "%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "d %" + TCL_LL_MODIFIER "u", "", "", "", "", "", "", "", "", + (Tcl_WideInt)longLongInt, (Tcl_WideUInt)longLongInt); + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL); + return TCL_OK; +} #if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK) || defined(__CYGWIN__)) /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * @@ -2064,13 +2128,61 @@ { if (*(char **)internalPtr != NULL) { ckfree(*(char **)internalPtr); } } +/* + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * TestPhotoStringMatchCmd -- + * + * This function implements the "testphotostringmatch" command. It + * provides a way from Tcl to call the string match function for the + * default image handler directly. + * + * Results: + * A standard Tcl result. If data is in the proper format, the result in + * interp will contain width and height as a list. If the data cannot be + * parsed as default image format, returns TCL_ERROR and leaves an + * appropriate error message in interp. + * + * Side effects: + * None. + * + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + + /* ARGSUSED */ +static int +TestPhotoStringMatchCmd( + ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument strings. */ +{ + Tcl_Obj *dummy = NULL; + Tcl_Obj *resultObj[2]; + int width, height; + + if (objc != 2) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "imageData"); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + if (TkDebugPhotoStringMatchDef(interp, objv[1], dummy, &width, &height)) { + resultObj[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(width); + resultObj[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(height); + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, resultObj)); + return TCL_OK; + } else { + return TCL_ERROR; + } +} + + /* * Local Variables: * mode: c * c-basic-offset: 4 * fill-column: 78 * End: */ Index: generic/tkText.c ================================================================== --- generic/tkText.c +++ generic/tkText.c @@ -2773,10 +2773,13 @@ const TkTextIndex *index2Ptr) /* Index describing second location. */ { TkUndoSubAtom *iAtom, *dAtom; int canUndo, canRedo; + char lMarkName[20] = "tk::undoMarkL"; + char rMarkName[20] = "tk::undoMarkR"; + char stringUndoMarkId[7] = ""; /* * Create the helpers. */ @@ -2783,10 +2786,14 @@ Tcl_Obj *seeInsertObj = Tcl_NewObj(); Tcl_Obj *markSet1InsertObj = Tcl_NewObj(); Tcl_Obj *markSet2InsertObj = NULL; Tcl_Obj *insertCmdObj = Tcl_NewObj(); Tcl_Obj *deleteCmdObj = Tcl_NewObj(); + Tcl_Obj *markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj = Tcl_NewObj(); + Tcl_Obj *markSetRUndoMarkCmdObj = NULL; + Tcl_Obj *markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj = Tcl_NewObj(); + Tcl_Obj *markGravityRUndoMarkCmdObj = NULL; /* * Get the index positions. */ @@ -2832,10 +2839,44 @@ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, deleteCmdObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("delete", 6)); Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, deleteCmdObj, index1Obj); Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, deleteCmdObj, index2Obj); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj, + Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(textPtr->tkwin), -1)); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj, + Tcl_NewStringObj("mark", 4)); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj, + Tcl_NewStringObj("set", 3)); + markSetRUndoMarkCmdObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj); + textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoMarkId++; + sprintf(stringUndoMarkId, "%d", textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoMarkId); + strcat(lMarkName, stringUndoMarkId); + strcat(rMarkName, stringUndoMarkId); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj, + Tcl_NewStringObj(lMarkName, -1)); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markSetRUndoMarkCmdObj, + Tcl_NewStringObj(rMarkName, -1)); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj, index1Obj); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markSetRUndoMarkCmdObj, index2Obj); + + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj, + Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(textPtr->tkwin), -1)); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj, + Tcl_NewStringObj("mark", 4)); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj, + Tcl_NewStringObj("gravity", 7)); + markGravityRUndoMarkCmdObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj, + Tcl_NewStringObj(lMarkName, -1)); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markGravityRUndoMarkCmdObj, + Tcl_NewStringObj(rMarkName, -1)); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj, + Tcl_NewStringObj("left", 4)); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markGravityRUndoMarkCmdObj, + Tcl_NewStringObj("right", 5)); + /* * Note: we don't wish to use textPtr->widgetCmd in these callbacks * because if we delete the textPtr, but peers still exist, we will then * have references to a non-existent Tcl_Command in the undo stack, which * will lead to crashes later. Also, the behaviour of the widget w.r.t. @@ -2849,15 +2890,23 @@ iAtom = TkUndoMakeSubAtom(&TextUndoRedoCallback, textPtr->sharedTextPtr, insertCmdObj, NULL); TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markSet2InsertObj, iAtom); TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, seeInsertObj, iAtom); + TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj, iAtom); + TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markSetRUndoMarkCmdObj, iAtom); + TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj, iAtom); + TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markGravityRUndoMarkCmdObj, iAtom); dAtom = TkUndoMakeSubAtom(&TextUndoRedoCallback, textPtr->sharedTextPtr, deleteCmdObj, NULL); TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markSet1InsertObj, dAtom); TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, seeInsertObj, dAtom); + TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj, dAtom); + TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markSetRUndoMarkCmdObj, dAtom); + TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj, dAtom); + TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markGravityRUndoMarkCmdObj, dAtom); Tcl_DecrRefCount(seeInsertObj); Tcl_DecrRefCount(index1Obj); Tcl_DecrRefCount(index2Obj); @@ -5065,10 +5114,12 @@ static int TextEditUndo( TkText *textPtr) /* Overall information about text widget. */ { int status; + Tcl_Obj *cmdObj; + int code; if (!textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo) { return TCL_OK; } @@ -5088,10 +5139,26 @@ if (textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode != TK_TEXT_DIRTY_FIXED) { textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode = TK_TEXT_DIRTY_NORMAL; } textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo = 1; + /* + * Convert undo/redo temporary marks set by TkUndoRevert() into + * indices left in the interp result. + */ + + cmdObj = Tcl_ObjPrintf("::tk::TextUndoRedoProcessMarks %s", + Tk_PathName(textPtr->tkwin)); + Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdObj); + code = Tcl_EvalObjEx(textPtr->interp, cmdObj, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL); + if (code != TCL_OK) { + Tcl_AddErrorInfo(textPtr->interp, + "\n (on undoing)"); + Tcl_BackgroundException(textPtr->interp, code); + } + Tcl_DecrRefCount(cmdObj); + return status; } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -5113,10 +5180,12 @@ static int TextEditRedo( TkText *textPtr) /* Overall information about text widget. */ { int status; + Tcl_Obj *cmdObj; + int code; if (!textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo) { return TCL_OK; } @@ -5135,10 +5204,27 @@ if (textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode != TK_TEXT_DIRTY_FIXED) { textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode = TK_TEXT_DIRTY_NORMAL; } textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo = 1; + + /* + * Convert undo/redo temporary marks set by TkUndoApply() into + * indices left in the interp result. + */ + + cmdObj = Tcl_ObjPrintf("::tk::TextUndoRedoProcessMarks %s", + Tk_PathName(textPtr->tkwin)); + Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdObj); + code = Tcl_EvalObjEx(textPtr->interp, cmdObj, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL); + if (code != TCL_OK) { + Tcl_AddErrorInfo(textPtr->interp, + "\n (on undoing)"); + Tcl_BackgroundException(textPtr->interp, code); + } + Tcl_DecrRefCount(cmdObj); + return status; } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- Index: generic/tkText.h ================================================================== --- generic/tkText.h +++ generic/tkText.h @@ -578,10 +578,12 @@ int maxUndo; /* The maximum depth of the undo stack * expressed as the maximum number of compound * statements. */ int autoSeparators; /* Non-zero means the separators will be * inserted automatically. */ + int undoMarkId; /* Counts undo marks temporarily used during + undo and redo operations. */ int isDirty; /* Flag indicating the 'dirtyness' of the * text widget. If the flag is not zero, * unsaved modifications have been applied to * the text widget. */ TkTextDirtyMode dirtyMode; /* The nature of the dirtyness characterized Index: generic/tkTextDisp.c ================================================================== --- generic/tkTextDisp.c +++ generic/tkTextDisp.c @@ -608,11 +608,11 @@ int *intPtr); static void AsyncUpdateLineMetrics(ClientData clientData); static void GenerateWidgetViewSyncEvent(TkText *textPtr, Bool InSync); static void AsyncUpdateYScrollbar(ClientData clientData); static int IsStartOfNotMergedLine(TkText *textPtr, - CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr); + const TkTextIndex *indexPtr); /* * Result values returned by TextGetScrollInfoObj: */ @@ -6919,11 +6919,11 @@ */ static int IsStartOfNotMergedLine( TkText *textPtr, /* Widget record for text widget. */ - CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr) /* Index to check. */ + const TkTextIndex *indexPtr) /* Index to check. */ { TkTextIndex indexPtr2; if (indexPtr->byteIndex != 0) { /* Index: generic/tkTextIndex.c ================================================================== --- generic/tkTextIndex.c +++ generic/tkTextIndex.c @@ -38,13 +38,13 @@ static const char * StartEnd(TkText *textPtr, const char *string, TkTextIndex *indexPtr); static int GetIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkSharedText *sharedPtr, TkText *textPtr, const char *string, TkTextIndex *indexPtr, int *canCachePtr); -static int IndexCountBytesOrdered(CONST TkText *textPtr, - CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr1, - CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr2); +static int IndexCountBytesOrdered(const TkText *textPtr, + const TkTextIndex *indexPtr1, + const TkTextIndex *indexPtr2); /* * The "textindex" Tcl_Obj definition: */ @@ -1634,13 +1634,13 @@ *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkTextIndexCountBytes( - CONST TkText *textPtr, - CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr1, /* Index describing one location. */ - CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr2) /* Index describing second location. */ + const TkText *textPtr, + const TkTextIndex *indexPtr1, /* Index describing one location. */ + const TkTextIndex *indexPtr2) /* Index describing second location. */ { int compare = TkTextIndexCmp(indexPtr1, indexPtr2); if (compare == 0) { return 0; @@ -1651,15 +1651,15 @@ } } static int IndexCountBytesOrdered( - CONST TkText *textPtr, - CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr1, + const TkText *textPtr, + const TkTextIndex *indexPtr1, /* Index describing location of character from * which to count. */ - CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr2) + const TkTextIndex *indexPtr2) /* Index describing location of last character * at which to stop the count. */ { int byteCount, offset; TkTextSegment *segPtr, *segPtr1; Index: generic/tkUtil.c ================================================================== --- generic/tkUtil.c +++ generic/tkUtil.c @@ -1185,11 +1185,11 @@ event.general.xany.send_event = False; event.general.xany.window = Tk_WindowId(target); event.general.xany.display = Tk_Display(target); event.virtual.name = Tk_GetUid(eventName); if (detail != NULL) { - event.virtual.user_data = detail; + event.virtual.user_data = detail; } Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event.general, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL); } Index: generic/tkVisual.c ================================================================== --- generic/tkVisual.c +++ generic/tkVisual.c @@ -44,11 +44,11 @@ */ struct TkColormap { Colormap colormap; /* X's identifier for the colormap. */ Visual *visual; /* Visual for which colormap was allocated. */ - int refCount; /* How many uses of the colormap are still + size_t refCount; /* How many uses of the colormap are still * outstanding (calls to Tk_GetColormap minus * calls to Tk_FreeColormap). */ int shareable; /* 0 means this colormap was allocated by a * call to Tk_GetColormap with "new", implying * that the window wants it all for itself. 1 @@ -135,11 +135,11 @@ *colormapPtr = Tk_Colormap(tkwin2); for (cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL; cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) { if (cmapPtr->colormap == *colormapPtr) { - cmapPtr->refCount += 1; + cmapPtr->refCount++; break; } } } return visual; @@ -322,11 +322,11 @@ } else { for (cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL; cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) { if (cmapPtr->shareable && (cmapPtr->visual == visual)) { *colormapPtr = cmapPtr->colormap; - cmapPtr->refCount += 1; + cmapPtr->refCount++; goto done; } } cmapPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkColormap)); cmapPtr->colormap = XCreateColormap(Tk_Display(tkwin), @@ -425,11 +425,11 @@ */ for (cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL; cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) { if (cmapPtr->colormap == colormap) { - cmapPtr->refCount += 1; + cmapPtr->refCount++; } } return colormap; } @@ -474,12 +474,11 @@ Tcl_Panic("unknown display passed to Tk_FreeColormap"); } for (prevPtr = NULL, cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL; prevPtr = cmapPtr, cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) { if (cmapPtr->colormap == colormap) { - cmapPtr->refCount -= 1; - if (cmapPtr->refCount == 0) { + if (cmapPtr->refCount-- <= 1) { XFreeColormap(display, colormap); if (prevPtr == NULL) { dispPtr->cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr; } else { prevPtr->nextPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr; @@ -532,11 +531,11 @@ Tcl_Panic("unknown display passed to Tk_PreserveColormap"); } for (cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL; cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) { if (cmapPtr->colormap == colormap) { - cmapPtr->refCount += 1; + cmapPtr->refCount++; return; } } } Index: generic/tkWindow.c ================================================================== --- generic/tkWindow.c +++ generic/tkWindow.c @@ -334,10 +334,11 @@ /* * Create built-in photo image formats. */ + Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat(&tkImgFmtDefault); Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat(&tkImgFmtGIF); Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat(&tkImgFmtPNG); Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat(&tkImgFmtPPM); } @@ -947,11 +948,11 @@ Tcl_HideCommand(interp, cmdPtr->name, cmdPtr->name); } } /* - * Set variables for the intepreter. + * Set variables for the interpreter. */ Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tk_patchLevel", NULL, TK_PATCH_LEVEL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tk_version", NULL, TK_VERSION, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); @@ -3045,11 +3046,11 @@ /* * Ensure that we are getting a compatible version of Tcl. */ - if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.6", 0) == NULL) { + if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.6-", 0) == NULL) { return TCL_ERROR; } /* * Ensure that our obj-types are registered with the Tcl runtime. Index: generic/ttk/ttkButton.c ================================================================== --- generic/ttk/ttkButton.c +++ generic/ttk/ttkButton.c @@ -21,10 +21,11 @@ { /* * Text element resources: */ Tcl_Obj *textObj; + Tcl_Obj *justifyObj; Tcl_Obj *textVariableObj; Tcl_Obj *underlineObj; Tcl_Obj *widthObj; Ttk_TraceHandle *textVariableTrace; @@ -54,10 +55,13 @@ BasePart base; } Base; static Tk_OptionSpec BaseOptionSpecs[] = { + {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify", + "left", Tk_Offset(Base,base.justifyObj), -1, + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED }, {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text", "", Tk_Offset(Base,base.textObj), -1, 0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED }, {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable", "", Tk_Offset(Base,base.textVariableObj), -1, Index: generic/ttk/ttkClamTheme.c ================================================================== --- generic/ttk/ttkClamTheme.c +++ generic/ttk/ttkClamTheme.c @@ -5,12 +5,12 @@ */ #include #include "ttkTheme.h" -/* - * Under windows, the Tk-provided XDrawLine and XDrawArc have an +/* + * Under windows, the Tk-provided XDrawLine and XDrawArc have an * off-by-one error in the end point. This is especially apparent with this * theme. Defining this macro as true handles this case. */ #if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK) # define WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK 1 @@ -121,12 +121,12 @@ }; /* * <>: -borderwidth is only partially supported: * in this theme, borders are always exactly 2 pixels thick. - * With -borderwidth 0, border is not drawn at all; - * otherwise a 2-pixel border is used. For -borderwidth > 2, + * With -borderwidth 0, border is not drawn at all; + * otherwise a 2-pixel border is used. For -borderwidth > 2, * the excess is used as padding. */ static void BorderElementSize( void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, @@ -400,11 +400,11 @@ } MenuIndicatorElement; static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec MenuIndicatorElementOptions[] = { { "-arrowsize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, - Tk_Offset(MenuIndicatorElement,sizeObj), + Tk_Offset(MenuIndicatorElement,sizeObj), STR(MENUBUTTON_ARROW_SIZE)}, { "-arrowcolor",TK_OPTION_COLOR, Tk_Offset(MenuIndicatorElement,colorObj), "black" }, { "-arrowpadding",TK_OPTION_STRING, @@ -628,11 +628,11 @@ */ Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, sb->orientObj, &orient); Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, sb->gripCountObj, &gripCount); lightGC = Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,sb->lightColorObj,d); darkGC = Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,sb->borderColorObj,d); - + if (orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) { dx = 1; dy = 0; x1 = x2 = b.x + b.width / 2 - gripCount; y1 = b.y + 2; y2 = b.y + b.height - 3 + w; @@ -708,16 +708,16 @@ static void PbarElementDraw( void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned state) { ScrollbarElement *sb = elementRecord; - + b = Ttk_PadBox(b, Ttk_UniformPadding(2)); if (b.width > 4 && b.height > 4) { DrawSmoothBorder(tkwin, d, b, sb->borderColorObj, sb->lightColorObj, sb->darkColorObj); - XFillRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, + XFillRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, BackgroundGC(tkwin, sb->backgroundObj), b.x+2, b.y+2, b.width-4, b.height-4); } } @@ -778,12 +778,12 @@ }; /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ * +++ Notebook elements. - * - * Note: Tabs, except for the rightmost, overlap the neighbor to + * + * Note: Tabs, except for the rightmost, overlap the neighbor to * their right by one pixel. */ typedef struct { Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj; Index: generic/ttk/ttkClassicTheme.c ================================================================== --- generic/ttk/ttkClassicTheme.c +++ generic/ttk/ttkClassicTheme.c @@ -66,11 +66,11 @@ HighlightElementDraw }; /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ * +++ Button Border element: - * + * * The Motif-style button border on X11 consists of (from outside-in): * * + focus indicator (controlled by -highlightcolor and -highlightthickness), * + default ring (if -default active; blank if -default normal) * + shaded border (controlled by -background, -borderwidth, and -relief) @@ -83,17 +83,17 @@ Tcl_Obj *defaultStateObj; } ButtonBorderElement; static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ButtonBorderElementOptions[] = { - { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER, + { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER, Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,borderObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND }, - { "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, + { "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,borderWidthObj), DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH }, - { "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF, + { "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,reliefObj), "flat" }, - { "-default", TK_OPTION_ANY, + { "-default", TK_OPTION_ANY, Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,defaultStateObj), "disabled" }, { NULL, 0, 0, NULL } }; static void ButtonBorderElementSize( @@ -113,11 +113,11 @@ *paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding((short)borderWidth); } /* * (@@@ Note: ButtonBorderElement still still still buggy: - * padding for default ring is drawn in the wrong color + * padding for default ring is drawn in the wrong color * when the button is active.) */ static void ButtonBorderElementDraw( void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state) @@ -279,23 +279,23 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ * +++ Sash element (for ttk::panedwindow) * - * NOTES: + * NOTES: * * panedwindows with -orient horizontal use vertical sashes, and vice versa. * * Interpretation of -sashrelief 'groove' and 'ridge' are * swapped wrt. the core panedwindow, which (I think) has them backwards. * - * Default -sashrelief is sunken; the core panedwindow has default + * Default -sashrelief is sunken; the core panedwindow has default * -sashrelief raised, but that looks wrong to me. */ static Ttk_Orient SashClientData[] = { - TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL, TTK_ORIENT_VERTICAL + TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL, TTK_ORIENT_VERTICAL }; typedef struct { Tcl_Obj *borderObj; /* background color */ Tcl_Obj *sashReliefObj; /* sash relief */ @@ -304,17 +304,17 @@ Tcl_Obj *handleSizeObj; /* handle width and height */ Tcl_Obj *handlePadObj; /* handle's distance from edge */ } SashElement; static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SashOptions[] = { - { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER, + { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER, Tk_Offset(SashElement,borderObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND }, - { "-sashrelief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF, + { "-sashrelief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(SashElement,sashReliefObj), "sunken" }, { "-sashthickness", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(SashElement,sashThicknessObj), "6" }, - { "-sashpad", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, + { "-sashpad", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(SashElement,sashPadObj), "2" }, { "-handlesize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(SashElement,handleSizeObj), "8" }, { "-handlepad", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(SashElement,handlePadObj), "8" }, @@ -365,14 +365,14 @@ break; case TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN: case TK_RELIEF_GROOVE: gc1 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_DARK_GC); gc2 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_LIGHT_GC); break; - case TK_RELIEF_SOLID: + case TK_RELIEF_SOLID: gc1 = gc2 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_DARK_GC); break; - case TK_RELIEF_FLAT: + case TK_RELIEF_FLAT: default: gc1 = gc2 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_FLAT_GC); break; } @@ -396,11 +396,11 @@ hb.x += handlePad; } else { hb = Ttk_StickBox(b, handleSize, handleSize, TTK_STICK_N); hb.y += handlePad; } - Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border, + Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border, hb.x, hb.y, hb.width, hb.height, 1, TK_RELIEF_RAISED); } } static Ttk_ElementSpec SashElementSpec = { @@ -493,11 +493,11 @@ Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "rightarrow", &ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[3]); Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "arrow", &ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[0]); - Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "hsash", + Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "hsash", &SashElementSpec, &SashClientData[0]); Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "vsash", &SashElementSpec, &SashClientData[1]); /* Index: generic/ttk/ttkDefaultTheme.c ================================================================== --- generic/ttk/ttkDefaultTheme.c +++ generic/ttk/ttkDefaultTheme.c @@ -684,11 +684,11 @@ Tcl_Obj *directionObj; Tcl_Obj *sizeObj; Tcl_Obj *colorObj; } MenubuttonArrowElement; -static const char *directionStrings[] = { /* See also: button.c */ +static const char *const directionStrings[] = { /* See also: button.c */ "above", "below", "left", "right", "flush", NULL }; enum { POST_ABOVE, POST_BELOW, POST_LEFT, POST_RIGHT, POST_FLUSH }; static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec MenubuttonArrowElementOptions[] = { DELETED generic/ttk/ttkGenStubs.tcl Index: generic/ttk/ttkGenStubs.tcl ================================================================== --- generic/ttk/ttkGenStubs.tcl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,963 +0,0 @@ -# ttkGenStubs.tcl -- -# -# This script generates a set of stub files for a given -# interface. -# -# -# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation. -# Copyright (c) 2007 Daniel A. Steffen -# -# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution -# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -# -# SOURCE: tcl/tools/genStubs.tcl, revision 1.44 -# -# CHANGES: -# + Second argument to "declare" is used as a status guard -# instead of a platform guard. -# + Allow trailing semicolon in function declarations -# - -namespace eval genStubs { - # libraryName -- - # - # The name of the entire library. This value is used to compute - # the USE_*_STUBS macro and the name of the init file. - - variable libraryName "UNKNOWN" - - # interfaces -- - # - # An array indexed by interface name that is used to maintain - # the set of valid interfaces. The value is empty. - - array set interfaces {} - - # curName -- - # - # The name of the interface currently being defined. - - variable curName "UNKNOWN" - - # scspec -- - # - # Storage class specifier for external function declarations. - # Normally "EXTERN", may be set to something like XYZAPI - # - variable scspec "EXTERN" - - # epoch, revision -- - # - # The epoch and revision numbers of the interface currently being defined. - # (@@@TODO: should be an array mapping interface names -> numbers) - # - - variable epoch {} - variable revision 0 - - # hooks -- - # - # An array indexed by interface name that contains the set of - # subinterfaces that should be defined for a given interface. - - array set hooks {} - - # stubs -- - # - # This three dimensional array is indexed first by interface name, - # second by field name, and third by a numeric offset or the - # constant "lastNum". The lastNum entry contains the largest - # numeric offset used for a given interface. - # - # Field "decl,$i" contains the C function specification that - # should be used for the given entry in the stub table. The spec - # consists of a list in the form returned by parseDecl. - # Other fields TBD later. - - array set stubs {} - - # outDir -- - # - # The directory where the generated files should be placed. - - variable outDir . -} - -# genStubs::library -- -# -# This function is used in the declarations file to set the name -# of the library that the interfaces are associated with (e.g. "tcl"). -# This value will be used to define the inline conditional macro. -# -# Arguments: -# name The library name. -# -# Results: -# None. - -proc genStubs::library {name} { - variable libraryName $name -} - -# genStubs::interface -- -# -# This function is used in the declarations file to set the name -# of the interface currently being defined. -# -# Arguments: -# name The name of the interface. -# -# Results: -# None. - -proc genStubs::interface {name} { - variable curName $name - variable interfaces - variable stubs - - set interfaces($name) {} - set stubs($name,lastNum) 0 - return -} - -# genStubs::scspec -- -# -# Define the storage class macro used for external function declarations. -# Typically, this will be a macro like XYZAPI or EXTERN that -# expands to either DLLIMPORT or DLLEXPORT, depending on whether -# -DBUILD_XYZ has been set. -# -proc genStubs::scspec {value} { - variable scspec $value -} - -# genStubs::epoch -- -# -# Define the epoch number for this library. The epoch -# should be incrememented when a release is made that -# contains incompatible changes to the public API. -# -proc genStubs::epoch {value} { - variable epoch $value -} - -# genStubs::hooks -- -# -# This function defines the subinterface hooks for the current -# interface. -# -# Arguments: -# names The ordered list of interfaces that are reachable through the -# hook vector. -# -# Results: -# None. - -proc genStubs::hooks {names} { - variable curName - variable hooks - - set hooks($curName) $names - return -} - -# genStubs::declare -- -# -# This function is used in the declarations file to declare a new -# interface entry. -# -# Arguments: -# index The index number of the interface. -# status Status of the interface: one of "current", -# "deprecated", or "obsolete". -# decl The C function declaration, or {} for an undefined -# entry. -# -# Results: -# None. - -proc genStubs::declare {args} { - variable stubs - variable curName - variable revision - - incr revision - if {[llength $args] == 2} { - lassign $args index decl - set status current - } elseif {[llength $args] == 3} { - lassign $args index status decl - } else { - puts stderr "wrong # args: declare $args" - return - } - - # Check for duplicate declarations, then add the declaration and - # bump the lastNum counter if necessary. - - if {[info exists stubs($curName,decl,$index)]} { - puts stderr "Duplicate entry: $index" - } - regsub -all "\[ \t\n\]+" [string trim $decl] " " decl - set decl [parseDecl $decl] - - set stubs($curName,status,$index) $status - set stubs($curName,decl,$index) $decl - - if {$index > $stubs($curName,lastNum)} { - set stubs($curName,lastNum) $index - } - return -} - -# genStubs::export -- -# -# This function is used in the declarations file to declare a symbol -# that is exported from the library but is not in the stubs table. -# -# Arguments: -# decl The C function declaration, or {} for an undefined -# entry. -# -# Results: -# None. - -proc genStubs::export {args} { - if {[llength $args] != 1} { - puts stderr "wrong # args: export $args" - } - return -} - -# genStubs::rewriteFile -- -# -# This function replaces the machine generated portion of the -# specified file with new contents. It looks for the !BEGIN! and -# !END! comments to determine where to place the new text. -# -# Arguments: -# file The name of the file to modify. -# text The new text to place in the file. -# -# Results: -# None. - -proc genStubs::rewriteFile {file text} { - if {![file exists $file]} { - puts stderr "Cannot find file: $file" - return - } - set in [open ${file} r] - set out [open ${file}.new w] - fconfigure $out -translation lf - - while {![eof $in]} { - set line [gets $in] - if {[string match "*!BEGIN!*" $line]} { - break - } - puts $out $line - } - puts $out "/* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */" - puts $out $text - while {![eof $in]} { - set line [gets $in] - if {[string match "*!END!*" $line]} { - break - } - } - puts $out "/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */" - puts -nonewline $out [read $in] - close $in - close $out - file rename -force ${file}.new ${file} - return -} - -# genStubs::addPlatformGuard -- -# -# Wrap a string inside a platform #ifdef. -# -# Arguments: -# plat Platform to test. -# -# Results: -# Returns the original text inside an appropriate #ifdef. - -proc genStubs::addPlatformGuard {plat iftxt {eltxt {}}} { - set text "" - switch $plat { - win { - append text "#ifdef _WIN32 /* WIN */\n${iftxt}" - if {$eltxt ne ""} { - append text "#else /* WIN */\n${eltxt}" - } - append text "#endif /* WIN */\n" - } - unix { - append text "#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(MAC_OSX_TCL)\ - /* UNIX */\n${iftxt}" - if {$eltxt ne ""} { - append text "#else /* UNIX */\n${eltxt}" - } - append text "#endif /* UNIX */\n" - } - macosx { - append text "#ifdef MAC_OSX_TCL /* MACOSX */\n${iftxt}" - if {$eltxt ne ""} { - append text "#else /* MACOSX */\n${eltxt}" - } - append text "#endif /* MACOSX */\n" - } - aqua { - append text "#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */\n${iftxt}" - if {$eltxt ne ""} { - append text "#else /* AQUA */\n${eltxt}" - } - append text "#endif /* AQUA */\n" - } - x11 { - append text "#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK))\ - /* X11 */\n${iftxt}" - if {$eltxt ne ""} { - append text "#else /* X11 */\n${eltxt}" - } - append text "#endif /* X11 */\n" - } - default { - append text "${iftxt}${eltxt}" - } - } - return $text -} - -# genStubs::emitSlots -- -# -# Generate the stub table slots for the given interface. If there -# are no generic slots, then one table is generated for each -# platform, otherwise one table is generated for all platforms. -# -# Arguments: -# name The name of the interface being emitted. -# textVar The variable to use for output. -# -# Results: -# None. - -proc genStubs::emitSlots {name textVar} { - upvar $textVar text - - forAllStubs $name makeSlot noGuard text {" void (*reserved$i)(void);\n"} - return -} - -# genStubs::parseDecl -- -# -# Parse a C function declaration into its component parts. -# -# Arguments: -# decl The function declaration. -# -# Results: -# Returns a list of the form {returnType name args}. The args -# element consists of a list of type/name pairs, or a single -# element "void". If the function declaration is malformed -# then an error is displayed and the return value is {}. - -proc genStubs::parseDecl {decl} { - if {![regexp {^(.*)\((.*)\);?$} $decl all prefix args]} { - set prefix $decl - set args {} - } - set prefix [string trim $prefix] - if {![regexp {^(.+[ ][*]*)([^ *]+)$} $prefix all rtype fname]} { - puts stderr "Bad return type: $decl" - return - } - set rtype [string trim $rtype] - if {$args eq ""} { - return [list $rtype $fname {}] - } - foreach arg [split $args ,] { - lappend argList [string trim $arg] - } - if {![string compare [lindex $argList end] "..."]} { - set args TCL_VARARGS - foreach arg [lrange $argList 0 end-1] { - set argInfo [parseArg $arg] - if {[llength $argInfo] == 2 || [llength $argInfo] == 3} { - lappend args $argInfo - } else { - puts stderr "Bad argument: '$arg' in '$decl'" - return - } - } - } else { - set args {} - foreach arg $argList { - set argInfo [parseArg $arg] - if {![string compare $argInfo "void"]} { - lappend args "void" - break - } elseif {[llength $argInfo] == 2 || [llength $argInfo] == 3} { - lappend args $argInfo - } else { - puts stderr "Bad argument: '$arg' in '$decl'" - return - } - } - } - return [list $rtype $fname $args] -} - -# genStubs::parseArg -- -# -# This function parses a function argument into a type and name. -# -# Arguments: -# arg The argument to parse. -# -# Results: -# Returns a list of type and name with an optional third array -# indicator. If the argument is malformed, returns "". - -proc genStubs::parseArg {arg} { - if {![regexp {^(.+[ ][*]*)([^][ *]+)(\[\])?$} $arg all type name array]} { - if {$arg eq "void"} { - return $arg - } else { - return - } - } - set result [list [string trim $type] $name] - if {$array ne ""} { - lappend result $array - } - return $result -} - -# genStubs::makeDecl -- -# -# Generate the prototype for a function. -# -# Arguments: -# name The interface name. -# decl The function declaration. -# index The slot index for this function. -# -# Results: -# Returns the formatted declaration string. - -proc genStubs::makeDecl {name decl index} { - variable scspec - lassign $decl rtype fname args - - append text "/* $index */\n" - set line "$scspec $rtype" - set count [expr {2 - ([string length $line] / 8)}] - append line [string range "\t\t\t" 0 $count] - set pad [expr {24 - [string length $line]}] - if {$pad <= 0} { - append line " " - set pad 0 - } - if {$args eq ""} { - append line $fname - append text $line - append text ";\n" - return $text - } - append line $fname - - set arg1 [lindex $args 0] - switch -exact $arg1 { - void { - append line "(void)" - } - TCL_VARARGS { - set sep "(" - foreach arg [lrange $args 1 end] { - append line $sep - set next {} - append next [lindex $arg 0] - if {[string index $next end] ne "*"} { - append next " " - } - append next [lindex $arg 1] [lindex $arg 2] - if {[string length $line] + [string length $next] \ - + $pad > 76} { - append text [string trimright $line] \n - set line "\t\t\t\t" - set pad 28 - } - append line $next - set sep ", " - } - append line ", ...)" - } - default { - set sep "(" - foreach arg $args { - append line $sep - set next {} - append next [lindex $arg 0] - if {[string index $next end] ne "*"} { - append next " " - } - append next [lindex $arg 1] [lindex $arg 2] - if {[string length $line] + [string length $next] \ - + $pad > 76} { - append text [string trimright $line] \n - set line "\t\t\t\t" - set pad 28 - } - append line $next - set sep ", " - } - append line ")" - } - } - return "$text$line;\n" -} - -# genStubs::makeMacro -- -# -# Generate the inline macro for a function. -# -# Arguments: -# name The interface name. -# decl The function declaration. -# index The slot index for this function. -# -# Results: -# Returns the formatted macro definition. - -proc genStubs::makeMacro {name decl index} { - lassign $decl rtype fname args - - set lfname [string tolower [string index $fname 0]] - append lfname [string range $fname 1 end] - - set text "#define $fname \\\n\t(" - if {$args eq ""} { - append text "*" - } - append text "${name}StubsPtr->$lfname)" - append text " /* $index */\n" - return $text -} - -# genStubs::makeSlot -- -# -# Generate the stub table entry for a function. -# -# Arguments: -# name The interface name. -# decl The function declaration. -# index The slot index for this function. -# -# Results: -# Returns the formatted table entry. - -proc genStubs::makeSlot {name decl index} { - lassign $decl rtype fname args - - set lfname [string tolower [string index $fname 0]] - append lfname [string range $fname 1 end] - - set text " " - if {$args eq ""} { - append text $rtype " *" $lfname "; /* $index */\n" - return $text - } - if {[string range $rtype end-8 end] eq "__stdcall"} { - append text [string trim [string range $rtype 0 end-9]] " (__stdcall *" $lfname ") " - } else { - append text $rtype " (*" $lfname ") " - } - set arg1 [lindex $args 0] - switch -exact $arg1 { - void { - append text "(void)" - } - TCL_VARARGS { - set sep "(" - foreach arg [lrange $args 1 end] { - append text $sep [lindex $arg 0] - if {[string index $text end] ne "*"} { - append text " " - } - append text [lindex $arg 1] [lindex $arg 2] - set sep ", " - } - append text ", ...)" - } - default { - set sep "(" - foreach arg $args { - append text $sep [lindex $arg 0] - if {[string index $text end] ne "*"} { - append text " " - } - append text [lindex $arg 1] [lindex $arg 2] - set sep ", " - } - append text ")" - } - } - - append text "; /* $index */\n" - return $text -} - -# genStubs::makeInit -- -# -# Generate the prototype for a function. -# -# Arguments: -# name The interface name. -# decl The function declaration. -# index The slot index for this function. -# -# Results: -# Returns the formatted declaration string. - -proc genStubs::makeInit {name decl index} { - if {[lindex $decl 2] eq ""} { - append text " &" [lindex $decl 1] ", /* " $index " */\n" - } else { - append text " " [lindex $decl 1] ", /* " $index " */\n" - } - return $text -} - -# genStubs::forAllStubs -- -# -# This function iterates over all of the slots and invokes -# a callback for each slot. The result of the callback is then -# placed inside appropriate guards. -# -# Arguments: -# name The interface name. -# slotProc The proc to invoke to handle the slot. It will -# have the interface name, the declaration, and -# the index appended. -# guardProc The proc to invoke to add guards. It will have -# the slot status and text appended. -# textVar The variable to use for output. -# skipString The string to emit if a slot is skipped. This -# string will be subst'ed in the loop so "$i" can -# be used to substitute the index value. -# -# Results: -# None. - -proc genStubs::forAllStubs {name slotProc guardProc textVar - {skipString {"/* Slot $i is reserved */\n"}}} { - variable stubs - upvar $textVar text - - set lastNum $stubs($name,lastNum) - - for {set i 0} {$i <= $lastNum} {incr i} { - if {[info exists stubs($name,decl,$i)]} { - append text [$guardProc $stubs($name,status,$i) \ - [$slotProc $name $stubs($name,decl,$i) $i]] - } else { - eval {append text} $skipString - } - } -} - -proc genStubs::noGuard {status text} { return $text } - -proc genStubs::addGuard {status text} { - variable libraryName - set upName [string toupper $libraryName] - - switch -- $status { - current { - # No change - } - deprecated { - set text [ifdeffed "${upName}_DEPRECATED" $text] - } - obsolete { - set text "" - } - default { - puts stderr "Unrecognized status code $status" - } - } - return $text -} - -proc genStubs::ifdeffed {macro text} { - join [list "#ifdef $macro" $text "#endif" ""] \n -} - -# genStubs::emitDeclarations -- -# -# This function emits the function declarations for this interface. -# -# Arguments: -# name The interface name. -# textVar The variable to use for output. -# -# Results: -# None. - -proc genStubs::emitDeclarations {name textVar} { - upvar $textVar text - - append text "\n/*\n * Exported function declarations:\n */\n\n" - forAllStubs $name makeDecl noGuard text - return -} - -# genStubs::emitMacros -- -# -# This function emits the inline macros for an interface. -# -# Arguments: -# name The name of the interface being emitted. -# textVar The variable to use for output. -# -# Results: -# None. - -proc genStubs::emitMacros {name textVar} { - variable libraryName - upvar $textVar text - - set upName [string toupper $libraryName] - append text "\n#if defined(USE_${upName}_STUBS)\n" - append text "\n/*\n * Inline function declarations:\n */\n\n" - - forAllStubs $name makeMacro addGuard text - - append text "\n#endif /* defined(USE_${upName}_STUBS) */\n" - return -} - -# genStubs::emitHeader -- -# -# This function emits the body of the Decls.h file for -# the specified interface. -# -# Arguments: -# name The name of the interface being emitted. -# -# Results: -# None. - -proc genStubs::emitHeader {name} { - variable outDir - variable hooks - variable epoch - variable revision - - set capName [string toupper [string index $name 0]] - append capName [string range $name 1 end] - - if {$epoch ne ""} { - set CAPName [string toupper $name] - append text "\n" - append text "#define ${CAPName}_STUBS_EPOCH $epoch\n" - append text "#define ${CAPName}_STUBS_REVISION $revision\n" - } - - append text "\n#ifdef __cplusplus\nextern \"C\" {\n#endif\n" - - emitDeclarations $name text - - if {[info exists hooks($name)]} { - append text "\ntypedef struct {\n" - foreach hook $hooks($name) { - set capHook [string toupper [string index $hook 0]] - append capHook [string range $hook 1 end] - append text " const struct ${capHook}Stubs *${hook}Stubs;\n" - } - append text "} ${capName}StubHooks;\n" - } - append text "\ntypedef struct ${capName}Stubs {\n" - append text " int magic;\n" - if {$epoch ne ""} { - append text " int epoch;\n" - append text " int revision;\n" - } - if {[info exists hooks($name)]} { - append text " const ${capName}StubHooks *hooks;\n\n" - } else { - append text " void *hooks;\n\n" - } - - emitSlots $name text - - append text "} ${capName}Stubs;\n\n" - - append text "extern const ${capName}Stubs *${name}StubsPtr;\n\n" - append text "#ifdef __cplusplus\n}\n#endif\n" - - emitMacros $name text - - rewriteFile [file join $outDir ${name}Decls.h] $text - return -} - -# genStubs::emitInit -- -# -# Generate the table initializers for an interface. -# -# Arguments: -# name The name of the interface to initialize. -# textVar The variable to use for output. -# -# Results: -# Returns the formatted output. - -proc genStubs::emitInit {name textVar} { - variable hooks - variable interfaces - variable epoch - upvar $textVar text - set root 1 - - set capName [string toupper [string index $name 0]] - append capName [string range $name 1 end] - - if {[info exists hooks($name)]} { - append text "\nstatic const ${capName}StubHooks ${name}StubHooks = \{\n" - set sep " " - foreach sub $hooks($name) { - append text $sep "&${sub}Stubs" - set sep ",\n " - } - append text "\n\};\n" - } - foreach intf [array names interfaces] { - if {[info exists hooks($intf)]} { - if {[lsearch -exact $hooks($intf) $name] >= 0} { - set root 0 - break - } - } - } - - append text "\n" - if {!$root} { - append text "static " - } - append text "const ${capName}Stubs ${name}Stubs = \{\n TCL_STUB_MAGIC,\n" - if {$epoch ne ""} { - set CAPName [string toupper $name] - append text " ${CAPName}_STUBS_EPOCH,\n" - append text " ${CAPName}_STUBS_REVISION,\n" - } - if {[info exists hooks($name)]} { - append text " &${name}StubHooks,\n" - } else { - append text " 0,\n" - } - - forAllStubs $name makeInit noGuard text {" 0, /* $i */\n"} - - append text "\};\n" - return -} - -# genStubs::emitInits -- -# -# This function emits the body of the StubInit.c file for -# the specified interface. -# -# Arguments: -# name The name of the interface being emitted. -# -# Results: -# None. - -proc genStubs::emitInits {} { - variable hooks - variable outDir - variable libraryName - variable interfaces - - # Assuming that dependencies only go one level deep, we need to emit - # all of the leaves first to avoid needing forward declarations. - - set leaves {} - set roots {} - foreach name [lsort [array names interfaces]] { - if {[info exists hooks($name)]} { - lappend roots $name - } else { - lappend leaves $name - } - } - foreach name $leaves { - emitInit $name text - } - foreach name $roots { - emitInit $name text - } - - rewriteFile [file join $outDir ${libraryName}StubInit.c] $text -} - -# genStubs::init -- -# -# This is the main entry point. -# -# Arguments: -# None. -# -# Results: -# None. - -proc genStubs::init {} { - global argv argv0 - variable outDir - variable interfaces - - if {[llength $argv] < 2} { - puts stderr "usage: $argv0 outDir declFile ?declFile...?" - exit 1 - } - - set outDir [lindex $argv 0] - - foreach file [lrange $argv 1 end] { - source $file - } - - foreach name [lsort [array names interfaces]] { - puts "Emitting $name" - emitHeader $name - } - - emitInits -} - -# lassign -- -# -# This function emulates the TclX lassign command. -# -# Arguments: -# valueList A list containing the values to be assigned. -# args The list of variables to be assigned. -# -# Results: -# Returns any values that were not assigned to variables. - -if {[string length [namespace which lassign]] == 0} { - proc lassign {valueList args} { - if {[llength $args] == 0} { - error "wrong # args: should be \"lassign list varName ?varName ...?\"" - } - uplevel [list foreach $args $valueList {break}] - return [lrange $valueList [llength $args] end] - } -} - -genStubs::init Index: generic/ttk/ttkImage.c ================================================================== --- generic/ttk/ttkImage.c +++ generic/ttk/ttkImage.c @@ -343,11 +343,11 @@ void *clientData, Ttk_Theme theme, const char *elementName, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) { - static const char *optionStrings[] = + static const char *const optionStrings[] = { "-border","-height","-padding","-sticky","-width",NULL }; enum { O_BORDER, O_HEIGHT, O_PADDING, O_STICKY, O_WIDTH }; Ttk_ImageSpec *imageSpec = 0; ImageData *imageData = 0; Index: generic/ttk/ttkInit.c ================================================================== --- generic/ttk/ttkInit.c +++ generic/ttk/ttkInit.c @@ -60,11 +60,11 @@ /* * Recognized values for the -state compatibility option. * Other options are accepted and interpreted as synonyms for "normal". */ -static const char *ttkStateStrings[] = { +static const char *const ttkStateStrings[] = { "normal", "readonly", "disabled", "active", NULL }; enum { TTK_COMPAT_STATE_NORMAL, TTK_COMPAT_STATE_READONLY, Index: generic/ttk/ttkLabel.c ================================================================== --- generic/ttk/ttkLabel.c +++ generic/ttk/ttkLabel.c @@ -137,11 +137,11 @@ gcValues.foreground = color->pixel; gc1 = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCFont | GCForeground, &gcValues); gcValues.foreground = WhitePixelOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin)); gc2 = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCFont | GCForeground, &gcValues); - /* + /* * Place text according to -anchor: */ Tk_GetAnchorFromObj(NULL, text->anchorObj, &anchor); b = Ttk_AnchorBox(b, text->width, text->height, anchor); @@ -340,19 +340,19 @@ return; } Tk_RedrawImage(image->tkimg, 0,0, width, height, d, b.x, b.y); - /* If we're disabled there's no state-specific 'disabled' image, + /* If we're disabled there's no state-specific 'disabled' image, * stipple the image. * @@@ Possibly: Don't do disabled-stippling at all; * @@@ it's ugly and out of fashion. - * Do not stipple at all under Aqua, just draw the image: it shows up + * Do not stipple at all under Aqua, just draw the image: it shows up * as a white rectangle otherwise. */ - + if (state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) { if (TtkSelectImage(image->imageSpec, 0ul) == image->tkimg) { #ifndef MAC_OSX_TK StippleOver(image, tkwin, d, b.x,b.y); #endif @@ -575,11 +575,11 @@ /* Requested width based on -width option, not actual text width: */ if (label->compound != TTK_COMPOUND_IMAGE) textReqWidth = TextReqWidth(&label->text); - switch (label->compound) + switch (label->compound) { case TTK_COMPOUND_TEXT: *widthPtr = textReqWidth; break; case TTK_COMPOUND_IMAGE: @@ -586,15 +586,15 @@ *widthPtr = label->image.width; break; case TTK_COMPOUND_TOP: case TTK_COMPOUND_BOTTOM: case TTK_COMPOUND_CENTER: - *widthPtr = MAX(label->image.width, textReqWidth); + *widthPtr = MAX(label->image.width, textReqWidth); break; case TTK_COMPOUND_LEFT: case TTK_COMPOUND_RIGHT: - *widthPtr = label->image.width + textReqWidth + label->space; + *widthPtr = label->image.width + textReqWidth + label->space; break; case TTK_COMPOUND_NONE: break; /* Can't happen */ } Index: generic/ttk/ttkLayout.c ================================================================== --- generic/ttk/ttkLayout.c +++ generic/ttk/ttkLayout.c @@ -602,17 +602,17 @@ * Syntax: * layoutSpec ::= { elementName ?-option value ...? }+ */ /* NB: This must match bit definitions TTK_PACK_LEFT etc. */ -static const char *packSideStrings[] = +static const char *const packSideStrings[] = { "left", "right", "top", "bottom", NULL }; Ttk_LayoutTemplate Ttk_ParseLayoutTemplate(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr) { enum { OP_SIDE, OP_STICKY, OP_EXPAND, OP_BORDER, OP_UNIT, OP_CHILDREN }; - static const char *optStrings[] = { + static const char *const optStrings[] = { "-side", "-sticky", "-expand", "-border", "-unit", "-children", 0 }; int i = 0, objc; Tcl_Obj **objv; Ttk_TemplateNode *head = 0, *tail = 0; Index: generic/ttk/ttkManager.c ================================================================== --- generic/ttk/ttkManager.c +++ generic/ttk/ttkManager.c @@ -318,11 +318,11 @@ int slaveIndex = Ttk_SlaveIndex(mgr, slaveWindow); int reqWidth = Tk_ReqWidth(slaveWindow); int reqHeight= Tk_ReqHeight(slaveWindow); if (mgr->managerSpec->SlaveRequest( - mgr->managerData, slaveIndex, reqWidth, reqHeight)) + mgr->managerData, slaveIndex, reqWidth, reqHeight)) { ScheduleUpdate(mgr, MGR_RESIZE_REQUIRED); } } Index: generic/ttk/ttkManager.h ================================================================== --- generic/ttk/ttkManager.h +++ generic/ttk/ttkManager.h @@ -20,11 +20,11 @@ * by calling Ttk_PlaceSlave(). * * SlaveRemoved() is called immediately before a slave is removed. * NB: the associated slave window may have been destroyed when this * routine is called. - * + * * SlaveRequest() is called when a slave requests a size change. * It should return 1 if the request should propagate, 0 otherwise. */ typedef struct { /* Manager hooks */ Tk_GeomMgr tkGeomMgr; /* "real" Tk Geometry Manager */ Index: generic/ttk/ttkNotebook.c ================================================================== --- generic/ttk/ttkNotebook.c +++ generic/ttk/ttkNotebook.c @@ -1051,11 +1051,11 @@ * Returns name of tab element at $x,$y; empty string if none. */ static int NotebookIdentifyCommand( void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) { - static const char *whatTable[] = { "element", "tab", NULL }; + static const char *const whatTable[] = { "element", "tab", NULL }; enum { IDENTIFY_ELEMENT, IDENTIFY_TAB }; int what = IDENTIFY_ELEMENT; Notebook *nb = recordPtr; Ttk_Element element = NULL; int x, y, tabIndex; Index: generic/ttk/ttkPanedwindow.c ================================================================== --- generic/ttk/ttkPanedwindow.c +++ generic/ttk/ttkPanedwindow.c @@ -713,11 +713,11 @@ * Return index of sash at $x,$y */ static int PanedIdentifyCommand( void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) { - static const char *whatTable[] = { "element", "sash", NULL }; + static const char *const whatTable[] = { "element", "sash", NULL }; enum { IDENTIFY_ELEMENT, IDENTIFY_SASH }; int what = IDENTIFY_SASH; Paned *pw = recordPtr; int sashThickness = pw->paned.sashThickness; int nSashes = Ttk_NumberSlaves(pw->paned.mgr) - 1; Index: generic/ttk/ttkProgress.c ================================================================== --- generic/ttk/ttkProgress.c +++ generic/ttk/ttkProgress.c @@ -21,17 +21,23 @@ static const char *const ProgressbarModeStrings[] = { "determinate", "indeterminate", NULL }; typedef struct { - Tcl_Obj *orientObj; + Tcl_Obj *anchorObj; + Tcl_Obj *fontObj; + Tcl_Obj *foregroundObj; + Tcl_Obj *justifyObj; Tcl_Obj *lengthObj; - Tcl_Obj *modeObj; - Tcl_Obj *variableObj; Tcl_Obj *maximumObj; - Tcl_Obj *valueObj; + Tcl_Obj *modeObj; + Tcl_Obj *orientObj; Tcl_Obj *phaseObj; + Tcl_Obj *textObj; + Tcl_Obj *valueObj; + Tcl_Obj *variableObj; + Tcl_Obj *wrapLengthObj; int mode; Ttk_TraceHandle *variableTrace; /* Trace handle for -variable option */ int period; /* Animation period */ int maxPhase; /* Max animation phase */ @@ -44,32 +50,50 @@ ProgressbarPart progress; } Progressbar; static Tk_OptionSpec ProgressbarOptionSpecs[] = { - {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient", - "horizontal", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.orientObj), -1, - 0, (ClientData)ttkOrientStrings, STYLE_CHANGED }, + {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor", + "w", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.anchorObj), -1, + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, GEOMETRY_CHANGED}, + {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font", + DEFAULT_FONT, Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.fontObj), -1, + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED }, + {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "textColor", "TextColor", + "black", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.foregroundObj), -1, + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0 }, + {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify", + "left", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.justifyObj), -1, + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED }, {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-length", "length", "Length", DEF_PROGRESSBAR_LENGTH, Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.lengthObj), -1, 0, 0, GEOMETRY_CHANGED }, + {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-maximum", "maximum", "Maximum", + "100", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.maximumObj), -1, + 0, 0, 0 }, {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-mode", "mode", "ProgressMode", "determinate", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.modeObj), Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.mode), 0, (ClientData)ProgressbarModeStrings, 0 }, - {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-maximum", "maximum", "Maximum", - "100", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.maximumObj), -1, + {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient", + "horizontal", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.orientObj), -1, + 0, (ClientData)ttkOrientStrings, STYLE_CHANGED }, + {TK_OPTION_INT, "-phase", "phase", "Phase", + "0", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.phaseObj), -1, + 0, 0, 0 }, + {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text", "", + Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.textObj), -1, + 0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED }, + {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-value", "value", "Value", + "0.0", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.valueObj), -1, 0, 0, 0 }, {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", "variable", "Variable", NULL, Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.variableObj), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0 }, - {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-value", "value", "Value", - "0.0", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.valueObj), -1, - 0, 0, 0 }, - {TK_OPTION_INT, "-phase", "phase", "Phase", - "0", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.phaseObj), -1, - 0, 0, 0 }, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-wraplength", "wrapLength", "WrapLength", + "0", Tk_Offset(Progressbar, progress.wrapLengthObj), -1, + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED}, WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE, WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs) }; @@ -396,11 +420,11 @@ static int ProgressbarStepCommand( void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) { Progressbar *pb = recordPtr; double value = 0.0, stepAmount = 1.0; - Tcl_Obj *newValueObj; + Tcl_Obj *newValueObj; if (objc == 3) { if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[2], &stepAmount) != TCL_OK) { return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -423,11 +447,11 @@ newValueObj = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(value); Tcl_IncrRefCount(newValueObj); TtkRedisplayWidget(&pb->core); - /* Update value by setting the linked -variable, if there is one: + /* Update value by setting the linked -variable, if there is one: */ if (pb->progress.variableTrace) { int result = Tcl_ObjSetVar2( interp, pb->progress.variableObj, 0, newValueObj, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY | TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG) @@ -444,11 +468,11 @@ return TCL_OK; } /* $sb start|stop ?args? -- - * Change [$sb $cmd ...] to [ttk::progressbar::$cmd ...] + * Change [$sb $cmd ...] to [ttk::progressbar::$cmd ...] * and pass to interpreter. */ static int ProgressbarStartStopCommand( Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *cmdName, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) { @@ -522,11 +546,12 @@ TTK_NODE("Vertical.Progressbar.pbar", TTK_PACK_BOTTOM|TTK_FILL_X)) TTK_END_LAYOUT TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(HorizontalProgressbarLayout) TTK_GROUP("Horizontal.Progressbar.trough", TTK_FILL_BOTH, - TTK_NODE("Horizontal.Progressbar.pbar", TTK_PACK_LEFT|TTK_FILL_Y)) + TTK_NODE("Horizontal.Progressbar.pbar", TTK_PACK_LEFT|TTK_FILL_Y) + TTK_NODE("Horizontal.Progressbar.text", TTK_PACK_LEFT)) TTK_END_LAYOUT /* * Initialization: */ Index: generic/ttk/ttkScale.c ================================================================== --- generic/ttk/ttkScale.c +++ generic/ttk/ttkScale.c @@ -53,28 +53,28 @@ } Scale; static Tk_OptionSpec ScaleOptionSpecs[] = { {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command", "", - Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.commandObj), -1, + Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.commandObj), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0}, {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", "variable", "Variable", "", - Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.variableObj), -1, + Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.variableObj), -1, 0,0,0}, {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient", "horizontal", Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.orientObj), - Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.orient), 0, + Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.orient), 0, (ClientData)ttkOrientStrings, STYLE_CHANGED }, {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-from", "from", "From", "0", Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.fromObj), -1, 0, 0, 0}, {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-to", "to", "To", "1.0", Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.toObj), -1, 0, 0, 0}, {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-value", "value", "Value", "0", Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.valueObj), -1, 0, 0, 0}, {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-length", "length", "Length", - DEF_SCALE_LENGTH, Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.lengthObj), -1, 0, 0, + DEF_SCALE_LENGTH, Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.lengthObj), -1, 0, 0, GEOMETRY_CHANGED}, {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-state", "state", "State", "normal", Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.stateObj), -1, 0,0,STATE_CHANGED}, @@ -87,11 +87,11 @@ static double PointToValue(Scale *scalePtr, int x, int y); /* ScaleVariableChanged -- * Variable trace procedure for scale -variable; * Updates the scale's value. - * If the linked variable is not a valid double, + * If the linked variable is not a valid double, * sets the 'invalid' state. */ static void ScaleVariableChanged(void *recordPtr, const char *value) { Scale *scale = recordPtr; @@ -187,11 +187,11 @@ } /* ScaleGetLayout -- * getLayout hook. */ -static Ttk_Layout +static Ttk_Layout ScaleGetLayout(Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_Theme theme, void *recordPtr) { Scale *scalePtr = recordPtr; return TtkWidgetGetOrientedLayout( interp, theme, recordPtr, scalePtr->scale.orientObj); @@ -251,11 +251,11 @@ return fraction < 0 ? 0 : fraction > 1 ? 1 : fraction; } /* $scale get ?x y? -- - * Returns the current value of the scale widget, or if $x and + * Returns the current value of the scale widget, or if $x and * $y are specified, the value represented by point @x,y. */ static int ScaleGetCommand( void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) Index: generic/ttk/ttkScrollbar.c ================================================================== --- generic/ttk/ttkScrollbar.c +++ generic/ttk/ttkScrollbar.c @@ -20,11 +20,11 @@ Tcl_Obj *orientObj; double first; /* top fraction */ double last; /* bottom fraction */ - Ttk_Box troughBox; /* trough parcel */ + Ttk_Box troughBox; /* trough parcel */ int minSize; /* minimum size of thumb */ } ScrollbarPart; typedef struct { @@ -48,11 +48,11 @@ /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ * +++ Widget hooks. */ -static void +static void ScrollbarInitialize(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr) { Scrollbar *sb = recordPtr; sb->scrollbar.first = 0.0; sb->scrollbar.last = 1.0; @@ -239,11 +239,11 @@ return TCL_OK; } /* $sb fraction $x $y -- * Returns a real number between 0 and 1 indicating where the - * point given by x and y lies in the trough area of the scrollbar. + * point given by x and y lies in the trough area of the scrollbar. */ static int ScrollbarFractionCommand( void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) { Index: generic/ttk/ttkSquare.c ================================================================== --- generic/ttk/ttkSquare.c +++ generic/ttk/ttkSquare.c @@ -54,28 +54,28 @@ DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH, Tk_Offset(Square,square.borderWidthObj), -1, 0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED }, {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground", DEFAULT_BACKGROUND, Tk_Offset(Square,square.foregroundObj), -1, 0, 0, 0}, - + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width", "50", Tk_Offset(Square,square.widthObj), -1, 0, 0, GEOMETRY_CHANGED}, {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", "height", "Height", "50", Tk_Offset(Square,square.heightObj), -1, 0, 0, GEOMETRY_CHANGED}, - + {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-padding", "padding", "Pad", NULL, - Tk_Offset(Square,square.paddingObj), -1, + Tk_Offset(Square,square.paddingObj), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED }, - + {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief", NULL, Tk_Offset(Square,square.reliefObj), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0}, - + {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor", NULL, Tk_Offset(Square,square.anchorObj), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0}, - + WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE, WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs) }; /* @@ -136,11 +136,11 @@ { "state", TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 }, { 0,0,0 } }; /* - * The Widget specification structure holds all the implementation + * The Widget specification structure holds all the implementation * information about this widget and this is what must be registered * with Tk in the package initialization code (see bottom). */ static WidgetSpec SquareWidgetSpec = @@ -157,11 +157,11 @@ TtkWidgetSize, /* sizeProc */ SquareDoLayout, /* layoutProc */ TtkWidgetDisplay /* displayProc */ }; -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------- * Square element * * In this section we demonstrate what is required to create a new themed * element. */ @@ -174,11 +174,11 @@ Tcl_Obj *reliefObj; Tcl_Obj *widthObj; Tcl_Obj *heightObj; } SquareElement; -static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SquareElementOptions[] = +static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SquareElementOptions[] = { { "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER, Tk_Offset(SquareElement,borderObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND }, { "-foreground", TK_OPTION_BORDER, Tk_Offset(SquareElement,foregroundObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND }, @@ -246,25 +246,25 @@ * Every widget class needs a layout style that specifies which elements * are part of the widget and how they should be placed. The element layout * engine is similar to the Tk pack geometry manager. Read the documentation * for the details. In this example we just need to have the square element * that has been defined for this widget placed on a background. We will - * also need some padding to keep it away from the edges. + * also need some padding to keep it away from the edges. */ TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(SquareLayout) TTK_NODE("Square.background", TTK_FILL_BOTH) TTK_GROUP("Square.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH, TTK_NODE("Square.square", 0)) TTK_END_LAYOUT -/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * Widget initialization. * * This file defines a new element and a new widget. We need to register - * the element with the themes that will need it. In this case we will + * the element with the themes that will need it. In this case we will * register with the default theme that is the root of the theme inheritance * tree. This means all themes will find this element. * We then need to register the widget class style. This is the layout * specification. If a different theme requires an alternative layout, we * could register that here. For instance, in some themes the scrollbars have @@ -285,17 +285,17 @@ { Ttk_Theme theme = Ttk_GetDefaultTheme(interp); /* register the new elements for this theme engine */ Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "square", &SquareElementSpec, NULL); - + /* register the layout for this theme */ Ttk_RegisterLayout(theme, "TSquare", SquareLayout); - + /* register the widget */ RegisterWidget(interp, "ttk::square", &SquareWidgetSpec); return TCL_OK; } #endif /* TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET */ Index: generic/ttk/ttkStubLib.c ================================================================== --- generic/ttk/ttkStubLib.c +++ generic/ttk/ttkStubLib.c @@ -65,10 +65,10 @@ Tcl_ResetResult(interp); Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Error loading ", packageName, " package", " (requested version '", version, "', loaded version '", actualVersion, "'): ", - errMsg, + errMsg, NULL); return NULL; } Index: generic/ttk/ttkTagSet.c ================================================================== --- generic/ttk/ttkTagSet.c +++ generic/ttk/ttkTagSet.c @@ -186,11 +186,11 @@ for (i = 0; i < tagset->nTags; ++i) { if (tagset->tags[i] == tag) { return 0; } } - tagset->tags = ckrealloc(tagset->tags, + tagset->tags = ckrealloc(tagset->tags, (tagset->nTags+1)*sizeof(tagset->tags[0])); tagset->tags[tagset->nTags++] = tag; return 1; } Index: generic/ttk/ttkTheme.c ================================================================== --- generic/ttk/ttkTheme.c +++ generic/ttk/ttkTheme.c @@ -1375,11 +1375,11 @@ */ static int StyleThemeCreateCmd( ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) { StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData; - static const char *optStrings[] = + static const char *const optStrings[] = { "-parent", "-settings", NULL }; enum { OP_PARENT, OP_SETTINGS }; Ttk_Theme parentTheme = pkgPtr->defaultTheme, newTheme; Tcl_Obj *settingsScript = NULL; const char *themeName; Index: generic/ttk/ttkTrace.c ================================================================== --- generic/ttk/ttkTrace.c +++ generic/ttk/ttkTrace.c @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ /* * Copyright 2003, Joe English * * Simplified interface to Tcl_TraceVariable. * - * PROBLEM: Can't distinguish "variable does not exist" (which is OK) + * PROBLEM: Can't distinguish "variable does not exist" (which is OK) * from other errors (which are not). */ #include #include "ttkTheme.h" Index: generic/ttk/ttkTreeview.c ================================================================== --- generic/ttk/ttkTreeview.c +++ generic/ttk/ttkTreeview.c @@ -319,18 +319,18 @@ #define SHOW_TREE (0x1) /* Show tree column? */ #define SHOW_HEADINGS (0x2) /* Show heading row? */ #define DEFAULT_SHOW "tree headings" -static const char *showStrings[] = { +static const char *const showStrings[] = { "tree", "headings", NULL }; static int GetEnumSetFromObj( Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, - const char *table[], + const char *const table[], unsigned *resultPtr) { unsigned result = 0; int i, objc; Tcl_Obj **objv; @@ -433,11 +433,11 @@ #define COLUMNS_CHANGED (USER_MASK) #define DCOLUMNS_CHANGED (USER_MASK<<1) #define SCROLLCMD_CHANGED (USER_MASK<<2) #define SHOW_CHANGED (USER_MASK<<3) -static const char *SelectModeStrings[] = { "none", "browse", "extended", NULL }; +static const char *const SelectModeStrings[] = { "none", "browse", "extended", NULL }; static Tk_OptionSpec TreeviewOptionSpecs[] = { {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-columns", "columns", "Columns", "", Tk_Offset(Treeview,tree.columnsObj), -1, 0,0,COLUMNS_CHANGED | GEOMETRY_CHANGED /*| READONLY_OPTION*/ }, @@ -1501,11 +1501,11 @@ REGION_SEPARATOR, REGION_TREE, REGION_CELL } TreeRegion; -static const char *regionStrings[] = { +static const char *const regionStrings[] = { "nothing", "heading", "separator", "tree", "cell", 0 }; static TreeRegion IdentifyRegion(Treeview *tv, int x, int y) { @@ -2264,11 +2264,11 @@ */ static int TreeviewIdentifyCommand( void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) { - static const char *submethodStrings[] = + static const char *const submethodStrings[] = { "region", "item", "column", "row", "element", NULL }; enum { I_REGION, I_ITEM, I_COLUMN, I_ROW, I_ELEMENT }; Treeview *tv = recordPtr; int submethod; @@ -2930,11 +2930,11 @@ void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) { enum { SELECTION_SET, SELECTION_ADD, SELECTION_REMOVE, SELECTION_TOGGLE }; - static const char *selopStrings[] = { + static const char *const selopStrings[] = { "set", "add", "remove", "toggle", NULL }; Treeview *tv = recordPtr; int selop, i; Index: generic/ttk/ttkWidget.c ================================================================== --- generic/ttk/ttkWidget.c +++ generic/ttk/ttkWidget.c @@ -755,11 +755,11 @@ int TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand( void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) { WidgetCore *corePtr = recordPtr; Ttk_Element element; - static const char *whatTable[] = { "element", NULL }; + static const char *const whatTable[] = { "element", NULL }; int x, y, what; if (objc < 4 || objc > 5) { Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?what? x y"); return TCL_ERROR; Index: generic/ttk/ttkWidget.h ================================================================== --- generic/ttk/ttkWidget.h +++ generic/ttk/ttkWidget.h @@ -109,12 +109,12 @@ Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, name, \ TtkWidgetConstructorObjCmd, (ClientData)specPtr,NULL) /* WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE -- * WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE -- - * Add one or the other of these to each OptionSpecs table - * to indicate whether the widget should take focus + * Add one or the other of these to each OptionSpecs table + * to indicate whether the widget should take focus * during keyboard traversal. */ #define WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE \ {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus", \ "ttk::takefocus", Tk_Offset(WidgetCore, takeFocusPtr), -1, 0,0,0 } Index: library/demos/menu.tcl ================================================================== --- library/demos/menu.tcl +++ library/demos/menu.tcl @@ -129,19 +129,26 @@ $m entryconfigure 2 -columnbreak 1 set m $w.menu.more $w.menu add cascade -label "More" -menu $m -underline 0 menu $m -tearoff 0 -foreach i {{An entry} {Another entry} {Does nothing} {Does almost nothing} {Make life meaningful}} { +foreach i {{An entry} {Another entry} {Does nothing} {Does almost nothing} {Does almost nothing also} {Make life meaningful}} { $m add command -label $i -command [list puts "You invoked \"$i\""] } $m entryconfigure "Does almost nothing" -bitmap questhead -compound left \ -command [list \ tk_dialog $w.compound {Compound Menu Entry} \ "The menu entry you invoked displays both a bitmap and a\ text string. Other than this, it is just like any other\ menu entry." {} 0 OK ] + +$m entryconfigure "Does almost nothing also" -image lilearth -compound left \ + -command [list \ + tk_dialog $w.compound {Compound Menu Entry} \ + "The menu entry you invoked displays both a image and a\ + text string. Other than this, it is just like any other\ + menu entry." {} 0 OK ] set m $w.menu.colors $w.menu add cascade -label "Colors" -menu $m -underline 1 menu $m -tearoff 1 foreach i {red orange yellow green blue} { Index: library/demos/tree.tcl ================================================================== --- library/demos/tree.tcl +++ library/demos/tree.tcl @@ -37,10 +37,11 @@ return } set path [$tree set $node fullpath] $tree delete [$tree children $node] foreach f [lsort -dictionary [glob -nocomplain -dir $path *]] { + set f [file normalize $f] set type [file type $f] set id [$tree insert $node end -text [file tail $f] \ -values [list $f $type]] if {$type eq "directory"} { Index: library/images/logo.eps ================================================================== --- library/images/logo.eps +++ library/images/logo.eps @@ -26,11 +26,11 @@ %AI5_OpenViewLayers: 7 %%EndComments %%BeginProlog %%BeginResource: procset Adobe_level2_AI5 1.0 0 %%Title: (Adobe Illustrator (R) Version 5.0 Level 2 Emulation) -%%Version: 1.0 +%%Version: 1.0 %%CreationDate: (04/10/93) () %%Copyright: ((C) 1987-1993 Adobe Systems Incorporated All Rights Reserved) userdict /Adobe_level2_AI5 21 dict dup begin put /packedarray where not @@ -75,11 +75,11 @@ 5 -1 roll pop setcmykcolor } def } if - + /gt38? mark {version cvx exec} stopped {cleartomark true} {38 gt exch pop} ifelse def userdict /deviceDPI 72 0 matrix defaultmatrix dtransform dup mul exch dup mul add sqrt put userdict /level2? systemdict /languagelevel known dup { @@ -176,11 +176,11 @@ } if end defaultpacking setpacking %%EndResource %%BeginResource: procset Adobe_IllustratorA_AI5 1.1 0 %%Title: (Adobe Illustrator (R) Version 5.0 Abbreviated Prolog) -%%Version: 1.1 +%%Version: 1.1 %%CreationDate: (3/7/1994) () %%Copyright: ((C) 1987-1994 Adobe Systems Incorporated All Rights Reserved) currentpacking true setpacking userdict /Adobe_IllustratorA_AI5_vars 70 dict dup begin put @@ -1060,11 +1060,11 @@ { (%AI5_BeginLayer) 1 (%AI5_EndLayer--) discard } { /clipForward? true def - + /Tx /pop load def /Tj /pop load def currentdict end clipRenderOff begin begin } ifelse } @@ -1087,11 +1087,11 @@ { currentdict end end begin - + /clipForward? false ddef } if } ifelse } bind def /Pb Index: library/images/pwrdLogo.eps ================================================================== --- library/images/pwrdLogo.eps +++ library/images/pwrdLogo.eps @@ -26,11 +26,11 @@ %AI5_OpenViewLayers: 7 %%EndComments %%BeginProlog %%BeginResource: procset Adobe_level2_AI5 1.0 0 %%Title: (Adobe Illustrator (R) Version 5.0 Level 2 Emulation) -%%Version: 1.0 +%%Version: 1.0 %%CreationDate: (04/10/93) () %%Copyright: ((C) 1987-1993 Adobe Systems Incorporated All Rights Reserved) userdict /Adobe_level2_AI5 21 dict dup begin put /packedarray where not @@ -75,11 +75,11 @@ 5 -1 roll pop setcmykcolor } def } if - + /gt38? mark {version cvx exec} stopped {cleartomark true} {38 gt exch pop} ifelse def userdict /deviceDPI 72 0 matrix defaultmatrix dtransform dup mul exch dup mul add sqrt put userdict /level2? systemdict /languagelevel known dup { @@ -176,11 +176,11 @@ } if end defaultpacking setpacking %%EndResource %%BeginResource: procset Adobe_IllustratorA_AI5 1.1 0 %%Title: (Adobe Illustrator (R) Version 5.0 Abbreviated Prolog) -%%Version: 1.1 +%%Version: 1.1 %%CreationDate: (3/7/1994) () %%Copyright: ((C) 1987-1994 Adobe Systems Incorporated All Rights Reserved) currentpacking true setpacking userdict /Adobe_IllustratorA_AI5_vars 70 dict dup begin put @@ -1060,11 +1060,11 @@ { (%AI5_BeginLayer) 1 (%AI5_EndLayer--) discard } { /clipForward? true def - + /Tx /pop load def /Tj /pop load def currentdict end clipRenderOff begin begin } ifelse } @@ -1087,11 +1087,11 @@ { currentdict end end begin - + /clipForward? false ddef } if } ifelse } bind def /Pb Index: library/msgs/cs.msg ================================================================== --- library/msgs/cs.msg +++ library/msgs/cs.msg @@ -1,77 +1,77 @@ namespace eval ::tk { - ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Abort" "&P\u0159eru\u0161it" + ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Abort" "&Přerušit" ::msgcat::mcset cs "&About..." "&O programu..." - ::msgcat::mcset cs "All Files" "V\u0161echny soubory" + ::msgcat::mcset cs "All Files" "Všechny soubory" ::msgcat::mcset cs "Application Error" "Chyba programu" ::msgcat::mcset cs "Bold Italic" - ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Blue" "&Modr\341" - ::msgcat::mcset cs "Cancel" "Zru\u0161it" - ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Cancel" "&Zru\u0161it" - ::msgcat::mcset cs "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Nemohu zm\u011bnit atku\341ln\355 adres\341\u0159 na \"%1\$s\".\nP\u0159\355stup odm\355tnut." - ::msgcat::mcset cs "Choose Directory" "V\375b\u011br adres\341\u0159e" + ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Blue" "&Modá" + ::msgcat::mcset cs "Cancel" "Zrušit" + ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Cancel" "&Zrušit" + ::msgcat::mcset cs "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Nemohu změnit atkálí adreář na \"%1\$s\".\nPístup odítnut." + ::msgcat::mcset cs "Choose Directory" "ýběr adreáře" ::msgcat::mcset cs "Cl&ear" "Sma&zat" ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Clear Console" "&Smazat konzolu" ::msgcat::mcset cs "Color" "Barva" ::msgcat::mcset cs "Console" "Konzole" - ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Copy" "&Kop\355rovat" - ::msgcat::mcset cs "Cu&t" "V&y\u0159\355znout" + ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Copy" "&Koírovat" + ::msgcat::mcset cs "Cu&t" "V&yíznout" ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Delete" "&Smazat" ::msgcat::mcset cs "Details >>" "Detaily >>" - ::msgcat::mcset cs "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Adres\341\u0159 \"%1\$s\" neexistuje." - ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Directory:" "&Adres\341\u0159:" - ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Edit" "&\332pravy" + ::msgcat::mcset cs "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Adreář \"%1\$s\" neexistuje." + ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Directory:" "&Adreář:" + ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Edit" "Úpravy" ::msgcat::mcset cs "Error: %1\$s" "Chyba: %1\$s" ::msgcat::mcset cs "E&xit" "&Konec" ::msgcat::mcset cs "&File" "&Soubor" - ::msgcat::mcset cs "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Soubor \"%1\$s\" ji\u017e existuje.\nChcete jej p\u0159epsat?" - ::msgcat::mcset cs "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Soubor \"%1\$s\" ji\u017e existuje.\n\n" + ::msgcat::mcset cs "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Soubor \"%1\$s\" již existuje.\nChcete jej přepsat?" + ::msgcat::mcset cs "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Soubor \"%1\$s\" již existuje.\n\n" ::msgcat::mcset cs "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Soubor \"%1\$s\" neexistuje." - ::msgcat::mcset cs "File &name:" "&Jm\351no souboru:" - ::msgcat::mcset cs "File &names:" "&Jm\351na soubor\u016f:" - ::msgcat::mcset cs "Files of &type:" "&Typy soubor\u016f:" + ::msgcat::mcset cs "File &name:" "&Jéno souboru:" + ::msgcat::mcset cs "File &names:" "&Jéna souborů:" + ::msgcat::mcset cs "Files of &type:" "&Typy souborů:" ::msgcat::mcset cs "Fi&les:" "Sou&bory:" ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Filter" "&Filtr" ::msgcat::mcset cs "Fil&ter:" "Fil&tr:" ::msgcat::mcset cs "Font st&yle:" - ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Green" "Ze&len\341" - ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Help" "&N\341pov\u011bda" + ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Green" "Ze&leá" + ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Help" "&ápověda" ::msgcat::mcset cs "Hi" "Ahoj" ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Hide Console" "&Schovat Konzolu" ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Ignore" "&Ignorovat" - ::msgcat::mcset cs "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "\u0160patn\351 jm\351no souboru \"%1\$s\"." + ::msgcat::mcset cs "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Špaté jéno souboru \"%1\$s\"." ::msgcat::mcset cs "Log Files" "Log soubory" ::msgcat::mcset cs "&No" "&Ne" ::msgcat::mcset cs "&OK" ::msgcat::mcset cs "OK" ::msgcat::mcset cs "Ok" - ::msgcat::mcset cs "Open" "Otev\u0159\355t" - ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Open" "&Otev\u0159\355t" - ::msgcat::mcset cs "Open Multiple Files" "Otev\u0159\355t v\355ce soubor\u016f" - ::msgcat::mcset cs "P&aste" "&Vlo\u017eit" - ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Quit" "&Ukon\u010dit" - ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Red" "\u010ce&rven\341" - ::msgcat::mcset cs "Replace existing file?" "Nahradit st\341vaj\355c\355 soubor?" + ::msgcat::mcset cs "Open" "Otevít" + ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Open" "&Otevít" + ::msgcat::mcset cs "Open Multiple Files" "Otevít íce souborů" + ::msgcat::mcset cs "P&aste" "&Vložit" + ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Quit" "&Ukončit" + ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Red" "Če&rveá" + ::msgcat::mcset cs "Replace existing file?" "Nahradit sávaíí soubor?" ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Retry" "Z&novu" - ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Save" "&Ulo\u017eit" - ::msgcat::mcset cs "Save As" "Ulo\u017eit jako" - ::msgcat::mcset cs "Save To Log" "Ulo\u017eit do logu" + ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Save" "&Uložit" + ::msgcat::mcset cs "Save As" "Uložit jako" + ::msgcat::mcset cs "Save To Log" "Uložit do logu" ::msgcat::mcset cs "Select Log File" "Vybrat log soubor" - ::msgcat::mcset cs "Select a file to source" "Vybrat soubor k nahr\341n\355" - ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Selection:" "&V\375b\u011br:" - ::msgcat::mcset cs "Skip Messages" "P\u0159esko\u010dit zpr\341vy" + ::msgcat::mcset cs "Select a file to source" "Vybrat soubor k naháí" + ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Selection:" "&ýběr:" + ::msgcat::mcset cs "Skip Messages" "Přeskočit zpávy" ::msgcat::mcset cs "&Source..." "&Zdroj..." ::msgcat::mcset cs "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl skripty" ::msgcat::mcset cs "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl pro Windows" - ::msgcat::mcset cs "Text Files" "Textov\351 soubory" - ::msgcat::mcset cs "abort" "p\u0159eru\u0161it" - ::msgcat::mcset cs "blue" "modr\341" - ::msgcat::mcset cs "cancel" "zru\u0161it" - ::msgcat::mcset cs "extension" "p\u0159\355pona" - ::msgcat::mcset cs "extensions" "p\u0159\355pony" - ::msgcat::mcset cs "green" "zelen\341" + ::msgcat::mcset cs "Text Files" "Textoé soubory" + ::msgcat::mcset cs "abort" "přerušit" + ::msgcat::mcset cs "blue" "modá" + ::msgcat::mcset cs "cancel" "zrušit" + ::msgcat::mcset cs "extension" "pípona" + ::msgcat::mcset cs "extensions" "pípony" + ::msgcat::mcset cs "green" "zeleá" ::msgcat::mcset cs "ignore" "ignorovat" ::msgcat::mcset cs "ok" - ::msgcat::mcset cs "red" "\u010derven\341" + ::msgcat::mcset cs "red" "červeá" ::msgcat::mcset cs "retry" "znovu" ::msgcat::mcset cs "yes" "ano" } Index: library/msgs/de.msg ================================================================== --- library/msgs/de.msg +++ library/msgs/de.msg @@ -1,34 +1,34 @@ namespace eval ::tk { ::msgcat::mcset de "&Abort" "&Abbruch" - ::msgcat::mcset de "&About..." "&\u00dcber..." + ::msgcat::mcset de "&About..." "&Über..." ::msgcat::mcset de "All Files" "Alle Dateien" ::msgcat::mcset de "Application Error" "Applikationsfehler" ::msgcat::mcset de "&Apply" "&Anwenden" ::msgcat::mcset de "Bold" "Fett" ::msgcat::mcset de "Bold Italic" "Fett kursiv" ::msgcat::mcset de "&Blue" "&Blau" ::msgcat::mcset de "Cancel" "Abbruch" ::msgcat::mcset de "&Cancel" "&Abbruch" ::msgcat::mcset de "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Kann nicht in das Verzeichnis \"%1\$s\" wechseln.\nKeine Rechte vorhanden." - ::msgcat::mcset de "Choose Directory" "W\u00e4hle Verzeichnis" - ::msgcat::mcset de "Cl&ear" "&R\u00fccksetzen" - ::msgcat::mcset de "&Clear Console" "&Konsole l\u00f6schen" + ::msgcat::mcset de "Choose Directory" "Wähle Verzeichnis" + ::msgcat::mcset de "Cl&ear" "&Rücksetzen" + ::msgcat::mcset de "&Clear Console" "&Konsole löschen" ::msgcat::mcset de "Color" "Farbe" ::msgcat::mcset de "Console" "Konsole" ::msgcat::mcset de "&Copy" "&Kopieren" ::msgcat::mcset de "Cu&t" "Aus&schneiden" - ::msgcat::mcset de "&Delete" "&L\u00f6schen" + ::msgcat::mcset de "&Delete" "&Löschen" ::msgcat::mcset de "Details >>" ::msgcat::mcset de "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Das Verzeichnis \"%1\$s\" existiert nicht." ::msgcat::mcset de "&Directory:" "&Verzeichnis:" ::msgcat::mcset de "&Edit" "&Bearbeiten" ::msgcat::mcset de "Effects" "Effekte" ::msgcat::mcset de "Error: %1\$s" "Fehler: %1\$s" ::msgcat::mcset de "E&xit" "&Ende" ::msgcat::mcset de "&File" "&Datei" - ::msgcat::mcset de "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Die Datei \"%1\$s\" ist bereits vorhanden.\nWollen sie diese Datei \u00fcberschreiben ?" + ::msgcat::mcset de "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Die Datei \"%1\$s\" ist bereits vorhanden.\nWollen sie diese Datei überschreiben ?" ::msgcat::mcset de "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Die Datei \"%1\$s\" ist bereits vorhanden.\n\n" ::msgcat::mcset de "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Die Datei \"%1\$s\" existiert nicht." ::msgcat::mcset de "File &name:" "Datei&name:" ::msgcat::mcset de "File &names:" "Datei&namen:" ::msgcat::mcset de "Files of &type:" "Dateien des &Typs:" @@ -36,56 +36,56 @@ ::msgcat::mcset de "&Filter" ::msgcat::mcset de "Fil&ter:" ::msgcat::mcset de "Font" "Schriftart" ::msgcat::mcset de "&Font:" "Schriftart:" ::msgcat::mcset de "Font st&yle:" "Schriftschnitt:" - ::msgcat::mcset de "&Green" "&Gr\u00fcn" + ::msgcat::mcset de "&Green" "&Grün" ::msgcat::mcset de "&Help" "&Hilfe" ::msgcat::mcset de "Hi" "Hallo" ::msgcat::mcset de "&Hide Console" "&Konsole unsichtbar machen" ::msgcat::mcset de "&Ignore" "&Ignorieren" - ::msgcat::mcset de "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Ung\u00fcltiger Dateiname \"%1\$s\"." + ::msgcat::mcset de "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Ungültiger Dateiname \"%1\$s\"." ::msgcat::mcset de "Italic" "Kursiv" ::msgcat::mcset de "Log Files" "Protokolldatei" ::msgcat::mcset de "&No" "&Nein" ::msgcat::mcset de "&OK" ::msgcat::mcset de "OK" ::msgcat::mcset de "Ok" - ::msgcat::mcset de "Open" "\u00d6ffnen" - ::msgcat::mcset de "&Open" "\u00d6&ffnen" + ::msgcat::mcset de "Open" "Öffnen" + ::msgcat::mcset de "&Open" "Ö&ffnen" ::msgcat::mcset de "Open Multiple Files" "Mehrere Dateien \u00F6ffnen" - ::msgcat::mcset de "P&aste" "E&inf\u00fcgen" + ::msgcat::mcset de "P&aste" "E&infügen" ::msgcat::mcset de "&Quit" "&Beenden" ::msgcat::mcset de "&Red" "&Rot" ::msgcat::mcset de "Regular" "Standard" ::msgcat::mcset de "Replace existing file?" "Existierende Datei ersetzen?" ::msgcat::mcset de "&Retry" "&Wiederholen" ::msgcat::mcset de "Sample" "Beispiel" ::msgcat::mcset de "&Save" "&Speichern" ::msgcat::mcset de "Save As" "Speichern unter" ::msgcat::mcset de "Save To Log" "In Protokoll speichern" - ::msgcat::mcset de "Select Log File" "Protokolldatei ausw\u00e4hlen" - ::msgcat::mcset de "Select a file to source" "Auszuf\u00fchrende Datei ausw\u00e4hlen" + ::msgcat::mcset de "Select Log File" "Protokolldatei auswählen" + ::msgcat::mcset de "Select a file to source" "Auszuführende Datei auswählen" ::msgcat::mcset de "&Selection:" "Auswah&l:" ::msgcat::mcset de "&Size:" "Schriftgrad:" ::msgcat::mcset de "Show &Hidden Directories" "Zeige versteckte Dateien" ::msgcat::mcset de "Show &Hidden Files and Directories" "Zeige versteckte Dateien und Verzeichnisse" - ::msgcat::mcset de "Skip Messages" "Weitere Nachrichten \u00fcberspringen" - ::msgcat::mcset de "&Source..." "&Ausf\u00fchren..." + ::msgcat::mcset de "Skip Messages" "Weitere Nachrichten überspringen" + ::msgcat::mcset de "&Source..." "&Ausführen..." ::msgcat::mcset de "Stri&keout" "&Durchgestrichen" ::msgcat::mcset de "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl-Skripte" - ::msgcat::mcset de "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl f\u00fcr Windows" + ::msgcat::mcset de "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl für Windows" ::msgcat::mcset de "Text Files" "Textdateien" ::msgcat::mcset de "&Underline" "&Unterstrichen" ::msgcat::mcset de "&Yes" "&Ja" ::msgcat::mcset de "abort" "abbrechen" ::msgcat::mcset de "blue" "blau" ::msgcat::mcset de "cancel" "abbrechen" ::msgcat::mcset de "extension" "Erweiterung" ::msgcat::mcset de "extensions" "Erweiterungen" - ::msgcat::mcset de "green" "gr\u00fcn" + ::msgcat::mcset de "green" "grün" ::msgcat::mcset de "ignore" "ignorieren" ::msgcat::mcset de "ok" ::msgcat::mcset de "red" "rot" ::msgcat::mcset de "retry" "wiederholen" ::msgcat::mcset de "yes" "ja" } Index: library/msgs/el.msg ================================================================== --- library/msgs/el.msg +++ library/msgs/el.msg @@ -1,86 +1,86 @@ ## Messages for the Greek (Hellenic - "el") language. ## Please report any changes/suggestions to: ## petasis@iit.demokritos.gr namespace eval ::tk { - ::msgcat::mcset el "&Abort" "\u03a4\u03b5\u03c1\u03bc\u03b1\u03c4\u03b9\u03c3\u03bc\u03cc\u03c2" - ::msgcat::mcset el "About..." "\u03a3\u03c7\u03b5\u03c4\u03b9\u03ba\u03ac..." - ::msgcat::mcset el "All Files" "\u038c\u03bb\u03b1 \u03c4\u03b1 \u0391\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03b1" - ::msgcat::mcset el "Application Error" "\u039b\u03ac\u03b8\u03bf\u03c2 \u0395\u03c6\u03b1\u03c1\u03bc\u03bf\u03b3\u03ae\u03c2" - ::msgcat::mcset el "&Blue" "\u039c\u03c0\u03bb\u03b5" - ::msgcat::mcset el "&Cancel" "\u0391\u03ba\u03cd\u03c1\u03c9\u03c3\u03b7" + ::msgcat::mcset el "&Abort" "Τερματισμός" + ::msgcat::mcset el "About..." "Σχετικά..." + ::msgcat::mcset el "All Files" "Όλα τα Αρχεία" + ::msgcat::mcset el "Application Error" "Λάθος Εφαρμογής" + ::msgcat::mcset el "&Blue" "Μπλε" + ::msgcat::mcset el "&Cancel" "Ακύρωση" ::msgcat::mcset el \ "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." \ -"\u0394\u03b5\u03bd \u03b5\u03af\u03bd\u03b1\u03b9 \u03b4\u03c5\u03bd\u03b1\u03c4\u03ae \u03b7 \u03b1\u03bb\u03bb\u03b1\u03b3\u03ae \u03ba\u03b1\u03c4\u03b1\u03bb\u03cc\u03b3\u03bf\u03c5 \u03c3\u03b5 \"%1\$s\".\n\u0397 \u03c0\u03c1\u03cc\u03c3\u03b2\u03b1\u03c3\u03b7 \u03b4\u03b5\u03bd \u03b5\u03c0\u03b9\u03c4\u03c1\u03ad\u03c0\u03b5\u03c4\u03b1\u03b9." - ::msgcat::mcset el "Choose Directory" "\u0395\u03c0\u03b9\u03bb\u03bf\u03b3\u03ae \u039a\u03b1\u03c4\u03b1\u03bb\u03cc\u03b3\u03bf\u03c5" - ::msgcat::mcset el "Clear" "\u039a\u03b1\u03b8\u03b1\u03c1\u03b9\u03c3\u03bc\u03cc\u03c2" - ::msgcat::mcset el "Color" "\u03a7\u03c1\u03ce\u03bc\u03b1" - ::msgcat::mcset el "Console" "\u039a\u03bf\u03bd\u03c3\u03cc\u03bb\u03b1" - ::msgcat::mcset el "Copy" "\u0391\u03bd\u03c4\u03b9\u03b3\u03c1\u03b1\u03c6\u03ae" - ::msgcat::mcset el "Cut" "\u0391\u03c0\u03bf\u03ba\u03bf\u03c0\u03ae" - ::msgcat::mcset el "Delete" "\u0394\u03b9\u03b1\u03b3\u03c1\u03b1\u03c6\u03ae" - ::msgcat::mcset el "Details >>" "\u039b\u03b5\u03c0\u03c4\u03bf\u03bc\u03ad\u03c1\u03b5\u03b9\u03b5\u03c2 >>" +"Δεν είναι δυνατή η αλλαγή καταλόγου σε \"%1\$s\".\nΗ πρόσβαση δεν επιτρέπεται." + ::msgcat::mcset el "Choose Directory" "Επιλογή Καταλόγου" + ::msgcat::mcset el "Clear" "Καθαρισμός" + ::msgcat::mcset el "Color" "Χρώμα" + ::msgcat::mcset el "Console" "Κονσόλα" + ::msgcat::mcset el "Copy" "Αντιγραφή" + ::msgcat::mcset el "Cut" "Αποκοπή" + ::msgcat::mcset el "Delete" "Διαγραφή" + ::msgcat::mcset el "Details >>" "Λεπτομέρειες >>" ::msgcat::mcset el "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." \ - "\u039f \u03ba\u03b1\u03c4\u03ac\u03bb\u03bf\u03b3\u03bf\u03c2 \"%1\$s\" \u03b4\u03b5\u03bd \u03c5\u03c0\u03ac\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03b9." - ::msgcat::mcset el "&Directory:" "&\u039a\u03b1\u03c4\u03ac\u03bb\u03bf\u03b3\u03bf\u03c2:" - ::msgcat::mcset el "Error: %1\$s" "\u039b\u03ac\u03b8\u03bf\u03c2: %1\$s" - ::msgcat::mcset el "Exit" "\u0388\u03be\u03bf\u03b4\u03bf\u03c2" + "Ο κατάλογος \"%1\$s\" δεν υπάρχει." + ::msgcat::mcset el "&Directory:" "&Κατάλογος:" + ::msgcat::mcset el "Error: %1\$s" "Λάθος: %1\$s" + ::msgcat::mcset el "Exit" "Έξοδος" ::msgcat::mcset el \ "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" \ - "\u03a4\u03bf \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf \"%1\$s\" \u03ae\u03b4\u03b7 \u03c5\u03c0\u03ac\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03b9.\n\u0398\u03ad\u03bb\u03b5\u03c4\u03b5 \u03bd\u03b1 \u03b5\u03c0\u03b9\u03ba\u03b1\u03bb\u03c5\u03c6\u03b8\u03b5\u03af;" + "Το αρχείο \"%1\$s\" ήδη υπάρχει.\nΘέλετε να επικαλυφθεί;" ::msgcat::mcset el "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" \ - "\u03a4\u03bf \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf \"%1\$s\" \u03ae\u03b4\u03b7 \u03c5\u03c0\u03ac\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03b9.\n\n" + "Το αρχείο \"%1\$s\" ήδη υπάρχει.\n\n" ::msgcat::mcset el "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." \ - "\u03a4\u03bf \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf \"%1\$s\" \u03b4\u03b5\u03bd \u03c5\u03c0\u03ac\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03b9." - ::msgcat::mcset el "File &name:" "\u038c&\u03bd\u03bf\u03bc\u03b1 \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf\u03c5:" - ::msgcat::mcset el "File &names:" "\u038c&\u03bd\u03bf\u03bc\u03b1 \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03c9\u03bd:" - ::msgcat::mcset el "Files of &type:" "\u0391\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03b1 \u03c4\u03bf\u03c5 &\u03c4\u03cd\u03c0\u03bf\u03c5:" - ::msgcat::mcset el "Fi&les:" "\u0391\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03b1:" - ::msgcat::mcset el "&Filter" "\u03a6\u03af\u03bb\u03c4\u03c1\u03bf" - ::msgcat::mcset el "Fil&ter:" "\u03a6\u03af\u03bb\u03c4\u03c1\u03bf:" - ::msgcat::mcset el "&Green" "\u03a0\u03c1\u03ac\u03c3\u03b9\u03bd\u03bf" - ::msgcat::mcset el "Hi" "\u0393\u03b5\u03b9\u03b1" - ::msgcat::mcset el "Hide Console" "\u0391\u03c0\u03cc\u03ba\u03c1\u03c5\u03c8\u03b7 \u03ba\u03bf\u03bd\u03c3\u03cc\u03bb\u03b1\u03c2" - ::msgcat::mcset el "&Ignore" "\u0391\u03b3\u03bd\u03cc\u03b7\u03c3\u03b7" + "Το αρχείο \"%1\$s\" δεν υπάρχει." + ::msgcat::mcset el "File &name:" "Ό&νομα αρχείου:" + ::msgcat::mcset el "File &names:" "Ό&νομα αρχείων:" + ::msgcat::mcset el "Files of &type:" "Αρχεία του &τύπου:" + ::msgcat::mcset el "Fi&les:" "Αρχεία:" + ::msgcat::mcset el "&Filter" "Φίλτρο" + ::msgcat::mcset el "Fil&ter:" "Φίλτρο:" + ::msgcat::mcset el "&Green" "Πράσινο" + ::msgcat::mcset el "Hi" "Γεια" + ::msgcat::mcset el "Hide Console" "Απόκρυψη κονσόλας" + ::msgcat::mcset el "&Ignore" "Αγνόηση" ::msgcat::mcset el "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." \ - "\u0386\u03ba\u03c5\u03c1\u03bf \u03cc\u03bd\u03bf\u03bc\u03b1 \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf\u03c5 \"%1\$s\"." - ::msgcat::mcset el "Log Files" "\u0391\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03b1 \u039a\u03b1\u03c4\u03b1\u03b3\u03c1\u03b1\u03c6\u03ae\u03c2" - ::msgcat::mcset el "&No" "\u038c\u03c7\u03b9" - ::msgcat::mcset el "&OK" "\u0395\u03bd\u03c4\u03ac\u03be\u03b5\u03b9" - ::msgcat::mcset el "OK" "\u0395\u03bd\u03c4\u03ac\u03be\u03b5\u03b9" - ::msgcat::mcset el "Ok" "\u0395\u03bd\u03c4\u03ac\u03be\u03b5\u03b9" - ::msgcat::mcset el "Open" "\u0386\u03bd\u03bf\u03b9\u03b3\u03bc\u03b1" - ::msgcat::mcset el "&Open" "\u0386\u03bd\u03bf\u03b9\u03b3\u03bc\u03b1" + "Άκυρο όνομα αρχείου \"%1\$s\"." + ::msgcat::mcset el "Log Files" "Αρχεία Καταγραφής" + ::msgcat::mcset el "&No" "Όχι" + ::msgcat::mcset el "&OK" "Εντάξει" + ::msgcat::mcset el "OK" "Εντάξει" + ::msgcat::mcset el "Ok" "Εντάξει" + ::msgcat::mcset el "Open" "Άνοιγμα" + ::msgcat::mcset el "&Open" "Άνοιγμα" ::msgcat::mcset el "Open Multiple Files" \ - "\u0386\u03bd\u03bf\u03b9\u03b3\u03bc\u03b1 \u03c0\u03bf\u03bb\u03bb\u03b1\u03c0\u03bb\u03ce\u03bd \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03c9\u03bd" - ::msgcat::mcset el "P&aste" "\u0395\u03c0\u03b9\u03ba\u03cc\u03bb\u03bb\u03b7\u03c3\u03b7" - ::msgcat::mcset el "Quit" "\u0388\u03be\u03bf\u03b4\u03bf\u03c2" - ::msgcat::mcset el "&Red" "\u039a\u03cc\u03ba\u03ba\u03b9\u03bd\u03bf" + "Άνοιγμα πολλαπλών αρχείων" + ::msgcat::mcset el "P&aste" "Επικόλληση" + ::msgcat::mcset el "Quit" "Έξοδος" + ::msgcat::mcset el "&Red" "Κόκκινο" ::msgcat::mcset el "Replace existing file?" \ - "\u0395\u03c0\u03b9\u03ba\u03ac\u03bb\u03c5\u03c8\u03b7 \u03c5\u03c0\u03ac\u03c1\u03c7\u03bf\u03bd\u03c4\u03bf\u03c2 \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf\u03c5;" - ::msgcat::mcset el "&Retry" "\u03a0\u03c1\u03bf\u03c3\u03c0\u03ac\u03b8\u03b7\u03c3\u03b5 \u03be\u03b1\u03bd\u03ac" - ::msgcat::mcset el "&Save" "\u0391\u03c0\u03bf\u03b8\u03ae\u03ba\u03b5\u03c5\u03c3\u03b7" - ::msgcat::mcset el "Save As" "\u0391\u03c0\u03bf\u03b8\u03ae\u03ba\u03b5\u03c5\u03c3\u03b7 \u03c3\u03b1\u03bd" - ::msgcat::mcset el "Save To Log" "\u0391\u03c0\u03bf\u03b8\u03ae\u03ba\u03b5\u03c5\u03c3\u03b7 \u03c3\u03c4\u03bf \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf \u03ba\u03b1\u03c4\u03b1\u03b3\u03c1\u03b1\u03c6\u03ae\u03c2" - ::msgcat::mcset el "Select Log File" "\u0395\u03c0\u03b9\u03bb\u03bf\u03b3\u03ae \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf\u03c5 \u03ba\u03b1\u03c4\u03b1\u03b3\u03c1\u03b1\u03c6\u03ae\u03c2" + "Επικάλυψη υπάρχοντος αρχείου;" + ::msgcat::mcset el "&Retry" "Προσπάθησε ξανά" + ::msgcat::mcset el "&Save" "Αποθήκευση" + ::msgcat::mcset el "Save As" "Αποθήκευση σαν" + ::msgcat::mcset el "Save To Log" "Αποθήκευση στο αρχείο καταγραφής" + ::msgcat::mcset el "Select Log File" "Επιλογή αρχείου καταγραφής" ::msgcat::mcset el "Select a file to source" \ - "\u0395\u03c0\u03b9\u03bb\u03ad\u03be\u03c4\u03b5 \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf \u03b3\u03b9\u03b1 \u03b5\u03ba\u03c4\u03ad\u03bb\u03b5\u03c3\u03b7" - ::msgcat::mcset el "&Selection:" "\u0395\u03c0\u03b9\u03bb\u03bf\u03b3\u03ae:" - ::msgcat::mcset el "Skip Messages" "\u0391\u03c0\u03bf\u03c6\u03c5\u03b3\u03ae\u03bc\u03b7\u03bd\u03c5\u03bc\u03ac\u03c4\u03c9\u03bd" - ::msgcat::mcset el "&Source..." "\u0395\u03ba\u03c4\u03ad\u03bb\u03b5\u03c3\u03b7..." + "Επιλέξτε αρχείο για εκτέλεση" + ::msgcat::mcset el "&Selection:" "Επιλογή:" + ::msgcat::mcset el "Skip Messages" "Αποφυγήμηνυμάτων" + ::msgcat::mcset el "&Source..." "Εκτέλεση..." ::msgcat::mcset el "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl Scripts" - ::msgcat::mcset el "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl \u03b3\u03b9\u03b1 Windows" - ::msgcat::mcset el "Text Files" "\u0391\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03b1 \u039a\u03b5\u03b9\u03bc\u03ad\u03bd\u03bf\u03c5" - ::msgcat::mcset el "&Yes" "\u039d\u03b1\u03b9" - ::msgcat::mcset el "abort" "\u03c4\u03b5\u03c1\u03bc\u03b1\u03c4\u03b9\u03c3\u03bc\u03cc\u03c2" - ::msgcat::mcset el "blue" "\u03bc\u03c0\u03bb\u03b5" - ::msgcat::mcset el "cancel" "\u03b1\u03ba\u03cd\u03c1\u03c9\u03c3\u03b7" - ::msgcat::mcset el "extension" "\u03b5\u03c0\u03ad\u03ba\u03c4\u03b1\u03c3\u03b7" - ::msgcat::mcset el "extensions" "\u03b5\u03c0\u03b5\u03ba\u03c4\u03ac\u03c3\u03b5\u03b9\u03c2" - ::msgcat::mcset el "green" "\u03c0\u03c1\u03ac\u03c3\u03b9\u03bd\u03bf" - ::msgcat::mcset el "ignore" "\u03b1\u03b3\u03bd\u03cc\u03b7\u03c3\u03b7" - ::msgcat::mcset el "ok" "\u03b5\u03bd\u03c4\u03ac\u03be\u03b5\u03b9" - ::msgcat::mcset el "red" "\u03ba\u03cc\u03ba\u03ba\u03b9\u03bd\u03bf" - ::msgcat::mcset el "retry" "\u03c0\u03c1\u03bf\u03c3\u03c0\u03ac\u03b8\u03b7\u03c3\u03b5 \u03be\u03b1\u03bd\u03ac" - ::msgcat::mcset el "yes" "\u03bd\u03b1\u03b9" + ::msgcat::mcset el "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl για Windows" + ::msgcat::mcset el "Text Files" "Αρχεία Κειμένου" + ::msgcat::mcset el "&Yes" "Ναι" + ::msgcat::mcset el "abort" "τερματισμός" + ::msgcat::mcset el "blue" "μπλε" + ::msgcat::mcset el "cancel" "ακύρωση" + ::msgcat::mcset el "extension" "επέκταση" + ::msgcat::mcset el "extensions" "επεκτάσεις" + ::msgcat::mcset el "green" "πράσινο" + ::msgcat::mcset el "ignore" "αγνόηση" + ::msgcat::mcset el "ok" "εντάξει" + ::msgcat::mcset el "red" "κόκκινο" + ::msgcat::mcset el "retry" "προσπάθησε ξανά" + ::msgcat::mcset el "yes" "ναι" } Index: library/msgs/eo.msg ================================================================== --- library/msgs/eo.msg +++ library/msgs/eo.msg @@ -1,30 +1,30 @@ namespace eval ::tk { - ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Abort" "&\u0108esigo" + ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Abort" "&Ĉesigo" ::msgcat::mcset eo "&About..." "Pri..." - ::msgcat::mcset eo "All Files" "\u0108ioj dosieroj" + ::msgcat::mcset eo "All Files" "Ĉioj dosieroj" ::msgcat::mcset eo "Application Error" "Aplikoerraro" ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Blue" "&Blua" ::msgcat::mcset eo "Cancel" "Rezignu" ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Cancel" "&Rezignu" - ::msgcat::mcset eo "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Neeble \u0109angi al dosierulon \"%1\$s\".\nVi ne rajtas tion." + ::msgcat::mcset eo "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Neeble ĉangi al dosierulon \"%1\$s\".\nVi ne rajtas tion." ::msgcat::mcset eo "Choose Directory" "Elektu Dosierujo" ::msgcat::mcset eo "Cl&ear" "&Klaru" ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Clear Console" "&Klaru konzolon" ::msgcat::mcset eo "Color" "Farbo" ::msgcat::mcset eo "Console" "Konzolo" ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Copy" "&Kopiu" - ::msgcat::mcset eo "Cu&t" "&Enpo\u015digu" + ::msgcat::mcset eo "Cu&t" "&Enpoŝigu" ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Delete" "&Forprenu" ::msgcat::mcset eo "Details >>" "Detaloj >>" ::msgcat::mcset eo "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "La dosierujo \"%1\$s\" ne ekzistas." ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Directory:" "&Dosierujo:" ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Edit" "&Redaktu" ::msgcat::mcset eo "Error: %1\$s" "Eraro: %1\$s" ::msgcat::mcset eo "E&xit" "&Eliru" ::msgcat::mcset eo "&File" "&Dosiero" - ::msgcat::mcset eo "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "La dosiero \"%1\$s\" jam ekzistas.\n\u0108u vi volas anstata\u00fbigi la dosieron?" + ::msgcat::mcset eo "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "La dosiero \"%1\$s\" jam ekzistas.\nĈu vi volas anstataûigi la dosieron?" ::msgcat::mcset eo "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "La dosiero \"%1\$s\" jam egzistas. \n\n" ::msgcat::mcset eo "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "La dosierp \"%1\$s\" ne estas." ::msgcat::mcset eo "File &name:" "Dosiero&nomo:" ::msgcat::mcset eo "File &names:" "Dosiero&nomoj:" ::msgcat::mcset eo "Files of &type:" "Dosieroj de &Typo:" @@ -32,11 +32,11 @@ ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Filter" "&Filtrilo" ::msgcat::mcset eo "Fil&ter:" "&Filtrilo:" ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Green" "&Verda" ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Help" "&Helpu" ::msgcat::mcset eo "Hi" "Saluton" - ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Hide Console" "&Ka\u015du konzolon" + ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Hide Console" "&Kaŝu konzolon" ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Ignore" "&Ignoru" ::msgcat::mcset eo "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Malvalida dosieronomo \"%1\$s\"." ::msgcat::mcset eo "Log Files" "Protokolo" ::msgcat::mcset eo "&No" "&Ne" ::msgcat::mcset eo "&OK" @@ -43,33 +43,33 @@ ::msgcat::mcset eo "OK" ::msgcat::mcset eo "Ok" ::msgcat::mcset eo "Open" "Malfermu" ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Open" "&Malfermu" ::msgcat::mcset eo "Open Multiple Files" "Melfermu multan dosierojn" - ::msgcat::mcset eo "P&aste" "&Elpo\u015digi" + ::msgcat::mcset eo "P&aste" "&Elpoŝigi" ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Quit" "&Finigu" ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Red" "&Rosa" - ::msgcat::mcset eo "Replace existing file?" "\u0108u anstata\u00fbu ekzistantan dosieron?" + ::msgcat::mcset eo "Replace existing file?" "Ĉu anstataûu ekzistantan dosieron?" ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Retry" "&Ripetu" ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Save" "&Savu" ::msgcat::mcset eo "Save As" "Savu kiel" ::msgcat::mcset eo "Save To Log" "Savu en protokolon" ::msgcat::mcset eo "Select Log File" "Elektu prokolodosieron" ::msgcat::mcset eo "Select a file to source" "Elektu dosieron por interpreti" ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Selection:" "&Elekto:" - ::msgcat::mcset eo "Skip Messages" "transsaltu pluajn mesa\u011dojn" + ::msgcat::mcset eo "Skip Messages" "transsaltu pluajn mesaĝojn" ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Source..." "&Fontoprogramo..." ::msgcat::mcset eo "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl-skriptoj" ::msgcat::mcset eo "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl por vindoso" ::msgcat::mcset eo "Text Files" "Tekstodosierojn" ::msgcat::mcset eo "&Yes" "&Jes" - ::msgcat::mcset eo "abort" "\u0109esigo" + ::msgcat::mcset eo "abort" "ĉesigo" ::msgcat::mcset eo "blue" "blua" ::msgcat::mcset eo "cancel" "rezignu" ::msgcat::mcset eo "extension" "ekspansio" ::msgcat::mcset eo "extensions" "ekspansioj" ::msgcat::mcset eo "green" "verda" ::msgcat::mcset eo "ignore" "ignorieren" - ::msgcat::mcset eo "red" "ru\u011da" + ::msgcat::mcset eo "red" "ruĝa" ::msgcat::mcset eo "retry" "ripetu" ::msgcat::mcset eo "yes" "jes" } Index: library/msgs/es.msg ================================================================== --- library/msgs/es.msg +++ library/msgs/es.msg @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ namespace eval ::tk { ::msgcat::mcset es "&Abort" "&Abortar" ::msgcat::mcset es "&About..." "&Acerca de ..." ::msgcat::mcset es "All Files" "Todos los archivos" - ::msgcat::mcset es "Application Error" "Error de la aplicaci\u00f3n" + ::msgcat::mcset es "Application Error" "Error de la aplicación" ::msgcat::mcset es "&Blue" "&Azul" ::msgcat::mcset es "Cancel" "Cancelar" ::msgcat::mcset es "&Cancel" "&Cancelar" ::msgcat::mcset es "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "No es posible acceder al directorio \"%1\$s\".\nPermiso denegado." ::msgcat::mcset es "Choose Directory" "Elegir directorio" @@ -20,11 +20,11 @@ ::msgcat::mcset es "&Directory:" "&Directorio:" ::msgcat::mcset es "&Edit" "&Editar" ::msgcat::mcset es "Error: %1\$s" ::msgcat::mcset es "E&xit" "Salir" ::msgcat::mcset es "&File" "&Archivo" - ::msgcat::mcset es "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "El archivo \"%1\$s\" ya existe.\n\u00bfDesea sobreescribirlo?" + ::msgcat::mcset es "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "El archivo \"%1\$s\" ya existe.\n¿Desea sobreescribirlo?" ::msgcat::mcset es "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "El archivo \"%1\$s\" ya existe.\n\n" ::msgcat::mcset es "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "El archivo \"%1\$s\" no existe." ::msgcat::mcset es "File &name:" "&Nombre de archivo:" ::msgcat::mcset es "File &names:" "&Nombres de archivo:" ::msgcat::mcset es "Files of &type:" "Archivos de &tipo:" @@ -34,43 +34,43 @@ ::msgcat::mcset es "&Green" "&Verde" ::msgcat::mcset es "&Help" "&Ayuda" ::msgcat::mcset es "Hi" "Hola" ::msgcat::mcset es "&Hide Console" "&Esconder la consola" ::msgcat::mcset es "&Ignore" "&Ignorar" - ::msgcat::mcset es "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Nombre de archivo inv\u00e1lido \"%1\$s\"." + ::msgcat::mcset es "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Nombre de archivo inválido \"%1\$s\"." ::msgcat::mcset es "Log Files" "Ficheros de traza" ::msgcat::mcset es "&No" ::msgcat::mcset es "&OK" ::msgcat::mcset es "OK" ::msgcat::mcset es "Ok" ::msgcat::mcset es "Open" "Abrir" ::msgcat::mcset es "&Open" "&Abrir" - ::msgcat::mcset es "Open Multiple Files" "Abrir m\u00faltiples archivos" + ::msgcat::mcset es "Open Multiple Files" "Abrir múltiples archivos" ::msgcat::mcset es "P&aste" "Peg&ar" ::msgcat::mcset es "&Quit" "&Abandonar" ::msgcat::mcset es "&Red" "&Rojo" - ::msgcat::mcset es "Replace existing file?" "\u00bfReemplazar el archivo existente?" + ::msgcat::mcset es "Replace existing file?" "¿Reemplazar el archivo existente?" ::msgcat::mcset es "&Retry" "&Reintentar" ::msgcat::mcset es "&Save" "&Guardar" ::msgcat::mcset es "Save As" "Guardar como" ::msgcat::mcset es "Save To Log" "Guardar al archivo de traza" ::msgcat::mcset es "Select Log File" "Elegir un archivo de traza" ::msgcat::mcset es "Select a file to source" "Seleccionar un archivo a evaluar" - ::msgcat::mcset es "&Selection:" "&Selecci\u00f3n:" + ::msgcat::mcset es "&Selection:" "&Selección:" ::msgcat::mcset es "Skip Messages" "Omitir los mensajes" ::msgcat::mcset es "&Source..." "E&valuar..." ::msgcat::mcset es "Tcl Scripts" "Scripts Tcl" ::msgcat::mcset es "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl para Windows" ::msgcat::mcset es "Text Files" "Archivos de texto" - ::msgcat::mcset es "&Yes" "&S\u00ed" + ::msgcat::mcset es "&Yes" "&Sí" ::msgcat::mcset es "abort" "abortar" ::msgcat::mcset es "blue" "azul" ::msgcat::mcset es "cancel" "cancelar" - ::msgcat::mcset es "extension" "extensi\u00f3n" + ::msgcat::mcset es "extension" "extensión" ::msgcat::mcset es "extensions" "extensiones" ::msgcat::mcset es "green" "verde" ::msgcat::mcset es "ignore" "ignorar" ::msgcat::mcset es "ok" ::msgcat::mcset es "red" "rojo" ::msgcat::mcset es "retry" "reintentar" - ::msgcat::mcset es "yes" "s\u00ed" + ::msgcat::mcset es "yes" "sí" } Index: library/msgs/fr.msg ================================================================== --- library/msgs/fr.msg +++ library/msgs/fr.msg @@ -1,28 +1,28 @@ namespace eval ::tk { ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Abort" "&Annuler" - ::msgcat::mcset fr "About..." "\u00c0 propos..." + ::msgcat::mcset fr "About..." "À propos..." ::msgcat::mcset fr "All Files" "Tous les fichiers" ::msgcat::mcset fr "Application Error" "Erreur d'application" ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Blue" "&Bleu" ::msgcat::mcset fr "Cancel" "Annuler" ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Cancel" "&Annuler" - ::msgcat::mcset fr "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Impossible d'acc\u00e9der au r\u00e9pertoire \"%1\$s\".\nPermission refus\u00e9e." - ::msgcat::mcset fr "Choose Directory" "Choisir r\u00e9pertoire" + ::msgcat::mcset fr "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Impossible d'accéder au répertoire \"%1\$s\".\nPermission refusée." + ::msgcat::mcset fr "Choose Directory" "Choisir répertoire" ::msgcat::mcset fr "Cl&ear" "Effacer" ::msgcat::mcset fr "Color" "Couleur" ::msgcat::mcset fr "Console" ::msgcat::mcset fr "Copy" "Copier" ::msgcat::mcset fr "Cu&t" "Couper" ::msgcat::mcset fr "Delete" "Effacer" - ::msgcat::mcset fr "Details >>" "D\u00e9tails >>" - ::msgcat::mcset fr "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Le r\u00e9pertoire \"%1\$s\" n'existe pas." - ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Directory:" "&R\u00e9pertoire:" + ::msgcat::mcset fr "Details >>" "Détails >>" + ::msgcat::mcset fr "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Le répertoire \"%1\$s\" n'existe pas." + ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Directory:" "&Répertoire:" ::msgcat::mcset fr "Error: %1\$s" "Erreur: %1\$s" ::msgcat::mcset fr "E&xit" "Quitter" - ::msgcat::mcset fr "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Le fichier \"%1\$s\" existe d\u00e9j\u00e0.\nVoulez-vous l'\u00e9craser?" - ::msgcat::mcset fr "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Le fichier \"%1\$s\" existe d\u00e9j\u00e0.\n\n" + ::msgcat::mcset fr "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Le fichier \"%1\$s\" existe déjà.\nVoulez-vous l'écraser?" + ::msgcat::mcset fr "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Le fichier \"%1\$s\" existe déjà.\n\n" ::msgcat::mcset fr "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Le fichier \"%1\$s\" n'existe pas." ::msgcat::mcset fr "File &name:" "&Nom de fichier:" ::msgcat::mcset fr "File &names:" "&Noms de fichiers:" ::msgcat::mcset fr "Files of &type:" "&Type de fichiers:" ::msgcat::mcset fr "Fi&les:" "Fich&iers:" @@ -43,19 +43,19 @@ ::msgcat::mcset fr "Open Multiple Files" "Ouvrir plusieurs fichiers" ::msgcat::mcset fr "P&aste" "Coller" ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Quit" "&Quitter" ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Red" "&Rouge" ::msgcat::mcset fr "Replace existing file?" "Remplacer le fichier existant?" - ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Retry" "&R\u00e9-essayer" + ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Retry" "&Ré-essayer" ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Save" "&Sauvegarder" ::msgcat::mcset fr "Save As" "Sauvegarder sous" ::msgcat::mcset fr "Save To Log" "Sauvegarde au fichier de trace" ::msgcat::mcset fr "Select Log File" "Choisir un fichier de trace" - ::msgcat::mcset fr "Select a file to source" "Choisir un fichier \u00e0 \u00e9valuer" - ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Selection:" "&S\u00e9lection:" + ::msgcat::mcset fr "Select a file to source" "Choisir un fichier à évaluer" + ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Selection:" "&Sélection:" ::msgcat::mcset fr "Skip Messages" "Omettre les messages" - ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Source..." "\u00c9valuer..." + ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Source..." "Évaluer..." ::msgcat::mcset fr "Tcl Scripts" "Scripts Tcl" ::msgcat::mcset fr "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl pour Windows" ::msgcat::mcset fr "Text Files" "Fichiers texte" ::msgcat::mcset fr "&Yes" "&Oui" ::msgcat::mcset fr "abort" "abandonner" @@ -65,8 +65,8 @@ ::msgcat::mcset fr "extensions" ::msgcat::mcset fr "green" "vert" ::msgcat::mcset fr "ignore" "ignorer" ::msgcat::mcset fr "ok" ::msgcat::mcset fr "red" "rouge" - ::msgcat::mcset fr "retry" "r\u00e9essayer" + ::msgcat::mcset fr "retry" "réessayer" ::msgcat::mcset fr "yes" "oui" } Index: library/msgs/hu.msg ================================================================== --- library/msgs/hu.msg +++ library/msgs/hu.msg @@ -1,78 +1,78 @@ namespace eval ::tk { - ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Abort" "&Megszak\u00edt\u00e1s" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "&About..." "N\u00e9vjegy..." - ::msgcat::mcset hu "All Files" "Minden f\u00e1jl" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "Application Error" "Alkalmaz\u00e1s hiba" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Blue" "&K\u00e9k" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "Cancel" "M\u00e9gsem" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Cancel" "M\u00e9g&sem" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "A k\u00f6nyvt\u00e1rv\u00e1lt\u00e1s nem siker\u00fclt: \"%1\$s\".\nHozz\u00e1f\u00e9r\u00e9s megtagadva." - ::msgcat::mcset hu "Choose Directory" "K\u00f6nyvt\u00e1r kiv\u00e1laszt\u00e1sa" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "Cl&ear" "T\u00f6rl\u00e9s" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Clear Console" "&T\u00f6rl\u00e9s Konzol" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "Color" "Sz\u00edn" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Abort" "&Megszakítás" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "&About..." "Névjegy..." + ::msgcat::mcset hu "All Files" "Minden fájl" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "Application Error" "Alkalmazás hiba" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Blue" "&Kék" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "Cancel" "Mégsem" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Cancel" "Még&sem" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "A könyvtárváltás nem sikerült: \"%1\$s\".\nHozzáférés megtagadva." + ::msgcat::mcset hu "Choose Directory" "Könyvtár kiválasztása" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "Cl&ear" "Törlés" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Clear Console" "&Törlés Konzol" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "Color" "Szín" ::msgcat::mcset hu "Console" "Konzol" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Copy" "&M\u00e1sol\u00e1s" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "Cu&t" "&Kiv\u00e1g\u00e1s" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Delete" "&T\u00f6rl\u00e9s" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "Details >>" "R\u00e9szletek >>" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "\"%1\$s\" k\u00f6nyvt\u00e1r nem l\u00e9tezik." - ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Directory:" "&K\u00f6nyvt\u00e1r:" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Copy" "&Másolás" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "Cu&t" "&Kivágás" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Delete" "&Törlés" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "Details >>" "Részletek >>" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "\"%1\$s\" könyvtár nem létezik." + ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Directory:" "&Könyvtár:" #::msgcat::mcset hu "&Edit" ::msgcat::mcset hu "Error: %1\$s" "Hiba: %1\$s" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "E&xit" "Kil\u00e9p\u00e9s" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "&File" "&F\u00e1jl" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "\"%1\$s\" f\u00e1jl m\u00e1r l\u00e9tezik.\nFel\u00fcl\u00edrjam?" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "\"%1\$s\" f\u00e1jl m\u00e1r l\u00e9tezik.\n\n" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "\"%1\$s\" f\u00e1jl nem l\u00e9tezik." - ::msgcat::mcset hu "File &name:" "F\u00e1jl &neve:" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "File &names:" "F\u00e1jlok &nevei:" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "Files of &type:" "F\u00e1jlok &t\u00edpusa:" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "Fi&les:" "F\u00e1j&lok:" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Filter" "&Sz\u0171r\u0151" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "Fil&ter:" "S&z\u0171r\u0151:" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Green" "&Z\u00f6ld" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "E&xit" "Kilépés" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "&File" "&Fájl" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "\"%1\$s\" fájl már létezik.\nFelülírjam?" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "\"%1\$s\" fájl már létezik.\n\n" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "\"%1\$s\" fájl nem létezik." + ::msgcat::mcset hu "File &name:" "Fájl &neve:" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "File &names:" "Fájlok &nevei:" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "Files of &type:" "Fájlok &típusa:" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "Fi&les:" "Fáj&lok:" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Filter" "&Szűrő" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "Fil&ter:" "S&zűrő:" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Green" "&Zöld" #::msgcat::mcset hu "&Help" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "Hi" "\u00dcdv" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Hide Console" "Konzol &elrejt\u00e9se" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Ignore" "K&ihagy\u00e1s" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "\u00c9rv\u00e9nytelen f\u00e1jln\u00e9v: \"%1\$s\"." - ::msgcat::mcset hu "Log Files" "Log f\u00e1jlok" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "Hi" "Üdv" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Hide Console" "Konzol &elrejtése" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Ignore" "K&ihagyás" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Érvénytelen fájlnév: \"%1\$s\"." + ::msgcat::mcset hu "Log Files" "Log fájlok" ::msgcat::mcset hu "&No" "&Nem" ::msgcat::mcset hu "&OK" ::msgcat::mcset hu "OK" ::msgcat::mcset hu "Ok" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "Open" "Megnyit\u00e1s" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Open" "&Megnyit\u00e1s" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "Open Multiple Files" "T\u00f6bb f\u00e1jl megnyit\u00e1sa" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "P&aste" "&Beilleszt\u00e9s" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Quit" "&Kil\u00e9p\u00e9s" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Red" "&V\u00f6r\u00f6s" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "Replace existing file?" "Megl\u00e9v\u0151 f\u00e1jl cser\u00e9je?" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Retry" "\u00daj&ra" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Save" "&Ment\u00e9s" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "Save As" "Ment\u00e9s m\u00e1sk\u00e9nt" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "Save To Log" "Ment\u00e9s log f\u00e1jlba" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "Select Log File" "Log f\u00e1jl kiv\u00e1laszt\u00e1sa" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "Select a file to source" "Forr\u00e1sf\u00e1jl kiv\u00e1laszt\u00e1sa" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Selection:" "&Kijel\u00f6l\u00e9s:" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "Show &Hidden Directories" "&Rejtett k\u00f6nyvt\u00e1rak megjelen\u00edt\u00e9se" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "Show &Hidden Files and Directories" "&Rejtett f\u00e1jlok \u00e9s k\u00f6nyvt\u00e1rak megjelen\u00edt\u00e9se" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "Skip Messages" "\u00dczenetek kihagy\u00e1sa" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Source..." "&Forr\u00e1s..." + ::msgcat::mcset hu "Open" "Megnyitás" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Open" "&Megnyitás" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "Open Multiple Files" "Több fájl megnyitása" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "P&aste" "&Beillesztés" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Quit" "&Kilépés" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Red" "&Vörös" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "Replace existing file?" "Meglévő fájl cseréje?" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Retry" "Új&ra" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Save" "&Mentés" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "Save As" "Mentés másként" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "Save To Log" "Mentés log fájlba" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "Select Log File" "Log fájl kiválasztása" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "Select a file to source" "Forrásfájl kiválasztása" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Selection:" "&Kijelölés:" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "Show &Hidden Directories" "&Rejtett könyvtárak megjelenítése" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "Show &Hidden Files and Directories" "&Rejtett fájlok és könyvtárak megjelenítése" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "Skip Messages" "Üzenetek kihagyása" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Source..." "&Forrás..." ::msgcat::mcset hu "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl scriptek" ::msgcat::mcset hu "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl Windows-hoz" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "Text Files" "Sz\u00f6vegf\u00e1jlok" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "Text Files" "Szövegfájlok" ::msgcat::mcset hu "&Yes" "&Igen" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "abort" "megszak\u00edt\u00e1s" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "blue" "k\u00e9k" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "cancel" "m\u00e9gsem" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "extension" "kiterjeszt\u00e9s" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "extensions" "kiterjeszt\u00e9sek" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "green" "z\u00f6ld" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "abort" "megszakítás" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "blue" "kék" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "cancel" "mégsem" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "extension" "kiterjesztés" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "extensions" "kiterjesztések" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "green" "zöld" ::msgcat::mcset hu "ignore" "ignorer" ::msgcat::mcset hu "ok" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "red" "v\u00f6r\u00f6s" - ::msgcat::mcset hu "retry" "\u00fajra" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "red" "vörös" + ::msgcat::mcset hu "retry" "újra" ::msgcat::mcset hu "yes" "igen" } Index: library/msgs/it.msg ================================================================== --- library/msgs/it.msg +++ library/msgs/it.msg @@ -18,12 +18,12 @@ ::msgcat::mcset it "Details >>" "Dettagli >>" ::msgcat::mcset it "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "La directory \"%1\$s\" non esiste." ::msgcat::mcset it "&Directory:" ::msgcat::mcset it "Error: %1\$s" "Errore: %1\$s" ::msgcat::mcset it "E&xit" "Esci" - ::msgcat::mcset it "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Il file \"%1\$s\" esiste gi\u00e0.\nVuoi sovrascriverlo?" - ::msgcat::mcset it "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Il file \"%1\$s\" esiste gi\u00e0.\n\n" + ::msgcat::mcset it "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Il file \"%1\$s\" esiste già.\nVuoi sovrascriverlo?" + ::msgcat::mcset it "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Il file \"%1\$s\" esiste già.\n\n" ::msgcat::mcset it "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Il file \"%1\$s\" non esiste." ::msgcat::mcset it "File &name:" "&Nome del file:" ::msgcat::mcset it "File &names:" "&Nomi dei file:" ::msgcat::mcset it "Files of &type:" "File di &tipo:" ::msgcat::mcset it "Fi&les:" "Fi&le:" @@ -56,11 +56,11 @@ ::msgcat::mcset it "Skip Messages" "Salta i messaggi" ::msgcat::mcset it "Source..." "Esegui..." ::msgcat::mcset it "Tcl Scripts" "Script Tcl" ::msgcat::mcset it "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl per Windows" ::msgcat::mcset it "Text Files" "File di testo" - ::msgcat::mcset it "&Yes" "&S\u00ec" + ::msgcat::mcset it "&Yes" "&Sì" ::msgcat::mcset it "abort" "interrompi" ::msgcat::mcset it "blue" "blu" ::msgcat::mcset it "cancel" "annulla" ::msgcat::mcset it "extension" "estensione" ::msgcat::mcset it "extensions" "estensioni" @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ ::msgcat::mcset it "green" "verde" ::msgcat::mcset it "ignore" "ignora" ::msgcat::mcset it "ok" ::msgcat::mcset it "red" "rosso" ::msgcat::mcset it "retry" "riprova" - ::msgcat::mcset it "yes" "s\u00ec" + ::msgcat::mcset it "yes" "sì" } Index: library/msgs/nl.msg ================================================================== --- library/msgs/nl.msg +++ library/msgs/nl.msg @@ -13,20 +13,20 @@ ::msgcat::mcset nl "Choose Directory" "Kies map" ::msgcat::mcset nl "Cl&ear" "Wissen" ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Clear Console" "&Wis Console" ::msgcat::mcset nl "Color" "Kleur" ::msgcat::mcset nl "Console" - ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Copy" "Kopi\u00ebren" + ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Copy" "Kopiëren" ::msgcat::mcset nl "Cu&t" "Knippen" ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Delete" "Wissen" ::msgcat::mcset nl "Details >>" ::msgcat::mcset nl "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Map \"%1\$s\" bestaat niet." ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Directory:" "&Map:" ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Edit" "Bewerken" ::msgcat::mcset nl "Effects" "Effecten" ::msgcat::mcset nl "Error: %1\$s" "Fout: %1\$s" - ::msgcat::mcset nl "E&xit" "Be\u00ebindigen" + ::msgcat::mcset nl "E&xit" "Beëindigen" ::msgcat::mcset nl "&File" "Bestand" ::msgcat::mcset nl "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Bestand \"%1\$s\" bestaat al.\nWilt u het overschrijven?" ::msgcat::mcset nl "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Bestand \"%1\$s\" bestaat al.\n\n" ::msgcat::mcset nl "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Bestand \"%1\$s\" bestaat niet." ::msgcat::mcset nl "File &name:" "Bestands&naam:" @@ -38,11 +38,11 @@ ::msgcat::mcset nl "Font" ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Font:" ::msgcat::mcset nl "Font st&yle:" "Font stijl:" ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Green" "&Groen" ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Help" - ::msgcat::mcset nl "Hi" "H\u00e9" + ::msgcat::mcset nl "Hi" "Hé" ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Hide Console" "Verberg Console" ::msgcat::mcset nl "&Ignore" "&Negeren" ::msgcat::mcset nl "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Ongeldige bestandsnaam \"%1\$s\"." ::msgcat::mcset nl "Italic" "Cursief" ::msgcat::mcset nl "Log Files" "Log Bestanden" Index: library/msgs/pl.msg ================================================================== --- library/msgs/pl.msg +++ library/msgs/pl.msg @@ -1,38 +1,38 @@ namespace eval ::tk { ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Abort" "&Przerwij" ::msgcat::mcset pl "&About..." "O programie..." ::msgcat::mcset pl "All Files" "Wszystkie pliki" - ::msgcat::mcset pl "Application Error" "B\u0142\u0105d w programie" + ::msgcat::mcset pl "Application Error" "Błąd w programie" ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Apply" "Zastosuj" ::msgcat::mcset pl "Bold" "Pogrubienie" ::msgcat::mcset pl "Bold Italic" "Pogrubiona kursywa" ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Blue" "&Niebieski" ::msgcat::mcset pl "Cancel" "Anuluj" ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Cancel" "&Anuluj" - ::msgcat::mcset pl "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Nie mo\u017cna otworzy\u0107 katalogu \"%1\$s\".\nOdmowa dost\u0119pu." + ::msgcat::mcset pl "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Nie można otworzyć katalogu \"%1\$s\".\nOdmowa dostępu." ::msgcat::mcset pl "Choose Directory" "Wybierz katalog" - ::msgcat::mcset pl "Cl&ear" "&Wyczy\u015b\u0107" - ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Clear Console" "&Wyczy\u015b\u0107 konsol\u0119" + ::msgcat::mcset pl "Cl&ear" "&Wyczyść" + ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Clear Console" "&Wyczyść konsolę" ::msgcat::mcset pl "Color" "Kolor" ::msgcat::mcset pl "Console" "Konsola" ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Copy" "&Kopiuj" ::msgcat::mcset pl "Cu&t" "&Wytnij" - ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Delete" "&Usu\u0144" - ::msgcat::mcset pl "Details >>" "Szczeg\u00f3\u0142y >>" + ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Delete" "&Usuń" + ::msgcat::mcset pl "Details >>" "Szczegóły >>" ::msgcat::mcset pl "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Katalog \"%1\$s\" nie istnieje." ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Directory:" "&Katalog:" ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Edit" "&Edytuj" ::msgcat::mcset pl "Effects" "Efekty" - ::msgcat::mcset pl "Error: %1\$s" "B\u0142\u0105d: %1\$s" - ::msgcat::mcset pl "E&xit" "&Wyjd\u017a" + ::msgcat::mcset pl "Error: %1\$s" "Błąd: %1\$s" + ::msgcat::mcset pl "E&xit" "&Wyjdź" ::msgcat::mcset pl "&File" "&Plik" - ::msgcat::mcset pl "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Plik \"%1\$s\" ju\u017c istnieje.\nCzy chcesz go nadpisa\u0107?" - ::msgcat::mcset pl "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Plik \"%1\$s\" ju\u017c istnieje.\n\n" + ::msgcat::mcset pl "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Plik \"%1\$s\" już istnieje.\nCzy chcesz go nadpisać?" + ::msgcat::mcset pl "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Plik \"%1\$s\" już istnieje.\n\n" ::msgcat::mcset pl "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Plik \"%1\$s\" nie istnieje." ::msgcat::mcset pl "File &name:" "Nazwa &pliku:" - ::msgcat::mcset pl "File &names:" "Nazwy &plik\u00f3w:" + ::msgcat::mcset pl "File &names:" "Nazwy &plików:" ::msgcat::mcset pl "Files of &type:" "Pliki &typu:" ::msgcat::mcset pl "Fi&les:" "Pli&ki:" ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Filter" "&Filtr" ::msgcat::mcset pl "Fil&ter:" "&Filtr:" ::msgcat::mcset pl "Font" "Czcionka" @@ -39,45 +39,45 @@ ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Font:" "Czcio&nka:" ::msgcat::mcset pl "Font st&yle:" "&Styl czcionki:" ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Green" "&Zielony" ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Help" "&Pomoc" ::msgcat::mcset pl "Hi" "Witaj" - ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Hide Console" "&Ukryj konsol\u0119" + ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Hide Console" "&Ukryj konsolę" ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Ignore" "&Ignoruj" - ::msgcat::mcset pl "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Niew\u0142a\u015bciwa nazwa pliku \"%1\$s\"." + ::msgcat::mcset pl "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Niewłaściwa nazwa pliku \"%1\$s\"." ::msgcat::mcset pl "Italic" "Kursywa" ::msgcat::mcset pl "Log Files" "Pliki dziennika" ::msgcat::mcset pl "&No" "&Nie" ::msgcat::mcset pl "&OK" ::msgcat::mcset pl "OK" ::msgcat::mcset pl "Ok" - ::msgcat::mcset pl "Open" "Otw\u00f3rz" - ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Open" "&Otw\u00f3rz" - ::msgcat::mcset pl "Open Multiple Files" "Otw\u00f3rz wiele plik\u00f3w" + ::msgcat::mcset pl "Open" "Otwórz" + ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Open" "&Otwórz" + ::msgcat::mcset pl "Open Multiple Files" "Otwórz wiele plików" ::msgcat::mcset pl "P&aste" "&Wklej" - ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Quit" "&Zako\u0144cz" + ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Quit" "&Zakończ" ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Red" "&Czerwony" ::msgcat::mcset pl "Regular" "Regularne" - ::msgcat::mcset pl "Replace existing file?" "Czy zast\u0105pi\u0107 istniej\u0105cy plik?" - ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Retry" "&Pon\u00f3w" - ::msgcat::mcset pl "Sample" "Przyk\u0142ad" + ::msgcat::mcset pl "Replace existing file?" "Czy zastąpić istniejący plik?" + ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Retry" "&Ponów" + ::msgcat::mcset pl "Sample" "Przykład" ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Save" "&Zapisz" ::msgcat::mcset pl "Save As" "Zapisz jako" ::msgcat::mcset pl "Save To Log" "Wpisz do dziennika" ::msgcat::mcset pl "Select Log File" "Wybierz plik dziennika" ::msgcat::mcset pl "Select a file to source" "Wybierz plik do wykonania" - ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Selection:" "&Wyb\u00f3r:" + ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Selection:" "&Wybór:" ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Size:" "&Rozmiar:" - ::msgcat::mcset pl "Show &Hidden Directories" "Poka\u017c &ukryte katalogi" - ::msgcat::mcset pl "Show &Hidden Files and Directories" "Poka\u017c &ukryte pliki i katalogi" - ::msgcat::mcset pl "Skip Messages" "Pomi\u0144 pozosta\u0142e komunikaty" - ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Source..." "&Kod \u017ar\u00f3d\u0142owy..." - ::msgcat::mcset pl "Stri&keout" "&Przekre\u015blenie" + ::msgcat::mcset pl "Show &Hidden Directories" "Pokaż &ukryte katalogi" + ::msgcat::mcset pl "Show &Hidden Files and Directories" "Pokaż &ukryte pliki i katalogi" + ::msgcat::mcset pl "Skip Messages" "Pomiń pozostałe komunikaty" + ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Source..." "&Kod źródłowy..." + ::msgcat::mcset pl "Stri&keout" "&Przekreślenie" ::msgcat::mcset pl "Tcl Scripts" "Skrypty Tcl" ::msgcat::mcset pl "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl dla Windows" ::msgcat::mcset pl "Text Files" "Pliki tekstowe" - ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Underline" "Po&dkre\u015blenie" + ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Underline" "Po&dkreślenie" ::msgcat::mcset pl "&Yes" "&Tak" ::msgcat::mcset pl "abort" "przerwij" ::msgcat::mcset pl "blue" "niebieski" ::msgcat::mcset pl "cancel" "anuluj" ::msgcat::mcset pl "extension" "rozszerzenie" @@ -84,8 +84,8 @@ ::msgcat::mcset pl "extensions" "rozszerzenia" ::msgcat::mcset pl "green" "zielony" ::msgcat::mcset pl "ignore" "ignoruj" ::msgcat::mcset pl "ok" ::msgcat::mcset pl "red" "czerwony" - ::msgcat::mcset pl "retry" "pon\u00f3w" + ::msgcat::mcset pl "retry" "ponów" ::msgcat::mcset pl "yes" "tak" } Index: library/msgs/pt.msg ================================================================== --- library/msgs/pt.msg +++ library/msgs/pt.msg @@ -1,31 +1,31 @@ namespace eval ::tk { ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Abort" "&Abortar" ::msgcat::mcset pt "About..." "Sobre ..." ::msgcat::mcset pt "All Files" "Todos os arquivos" - ::msgcat::mcset pt "Application Error" "Erro de aplica\u00e7\u00e3o" + ::msgcat::mcset pt "Application Error" "Erro de aplicação" ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Blue" "&Azul" ::msgcat::mcset pt "Cancel" "Cancelar" ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Cancel" "&Cancelar" - ::msgcat::mcset pt "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "N\u00e3o foi poss\u00edvel mudar para o diret\u00f3rio \"%1\$s\".\nPermiss\u00e3o negada." - ::msgcat::mcset pt "Choose Directory" "Escolha um diret\u00f3rio" + ::msgcat::mcset pt "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Não foi possível mudar para o diretório \"%1\$s\".\nPermissão negada." + ::msgcat::mcset pt "Choose Directory" "Escolha um diretório" ::msgcat::mcset pt "Cl&ear" "Apagar" ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Clear Console" "Apagar Console" ::msgcat::mcset pt "Color" "Cor" ::msgcat::mcset pt "Console" ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Copy" "Copiar" ::msgcat::mcset pt "Cu&t" "Recortar" ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Delete" "Excluir" ::msgcat::mcset pt "Details >>" "Detalhes >>" - ::msgcat::mcset pt "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "O diret\u00f3rio \"%1\$s\" n\u00e3o existe." - ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Directory:" "&Diret\u00f3rio:" + ::msgcat::mcset pt "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "O diretório \"%1\$s\" não existe." + ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Directory:" "&Diretório:" ::msgcat::mcset pt "Error: %1\$s" "Erro: %1\$s" ::msgcat::mcset pt "E&xit" "Sair" ::msgcat::mcset pt "&File" "Arquivo" - ::msgcat::mcset pt "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "O arquivo \"%1\$s\" j\u00e1 existe.\nDeseja sobrescreve-lo?" - ::msgcat::mcset pt "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "O arquivo \"%1\$s\" j\u00e1 existe.\n\n" - ::msgcat::mcset pt "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Arquivo \"%1\$s\" n\u00e3o existe." + ::msgcat::mcset pt "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "O arquivo \"%1\$s\" já existe.\nDeseja sobrescreve-lo?" + ::msgcat::mcset pt "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "O arquivo \"%1\$s\" já existe.\n\n" + ::msgcat::mcset pt "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Arquivo \"%1\$s\" não existe." ::msgcat::mcset pt "File &name:" "&Nome do arquivo:" ::msgcat::mcset pt "File &names:" "&Nomes dos arquivos:" ::msgcat::mcset pt "Files of &type:" "Arquivos do &tipo:" ::msgcat::mcset pt "Fi&les:" "&Arquivos:" ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Filter" "&Filtro" @@ -32,19 +32,19 @@ ::msgcat::mcset pt "Fil&ter:" "Fil&tro:" ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Green" "&Verde" ::msgcat::mcset pt "Hi" "Oi" ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Hide Console" "Ocultar console" ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Ignore" "&Ignorar" - ::msgcat::mcset pt "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "O nome do arquivo \u00e9 inv\u00e1lido \"%1\$s\"." + ::msgcat::mcset pt "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "O nome do arquivo é inválido \"%1\$s\"." ::msgcat::mcset pt "Log Files" "Arquivos de log" - ::msgcat::mcset pt "&No" "&N\u00e3o" + ::msgcat::mcset pt "&No" "&Não" ::msgcat::mcset pt "&OK" ::msgcat::mcset pt "OK" ::msgcat::mcset pt "Ok" ::msgcat::mcset pt "Open" "Abrir" ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Open" "&Abrir" - ::msgcat::mcset pt "Open Multiple Files" "Abrir m\u00faltiplos arquivos" + ::msgcat::mcset pt "Open Multiple Files" "Abrir múltiplos arquivos" ::msgcat::mcset pt "P&aste" "Col&ar" ::msgcat::mcset pt "Quit" "Encerrar" ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Red" "&Vermelho" ::msgcat::mcset pt "Replace existing file?" "Substituir arquivo existente?" ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Retry" "Tenta&r novamente" @@ -51,24 +51,24 @@ ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Save" "&Salvar" ::msgcat::mcset pt "Save As" "Salvar como" ::msgcat::mcset pt "Save To Log" "Salvar arquivo de log" ::msgcat::mcset pt "Select Log File" "Selecionar arquivo de log" ::msgcat::mcset pt "Select a file to source" "Selecione um arquivo como fonte" - ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Selection:" "&Sele\u00e7\u00e3o:" + ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Selection:" "&Seleção:" ::msgcat::mcset pt "Skip Messages" "Omitir as mensagens" ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Source..." "&Fonte..." ::msgcat::mcset pt "Tcl Scripts" "Scripts Tcl" ::msgcat::mcset pt "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl para Windows" ::msgcat::mcset pt "Text Files" "Arquivos de texto" ::msgcat::mcset pt "&Yes" "&Sim" ::msgcat::mcset pt "abort" "abortar" ::msgcat::mcset pt "blue" "azul" ::msgcat::mcset pt "cancel" "cancelar" - ::msgcat::mcset pt "extension" "extens\u00e3o" - ::msgcat::mcset pt "extensions" "extens\u00f5es" + ::msgcat::mcset pt "extension" "extensão" + ::msgcat::mcset pt "extensions" "extensões" ::msgcat::mcset pt "green" "verde" ::msgcat::mcset pt "ignore" "ignorar" ::msgcat::mcset pt "ok" ::msgcat::mcset pt "red" "vermelho" ::msgcat::mcset pt "retry" "tentar novamente" ::msgcat::mcset pt "yes" "sim" } Index: library/msgs/ru.msg ================================================================== --- library/msgs/ru.msg +++ library/msgs/ru.msg @@ -1,75 +1,75 @@ namespace eval ::tk { - ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Abort" "&\u041e\u0442\u043c\u0435\u043d\u0438\u0442\u044c" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "&About..." "\u041f\u0440\u043e..." - ::msgcat::mcset ru "All Files" "\u0412\u0441\u0435 \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b\u044b" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "Application Error" "\u041e\u0448\u0438\u0431\u043a\u0430 \u0432 \u043f\u0440\u043e\u0433\u0440\u0430\u043c\u043c\u0435" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Blue" " &\u0413\u043e\u043b\u0443\u0431\u043e\u0439" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "Cancel" "\u041e\u0442&\u043c\u0435\u043d\u0430" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Cancel" "\u041e\u0442&\u043c\u0435\u043d\u0430" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Abort" "&Отменить" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "&About..." "Про..." + ::msgcat::mcset ru "All Files" "Все файлы" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "Application Error" "Ошибка в программе" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Blue" " &Голубой" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "Cancel" "От&мена" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Cancel" "От&мена" ::msgcat::mcset ru "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." \ - "\u041d\u0435 \u043c\u043e\u0433\u0443 \u043f\u0435\u0440\u0435\u0439\u0442\u0438 \u0432 \u043a\u0430\u0442\u0430\u043b\u043e\u0433 \"%1\$s\".\n\u041d\u0435\u0434\u043e\u0441\u0442\u0430\u0442\u043e\u0447\u043d\u043e \u043f\u0440\u0430\u0432 \u0434\u043e\u0441\u0442\u0443\u043f\u0430" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "Choose Directory" "\u0412\u044b\u0431\u0435\u0440\u0438\u0442\u0435 \u043a\u0430\u0442\u0430\u043b\u043e\u0433" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "Cl&ear" "\u041e\u0447\u0438\u0441\u0442\u0438\u0442\u044c" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "Color" "\u0426\u0432\u0435\u0442" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "Console" "\u041a\u043e\u043d\u0441\u043e\u043b\u044c" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Copy" "\u041a\u043e\u043f\u0438\u0440\u043e\u0432\u0430\u0442\u044c" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "Cu&t" "\u0412\u044b\u0440\u0435\u0437\u0430\u0442\u044c" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Delete" "\u0423\u0434\u0430\u043b\u0438\u0442\u044c" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "Details >>" "\u041f\u043e\u0434\u0440\u043e\u0431\u043d\u0435\u0435 >>" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "\u041a\u0430\u0442\u0430\u043b\u043e\u0433\u0430 \"%1\$s\" \u043d\u0435 \u0441\u0443\u0449\u0435\u0441\u0442\u0432\u0443\u0435\u0442." - ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Directory:" "&\u041a\u0430\u0442\u0430\u043b\u043e\u0433:" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "Error: %1\$s" "\u041e\u0448\u0438\u0431\u043a\u0430: %1\$s" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "E&xit" "\u0412\u044b\u0445\u043e\u0434" + "Не могу перейти в каталог \"%1\$s\".\nНедостаточно прав доступа" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "Choose Directory" "Выберите каталог" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "Cl&ear" "Очистить" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "Color" "Цвет" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "Console" "Консоль" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Copy" "Копировать" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "Cu&t" "Вырезать" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Delete" "Удалить" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "Details >>" "Подробнее >>" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Каталога \"%1\$s\" не существует." + ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Directory:" "&Каталог:" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "Error: %1\$s" "Ошибка: %1\$s" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "E&xit" "Выход" ::msgcat::mcset ru "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" \ - "\u0424\u0430\u0439\u043b \"%1\$s\" \u0443\u0436\u0435 \u0441\u0443\u0449\u0435\u0441\u0442\u0432\u0443\u0435\u0442.\n\u0417\u0430\u043c\u0435\u043d\u0438\u0442\u044c \u0435\u0433\u043e?" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "\u0424\u0430\u0439\u043b \"%1\$s\" \u0443\u0436\u0435 \u0441\u0443\u0449\u0435\u0441\u0442\u0432\u0443\u0435\u0442.\n\n" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "\u0424\u0430\u0439\u043b \"%1\$s\" \u043d\u0435 \u043d\u0430\u0439\u0434\u0435\u043d." - ::msgcat::mcset ru "File &name:" "&\u0418\u043c\u044f \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b\u0430:" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "File &names:" "&\u0418\u043c\u0435\u043d\u0430 \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b\u043e\u0432:" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "Files of &type:" "&\u0422\u0438\u043f \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b\u043e\u0432:" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "Fi&les:" "\u0424\u0430\u0439&\u043b\u044b:" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Filter" "&\u0424\u0438\u043b\u044c\u0442\u0440" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "Fil&ter:" "\u0424\u0438\u043b\u044c&\u0442\u0440:" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Green" " &\u0417\u0435\u043b\u0435\u043d\u044b\u0439" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "Hi" "\u041f\u0440\u0438\u0432\u0435\u0442" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Hide Console" "\u0421\u043f\u0440\u044f\u0442\u0430\u0442\u044c \u043a\u043e\u043d\u0441\u043e\u043b\u044c" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Ignore" "&\u0418\u0433\u043d\u043e\u0440\u0438\u0440\u043e\u0432\u0430\u0442\u044c" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "\u041d\u0435\u0432\u0435\u0440\u043d\u043e\u0435 \u0438\u043c\u044f \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b\u0430 \"%1\$s\"." - ::msgcat::mcset ru "Log Files" "\u0424\u0430\u0439\u043b\u044b \u0436\u0443\u0440\u043d\u0430\u043b\u0430" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "&No" "&\u041d\u0435\u0442" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "&OK" "&\u041e\u041a" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "OK" "\u041e\u041a" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "Ok" "\u0414\u0430" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "Open" "\u041e\u0442\u043a\u0440\u044b\u0442\u044c" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Open" "&\u041e\u0442\u043a\u0440\u044b\u0442\u044c" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "Open Multiple Files" "\u041e\u0442\u043a\u0440\u044b\u0442\u044c \u043d\u0435\u0441\u043a\u043e\u043b\u044c\u043a\u043e \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b\u043e\u0432" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "P&aste" "\u0412\u0441\u0442\u0430\u0432\u0438\u0442\u044c" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Quit" "\u0412\u044b\u0445\u043e\u0434" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Red" " &\u041a\u0440\u0430\u0441\u043d\u044b\u0439" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "Replace existing file?" "\u0417\u0430\u043c\u0435\u043d\u0438\u0442\u044c \u0441\u0443\u0449\u0435\u0441\u0442\u0432\u0443\u044e\u0449\u0438\u0439 \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b?" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Retry" "&\u041f\u043e\u0432\u0442\u043e\u0440\u0438\u0442\u044c" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Save" "&\u0421\u043e\u0445\u0440\u0430\u043d\u0438\u0442\u044c" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "Save As" "\u0421\u043e\u0445\u0440\u0430\u043d\u0438\u0442\u044c \u043a\u0430\u043a" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "Save To Log" "\u0421\u043e\u0445\u0440\u0430\u043d\u0438\u0442\u044c \u0432 \u0436\u0443\u0440\u043d\u0430\u043b" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "Select Log File" "\u0412\u044b\u0431\u0440\u0430\u0442\u044c \u0436\u0443\u0440\u043d\u0430\u043b" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "Select a file to source" "\u0412\u044b\u0431\u0435\u0440\u0438\u0442\u0435 \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b \u0434\u043b\u044f \u0438\u043d\u0442\u0435\u0440\u043f\u0440\u0435\u0442\u0430\u0446\u0438\u0438" + "Файл \"%1\$s\" уже существует.\nЗаменить его?" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Файл \"%1\$s\" уже существует.\n\n" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Файл \"%1\$s\" не найден." + ::msgcat::mcset ru "File &name:" "&Имя файла:" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "File &names:" "&Имена файлов:" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "Files of &type:" "&Тип файлов:" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "Fi&les:" "Фай&лы:" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Filter" "&Фильтр" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "Fil&ter:" "Филь&тр:" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Green" " &Зеленый" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "Hi" "Привет" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Hide Console" "Спрятать консоль" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Ignore" "&Игнорировать" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Неверное имя файла \"%1\$s\"." + ::msgcat::mcset ru "Log Files" "Файлы журнала" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "&No" "&Нет" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "&OK" "&ОК" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "OK" "ОК" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "Ok" "Да" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "Open" "Открыть" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Open" "&Открыть" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "Open Multiple Files" "Открыть несколько файлов" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "P&aste" "Вставить" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Quit" "Выход" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Red" " &Красный" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "Replace existing file?" "Заменить существующий файл?" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Retry" "&Повторить" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Save" "&Сохранить" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "Save As" "Сохранить как" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "Save To Log" "Сохранить в журнал" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "Select Log File" "Выбрать журнал" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "Select a file to source" "Выберите файл для интерпретации" ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Selection:" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "Skip Messages" "\u041f\u0440\u043e\u043f\u0443\u0441\u0442\u0438\u0442\u044c \u0441\u043e\u043e\u0431\u0449\u0435\u043d\u0438\u044f" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Source..." "\u0418\u043d\u0442\u0435\u0440\u043f\u0440\u0435\u0442\u0438\u0440\u043e\u0432\u0430\u0442\u044c \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b..." - ::msgcat::mcset ru "Tcl Scripts" "\u041f\u0440\u043e\u0433\u0440\u0430\u043c\u043c\u0430 \u043d\u0430 \u044f\u0437\u044b\u043a\u0435 TCL" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "Tcl for Windows" "TCL \u0434\u043b\u044f Windows" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "Text Files" "\u0422\u0435\u043a\u0441\u0442\u043e\u0432\u044b\u0435 \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b\u044b" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Yes" "&\u0414\u0430" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "abort" "\u043e\u0442\u043c\u0435\u043d\u0430" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "blue" " \u0433\u043e\u043b\u0443\u0431\u043e\u0439" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "cancel" "\u043e\u0442\u043c\u0435\u043d\u0430" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "extension" "\u0440\u0430\u0441\u0448\u0438\u0440\u0435\u043d\u0438\u0435" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "extensions" "\u0440\u0430\u0441\u0448\u0438\u0440\u0435\u043d\u0438\u044f" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "green" " \u0437\u0435\u043b\u0435\u043d\u044b\u0439" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "ignore" "\u043f\u0440\u043e\u043f\u0443\u0441\u0442\u0438\u0442\u044c" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "ok" "\u043e\u043a" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "red" " \u043a\u0440\u0430\u0441\u043d\u044b\u0439" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "retry" "\u043f\u043e\u0432\u0442\u043e\u0440\u0438\u0442\u044c" - ::msgcat::mcset ru "yes" "\u0434\u0430" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "Skip Messages" "Пропустить сообщения" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Source..." "Интерпретировать файл..." + ::msgcat::mcset ru "Tcl Scripts" "Программа на языке TCL" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "Tcl for Windows" "TCL для Windows" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "Text Files" "Текстовые файлы" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "&Yes" "&Да" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "abort" "отмена" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "blue" " голубой" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "cancel" "отмена" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "extension" "расширение" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "extensions" "расширения" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "green" " зеленый" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "ignore" "пропустить" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "ok" "ок" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "red" " красный" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "retry" "повторить" + ::msgcat::mcset ru "yes" "да" } Index: library/msgs/sv.msg ================================================================== --- library/msgs/sv.msg +++ library/msgs/sv.msg @@ -1,18 +1,18 @@ namespace eval ::tk { ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Abort" "&Avsluta" ::msgcat::mcset sv "&About..." "&Om..." ::msgcat::mcset sv "All Files" "Samtliga filer" ::msgcat::mcset sv "Application Error" "Programfel" - ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Blue" "&Bl\u00e5" + ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Blue" "&Blå" ::msgcat::mcset sv "Cancel" "Avbryt" ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Cancel" "&Avbryt" - ::msgcat::mcset sv "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Kan ej n\u00e5 mappen \"%1\$s\".\nSaknar r\u00e4ttigheter." - ::msgcat::mcset sv "Choose Directory" "V\u00e4lj mapp" + ::msgcat::mcset sv "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Kan ej nå mappen \"%1\$s\".\nSaknar rättigheter." + ::msgcat::mcset sv "Choose Directory" "Välj mapp" ::msgcat::mcset sv "Cl&ear" "&Radera" ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Clear Console" "&Radera konsollen" - ::msgcat::mcset sv "Color" "F\u00e4rg" + ::msgcat::mcset sv "Color" "Färg" ::msgcat::mcset sv "Console" "Konsoll" ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Copy" "&Kopiera" ::msgcat::mcset sv "Cu&t" "Klipp u&t" ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Delete" "&Radera" ::msgcat::mcset sv "Details >>" "Detaljer >>" @@ -20,57 +20,57 @@ ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Directory:" "&Mapp:" ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Edit" "R&edigera" ::msgcat::mcset sv "Error: %1\$s" "Fel: %1\$s" ::msgcat::mcset sv "E&xit" "&Avsluta" ::msgcat::mcset sv "&File" "&Fil" - ::msgcat::mcset sv "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Filen \"%1\$s\" finns redan.\nVill du skriva \u00f6ver den?" + ::msgcat::mcset sv "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Filen \"%1\$s\" finns redan.\nVill du skriva över den?" ::msgcat::mcset sv "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Filen \"%1\$s\" finns redan.\n\n" ::msgcat::mcset sv "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Filen \"%1\$s\" finns ej." ::msgcat::mcset sv "File &name:" "Fil&namn:" ::msgcat::mcset sv "File &names:" "Fil&namn:" ::msgcat::mcset sv "Files of &type:" "Filer av &typ:" ::msgcat::mcset sv "Fi&les:" "Fi&ler:" ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Filter" ::msgcat::mcset sv "Fil&ter:" - ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Green" "&Gr\u00f6n" - ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Help" "&Hj\u00e4lp" + ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Green" "&Grön" + ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Help" "&Hjälp" ::msgcat::mcset sv "Hi" "Hej" - ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Hide Console" "&G\u00f6m konsollen" + ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Hide Console" "&Göm konsollen" ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Ignore" "&Ignorera" ::msgcat::mcset sv "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Ogiltigt filnamn \"%1\$s\"." ::msgcat::mcset sv "Log Files" "Loggfiler" ::msgcat::mcset sv "&No" "&Nej" ::msgcat::mcset sv "&OK" ::msgcat::mcset sv "OK" ::msgcat::mcset sv "Ok" - ::msgcat::mcset sv "Open" "\u00d6ppna" - ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Open" "&\u00d6ppna" - ::msgcat::mcset sv "Open Multiple Files" "\u00d6ppna flera filer" + ::msgcat::mcset sv "Open" "Öppna" + ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Open" "&Öppna" + ::msgcat::mcset sv "Open Multiple Files" "Öppna flera filer" ::msgcat::mcset sv "P&aste" "&Klistra in" ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Quit" "&Avsluta" - ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Red" "&R\u00f6d" - ::msgcat::mcset sv "Replace existing file?" "Ers\u00e4tt existerande fil?" - ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Retry" "&F\u00f6rs\u00f6k igen" + ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Red" "&Röd" + ::msgcat::mcset sv "Replace existing file?" "Ersätt existerande fil?" + ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Retry" "&Försök igen" ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Save" "&Spara" ::msgcat::mcset sv "Save As" "Spara som" ::msgcat::mcset sv "Save To Log" "Spara till logg" - ::msgcat::mcset sv "Select Log File" "V\u00e4lj loggfil" - ::msgcat::mcset sv "Select a file to source" "V\u00e4lj k\u00e4llfil" + ::msgcat::mcset sv "Select Log File" "Välj loggfil" + ::msgcat::mcset sv "Select a file to source" "Välj källfil" ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Selection:" "&Val:" - ::msgcat::mcset sv "Skip Messages" "Hoppa \u00f6ver meddelanden" - ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Source..." "&K\u00e4lla..." + ::msgcat::mcset sv "Skip Messages" "Hoppa över meddelanden" + ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Source..." "&Källa..." ::msgcat::mcset sv "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl skript" - ::msgcat::mcset sv "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl f\u00f6r Windows" + ::msgcat::mcset sv "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl för Windows" ::msgcat::mcset sv "Text Files" "Textfiler" ::msgcat::mcset sv "&Yes" "&Ja" ::msgcat::mcset sv "abort" "avbryt" - ::msgcat::mcset sv "blue" "bl\u00e5" + ::msgcat::mcset sv "blue" "blå" ::msgcat::mcset sv "cancel" "avbryt" ::msgcat::mcset sv "extension" "utvidgning" ::msgcat::mcset sv "extensions" "utvidgningar" - ::msgcat::mcset sv "green" "gr\u00f6n" + ::msgcat::mcset sv "green" "grön" ::msgcat::mcset sv "ignore" "ignorera" ::msgcat::mcset sv "ok" - ::msgcat::mcset sv "red" "r\u00f6d" - ::msgcat::mcset sv "retry" "f\u00f6rs\u00f6k igen" + ::msgcat::mcset sv "red" "röd" + ::msgcat::mcset sv "retry" "försök igen" ::msgcat::mcset sv "yes" "ja" } Index: library/tclIndex ================================================================== --- library/tclIndex +++ library/tclIndex @@ -245,9 +245,8 @@ set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Set) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Unset) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Key) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Goto) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Reset) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] -set auto_index(tk_getFileType) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::unsupported::ExposePrivateCommand) [list source [file join $dir unsupported.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::unsupported::ExposePrivateVariable) [list source [file join $dir unsupported.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::fontchooser) [list source [file join $dir fontchooser.tcl]] Index: library/text.tcl ================================================================== --- library/text.tcl +++ library/text.tcl @@ -1203,5 +1203,101 @@ } if {[info exists Priv(mouseMoved)] && $Priv(mouseMoved)} { $w scan dragto $x $y } } + +# ::tk::TextUndoRedoProcessMarks -- +# +# This proc is executed after an undo or redo action. +# It processes the list of undo/redo marks temporarily set in the +# text widget to positions delimiting where changes happened, and +# returns a flat list of ranges. The temporary marks are removed +# from the text widget. +# +# Arguments: +# w - The text widget + +proc ::tk::TextUndoRedoProcessMarks {w} { + set indices {} + set undoMarks {} + + # only consider the temporary marks set by an undo/redo action + foreach mark [$w mark names] { + if {[string range $mark 0 11] eq "tk::undoMark"} { + lappend undoMarks $mark + } + } + + # transform marks into indices + # the number of undo/redo marks is always even, each right mark + # completes a left mark to give a range + # this is true because: + # - undo/redo only deals with insertions and deletions of text + # - insertions may move marks but not delete them + # - when deleting text, marks located inside the deleted range + # are not erased but moved to the start of the deletion range + # . this is done in TkBTreeDeleteIndexRange ("This segment + # refuses to die...") + # . because MarkDeleteProc does nothing else than returning + # a value indicating that marks are not deleted by this + # deleteProc + # . mark deletion rather happen through [.text mark unset xxx] + # which was not used _up to this point of the code_ (it + # is a bit later just before exiting the present proc) + set nUndoMarks [llength $undoMarks] + set n [expr {$nUndoMarks / 2}] + set undoMarks [lsort -dictionary $undoMarks] + set Lmarks [lrange $undoMarks 0 [expr {$n - 1}]] + set Rmarks [lrange $undoMarks $n [llength $undoMarks]] + foreach Lmark $Lmarks Rmark $Rmarks { + lappend indices [$w index $Lmark] [$w index $Rmark] + $w mark unset $Lmark $Rmark + } + + # process ranges to: + # - remove those already fully included in another range + # - merge overlapping ranges + set ind [lsort -dictionary -stride 2 $indices] + set indices {} + + for {set i 0} {$i < $nUndoMarks} {incr i 2} { + set il1 [lindex $ind $i] + set ir1 [lindex $ind [expr {$i + 1}]] + lappend indices $il1 $ir1 + + for {set j [expr {$i + 2}]} {$j < $nUndoMarks} {incr j 2} { + set il2 [lindex $ind $j] + set ir2 [lindex $ind [expr {$j + 1}]] + + if {[$w compare $il2 > $ir1]} { + # second range starts after the end of first range + # -> further second ranges do not need to be considered + # because ranges were sorted by increasing first index + set j $nUndoMarks + + } else { + if {[$w compare $ir2 > $ir1]} { + # second range overlaps first range + # -> merge them into a single range + set indices [lreplace $indices end-1 end] + lappend indices $il1 $ir2 + + } else { + # second range is fully included in first range + # -> ignore it + + } + # in both cases above, the second range shall be + # trimmed out from the list of ranges + set ind [lreplace $ind $j [expr {$j + 1}]] + incr j -2 + incr nUndoMarks -2 + + } + + } + + } + + return $indices +} Index: library/tk.tcl ================================================================== --- library/tk.tcl +++ library/tk.tcl @@ -9,11 +9,11 @@ # # See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of # this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. # Verify that we have Tk binary and script components from the same release -package require -exact Tk 8.6.8 +package require -exact Tk 8.7a2 # Create a ::tk namespace namespace eval ::tk { # Set up the msgcat commands namespace eval msgcat { Index: library/ttk/button.tcl ================================================================== --- library/ttk/button.tcl +++ library/ttk/button.tcl @@ -6,11 +6,11 @@ # This doesn't seem to be conventional, but it's a nice way # to provide extra feedback while the grab is active. # (If the button is released off the widget, the grab deactivates and # we get a event then, which turns off the "active" state) # -# Normally, and events are +# Normally, and events are # delivered to the widget which received the initial # event. However, Tk [grab]s (#1223103) and menu interactions # (#1222605) can interfere with this. To guard against spurious # events, the binding only sets # the pressed state if the button is currently active. Index: library/ttk/clamTheme.tcl ================================================================== --- library/ttk/clamTheme.tcl +++ library/ttk/clamTheme.tcl @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ # # Inspired by the XFCE family of Gnome themes. # namespace eval ttk::theme::clam { - variable colors + variable colors array set colors { -disabledfg "#999999" -frame "#dcdad5" -window "#ffffff" -dark "#cfcdc8" Index: library/ttk/defaults.tcl ================================================================== --- library/ttk/defaults.tcl +++ library/ttk/defaults.tcl @@ -41,11 +41,11 @@ [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg)] ttk::style configure TButton \ -anchor center -padding "3 3" -width -9 \ -relief raised -shiftrelief 1 - ttk::style map TButton -relief [list {!disabled pressed} sunken] + ttk::style map TButton -relief [list {!disabled pressed} sunken] ttk::style configure TCheckbutton \ -indicatorcolor "#ffffff" -indicatorrelief sunken -padding 1 ttk::style map TCheckbutton -indicatorcolor \ [list pressed $colors(-activebg) \ Index: library/ttk/entry.tcl ================================================================== --- library/ttk/entry.tcl +++ library/ttk/entry.tcl @@ -416,11 +416,11 @@ ## binding # Suspend autoscroll. # proc ttk::entry::DragIn {w} { - ttk::CancelRepeat + ttk::CancelRepeat } ## binding # proc ttk::entry::Release {w} { @@ -430,11 +430,11 @@ } ## AutoScroll # Called repeatedly when the mouse is outside an entry window # with Button 1 down. Scroll the window left or right, -# depending on where the mouse left the window, and extend +# depending on where the mouse left the window, and extend # the selection according to the current selection mode. # # TODO: AutoScroll should repeat faster (50ms) than normal autorepeat. # TODO: Need a way for Repeat scripts to cancel themselves. # Index: library/ttk/menubutton.tcl ================================================================== --- library/ttk/menubutton.tcl +++ library/ttk/menubutton.tcl @@ -8,11 +8,11 @@ # Keyboard: or accelerator key to post menu # # (In addition, when menu system is active, "dropdown" -- menu posts # on mouse-over. Ttk menubuttons don't implement this). # -# For keyboard and popdown mode, we hand off to tk_popup and let +# For keyboard and popdown mode, we hand off to tk_popup and let # the built-in Tk bindings handle the rest of the interaction. # # ON X11: # # Standard Tk menubuttons use a global grab on the menubutton. @@ -20,17 +20,17 @@ # since we need to process the final event, # and this might be delivered to the menu. So instead we # rely on the passive grab that occurs on events, # and transition to popdown mode when the mouse is released # or dragged outside the menubutton. -# +# # ON WINDOWS: # -# I'm not sure what the hell is going on here. [$menu post] apparently +# I'm not sure what the hell is going on here. [$menu post] apparently # sets up some kind of internal grab for native menus. # On this platform, just use [tk_popup] for all menu actions. -# +# # ON MACOS: # # Same probably applies here. # @@ -59,11 +59,11 @@ bind TMenubutton \ { if {[winfo exists %W]} { %W state !pressed } } } # PostPosition -- -# Returns the x and y coordinates where the menu +# Returns the x and y coordinates where the menu # should be posted, based on the menubutton and menu size # and -direction option. # # TODO: adjust menu width to be at least as wide as the button # for -direction above, below. @@ -83,11 +83,11 @@ switch -- $dir { above { if {$y >= $mh} { incr y -$mh } { incr y $bh } } below { if {$y <= $sh} { incr y $bh } { incr y -$mh } } left { if {$x >= $mw} { incr x -$mw } { incr x $bw } } right { if {$x <= $sw} { incr x $bw } { incr x -$mw } } - flush { + flush { # post menu atop menubutton. # If there's a menu entry whose label matches the # menubutton -text, assume this is an optionmenu # and place that entry over the menubutton. set index [FindMenuEntry $menu [$mb cget -text]] @@ -111,11 +111,11 @@ tk_popup $menu $x $y } # Pulldown (X11 only) -- # Called when Button1 is pressed on a menubutton. -# Posts the menu; a subsequent ButtonRelease +# Posts the menu; a subsequent ButtonRelease # or Leave event will set a grab on the menu. # proc ttk::menubutton::Pulldown {mb} { variable State if {[$mb instate disabled] || [set menu [$mb cget -menu]] eq ""} { Index: library/ttk/notebook.tcl ================================================================== --- library/ttk/notebook.tcl +++ library/ttk/notebook.tcl @@ -68,11 +68,11 @@ } } } # MnemonicTab $nb $key -- -# Scan all tabs in the specified notebook for one with the +# Scan all tabs in the specified notebook for one with the # specified mnemonic. If found, returns path name of tab; # otherwise returns "" # proc ttk::notebook::MnemonicTab {nb key} { set key [string toupper $key] @@ -92,12 +92,12 @@ # enableTraversal -- # Enable keyboard traversal for a notebook widget # by adding bindings to the containing toplevel window. # -# TLNotebooks($top) keeps track of the list of all traversal-enabled -# notebooks contained in the toplevel +# TLNotebooks($top) keeps track of the list of all traversal-enabled +# notebooks contained in the toplevel # proc ttk::notebook::enableTraversal {nb} { variable TLNotebooks set top [winfo toplevel $nb] @@ -143,11 +143,11 @@ set index [lsearch -exact $TLNotebooks($top) $nb] set TLNotebooks($top) [lreplace $TLNotebooks($top) $index $index] } } -# EnclosingNotebook $w -- +# EnclosingNotebook $w -- # Return the nearest traversal-enabled notebook widget # that contains $w. # # BUGS: this only works properly for tabs that are direct children # of the notebook widget. This routine should follow the @@ -169,11 +169,11 @@ return "" } # TLCycleTab -- # toplevel binding procedure for Control-Tab / Control-Shift-Tab -# Select the next/previous tab in the nearest ancestor notebook. +# Select the next/previous tab in the nearest ancestor notebook. # proc ttk::notebook::TLCycleTab {w dir} { set nb [EnclosingNotebook $w] if {$nb ne ""} { CycleTab $nb $dir Index: library/ttk/scrollbar.tcl ================================================================== --- library/ttk/scrollbar.tcl +++ library/ttk/scrollbar.tcl @@ -84,11 +84,11 @@ } proc ttk::scrollbar::Drag {w x y} { variable State if {![info exists State(first)]} { - # Initial buttonpress was not on the thumb, + # Initial buttonpress was not on the thumb, # or something screwy has happened. In either case, ignore: return; } set xDelta [expr {$x - $State(xPress)}] set yDelta [expr {$y - $State(yPress)}] Index: library/ttk/treeview.tcl ================================================================== --- library/ttk/treeview.tcl +++ library/ttk/treeview.tcl @@ -44,11 +44,11 @@ bind Treeview \ { ttk::treeview::Select %W %x %y extend } bind Treeview <> \ { ttk::treeview::Select %W %x %y toggle } -ttk::copyBindings TtkScrollable Treeview +ttk::copyBindings TtkScrollable Treeview ### Binding procedures. # ## Keynav -- Keyboard navigation Index: library/ttk/ttk.tcl ================================================================== --- library/ttk/ttk.tcl +++ library/ttk/ttk.tcl @@ -120,11 +120,11 @@ # proc ttk::LoadThemes {} { variable library # "default" always present: - uplevel #0 [list source [file join $library defaults.tcl]] + uplevel #0 [list source [file join $library defaults.tcl]] set builtinThemes [style theme names] foreach {theme scripts} { classic classicTheme.tcl alt altTheme.tcl Index: library/ttk/vistaTheme.tcl ================================================================== --- library/ttk/vistaTheme.tcl +++ library/ttk/vistaTheme.tcl @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ # # Settings for Microsoft Windows Vista and Server 2008 # # The Vista theme can only be defined on Windows Vista and above. The theme -# is created in C due to the need to assign a theme-enabled function for +# is created in C due to the need to assign a theme-enabled function for # detecting when themeing is disabled. On systems that cannot support the # Vista theme, there will be no such theme created and we must not # evaluate this script. if {"vista" ni [ttk::style theme names]} { @@ -148,11 +148,11 @@ ttk::style map TSpinbox \ -selectbackground [list !focus SystemWindow] \ -selectforeground [list !focus SystemWindowText] \ ; - + # SCROLLBAR elements (Vista includes a state for 'hover') ttk::style element create Vertical.Scrollbar.uparrow vsapi \ SCROLLBAR 1 {disabled 4 pressed 3 active 2 hover 17 {} 1} \ -syssize {SM_CXVSCROLL SM_CYVSCROLL} ttk::style element create Vertical.Scrollbar.downarrow vsapi \ @@ -184,20 +184,21 @@ ttk::style element create Horizontal.Progressbar.pbar vsapi \ PROGRESS 3 {{} 1} -padding 8 ttk::style layout Horizontal.TProgressbar { Horizontal.Progressbar.trough -sticky nswe -children { Horizontal.Progressbar.pbar -side left -sticky ns + Horizontal.Progressbar.text -sticky nesw } } ttk::style element create Vertical.Progressbar.pbar vsapi \ PROGRESS 3 {{} 1} -padding 8 ttk::style layout Vertical.TProgressbar { Vertical.Progressbar.trough -sticky nswe -children { Vertical.Progressbar.pbar -side bottom -sticky we } } - + # Scale ttk::style element create Horizontal.Scale.slider vsapi \ TRACKBAR 3 {disabled 5 focus 4 pressed 3 active 2 {} 1} \ -width 6 -height 12 ttk::style layout Horizontal.TScale { @@ -217,12 +218,12 @@ Vertical.Scale.track -sticky ns Vertical.Scale.slider -side top -sticky {} } } } - + # Treeview ttk::style configure Item -padding {4 0 0 0} - + package provide ttk::theme::vista 1.0 } } Index: library/xmfbox.tcl ================================================================== --- library/xmfbox.tcl +++ library/xmfbox.tcl @@ -208,11 +208,10 @@ proc ::tk::MotifFDialog_SetFilter {w type} { upvar ::tk::dialog::file::[winfo name $w] data variable ::tk::Priv set data(filter) [lindex $type 1] - set Priv(selectFileType) [lindex [lindex $type 0] 0] MotifFDialog_Update $w } # ::tk::MotifFDialog_Config -- @@ -979,11 +978,5 @@ variable ::tk::Priv unset -nocomplain Priv(lbAccel,$w) } -proc ::tk_getFileType {} { - variable ::tk::Priv - - return $Priv(selectFileType) -} - Index: macosx/GNUmakefile ================================================================== --- macosx/GNUmakefile +++ macosx/GNUmakefile @@ -100,11 +100,11 @@ PROJECT := tk PRODUCT_NAME := Tk UNIX_DIR := ${CURDIR}/../unix -VERSION := $(shell awk -F= '/^TK_VERSION/ {print $$2; nextfile}' ${UNIX_DIR}/configure.in) +VERSION := $(shell awk -F= '/^TK_VERSION/ {print $$2; nextfile}' ${UNIX_DIR}/configure.ac) TCL_VERSION := ${VERSION} wish := wish WISH = wish${VERSION} BUILD_TARGET := all tktest Index: macosx/Tk-Common.xcconfig ================================================================== --- macosx/Tk-Common.xcconfig +++ macosx/Tk-Common.xcconfig @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR = $(SYMROOT)/../tcl/$(CONFIGURATION) TCL_LIBRARY = $(LIBDIR)/tcl$(VERSION) TCL_PACKAGE_PATH = "$(LIBDIR)" TCL_DEFS = HAVE_TCL_CONFIG_H TK_LIBRARY = $(LIBDIR)/tk$(VERSION) -TK_DEFS = HAVE_TK_CONFIG_H -VERSION = 8.6 +TK_DEFS = HAVE_TK_CONFIG_H TCL_NO_DEPRECATED +VERSION = 8.7 Index: macosx/Tk.xcode/project.pbxproj ================================================================== --- macosx/Tk.xcode/project.pbxproj +++ macosx/Tk.xcode/project.pbxproj @@ -1170,11 +1170,11 @@ F966BC6808F27A3D005CB29B /* winWm.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winWm.test; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BC6908F27A3D005CB29B /* wm.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = wm.test; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BC6A08F27A3D005CB29B /* xmfbox.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = xmfbox.test; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BC6C08F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BC6D08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = ""; }; - F966BC6E08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = ""; }; + F966BC6E08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure.ac */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.ac; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BC6F08F27A3D005CB29B /* install-sh */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = "install-sh"; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BC7008F27A3D005CB29B /* installManPage */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = installManPage; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BC7108F27A3D005CB29B /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BC7208F27A3D005CB29B /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BC7308F27A3D005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tcl.m4; sourceTree = ""; }; @@ -1209,20 +1209,18 @@ F966BC9008F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixWm.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixWm.c; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BC9108F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixXId.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixXId.c; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BC9408F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BC9508F27A3D005CB29B /* buildall.vc.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = buildall.vc.bat; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BC9608F27A3E005CB29B /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = ""; }; - F966BC9708F27A3E005CB29B /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = ""; }; + F966BC9708F27A3E005CB29B /* configure.ac */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.ac; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BC9908F27A3E005CB29B /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BC9A08F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.vc; sourceTree = ""; }; - F966BC9B08F27A3E005CB29B /* mkd.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = mkd.bat; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BC9C08F27A3E005CB29B /* nmakehlp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = nmakehlp.c; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BCEE08F27A3E005CB29B /* tk.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk.rc; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BCEF08F27A3E005CB29B /* tk_base.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk_base.rc; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BCF208F27A3E005CB29B /* wish.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = wish.rc; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BCF308F27A3E005CB29B /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = ""; }; - F966BCF408F27A3E005CB29B /* rmd.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rmd.bat; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BCF508F27A3F005CB29B /* rules.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rules.vc; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BCF608F27A3F005CB29B /* stubs.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = stubs.c; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BCF708F27A3F005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tcl.m4; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BCF808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkConfig.sh.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkConfig.sh.in; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BCF908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkWin.h; sourceTree = ""; }; @@ -1913,11 +1911,11 @@ F96D43CD08F272B7004A47F5 /* winNotify.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winNotify.test; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D43CE08F272B7004A47F5 /* winPipe.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winPipe.test; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D43CF08F272B7004A47F5 /* winTime.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winTime.test; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D43D108F272B8004A47F5 /* checkLibraryDoc.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = checkLibraryDoc.tcl; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D43D208F272B8004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = ""; }; - F96D43D308F272B8004A47F5 /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = ""; }; + F96D43D308F272B8004A47F5 /* configure.ac */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.ac; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D442208F272B8004A47F5 /* eolFix.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = eolFix.tcl; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D442408F272B8004A47F5 /* fix_tommath_h.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = fix_tommath_h.tcl; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D442508F272B8004A47F5 /* genStubs.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = genStubs.tcl; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D442708F272B8004A47F5 /* index.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = index.tcl; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D442808F272B8004A47F5 /* installData.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = installData.tcl; sourceTree = ""; }; @@ -1938,11 +1936,11 @@ F96D443A08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclZIC.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tclZIC.tcl; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D443B08F272B9004A47F5 /* uniClass.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = uniClass.tcl; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D443C08F272B9004A47F5 /* uniParse.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = uniParse.tcl; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D444008F272B9004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D444108F272B9004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = ""; }; - F96D444208F272B9004A47F5 /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = ""; }; + F96D444208F272B9004A47F5 /* configure.ac */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.ac; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D444408F272B9004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D444508F272B9004A47F5 /* pkga.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkga.c; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D444608F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgb.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgb.c; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D444708F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgc.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgc.c; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D444808F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgd.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgd.c; sourceTree = ""; }; @@ -1982,11 +1980,11 @@ F96D446D08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclXtTest.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclXtTest.c; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D447008F272BA004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D447108F272BA004A47F5 /* buildall.vc.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = buildall.vc.bat; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D447208F272BA004A47F5 /* cat.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = cat.c; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D447408F272BA004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = ""; }; - F96D447508F272BA004A47F5 /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = ""; }; + F96D447508F272BA004A47F5 /* configure.ac */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.ac; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D447708F272BA004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D447808F272BA004A47F5 /* makefile.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.vc; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D447908F272BA004A47F5 /* nmakehlp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = nmakehlp.c; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D447A08F272BA004A47F5 /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D447C08F272BA004A47F5 /* rules.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rules.vc; sourceTree = ""; }; @@ -2738,11 +2736,11 @@ F966BC6B08F27A3D005CB29B /* unix */ = { isa = PBXGroup; children = ( F966BC6C08F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */, F966BC6D08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure */, - F966BC6E08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure.in */, + F966BC6E08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure.ac */, F966BC6F08F27A3D005CB29B /* install-sh */, F966BC7008F27A3D005CB29B /* installManPage */, F966BC7108F27A3D005CB29B /* Makefile.in */, F966BC7208F27A3D005CB29B /* README */, F966BC7308F27A3D005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */, @@ -2785,14 +2783,13 @@ isa = PBXGroup; children = ( F966BC9408F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */, F966BC9508F27A3D005CB29B /* buildall.vc.bat */, F966BC9608F27A3E005CB29B /* configure */, - F966BC9708F27A3E005CB29B /* configure.in */, + F966BC9708F27A3E005CB29B /* configure.ac */, F966BC9908F27A3E005CB29B /* Makefile.in */, F966BC9A08F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.vc */, - F966BC9B08F27A3E005CB29B /* mkd.bat */, F966BC9C08F27A3E005CB29B /* nmakehlp.c */, F966BC9D08F27A3E005CB29B /* rc */, F966BCF308F27A3E005CB29B /* README */, F966BCF408F27A3E005CB29B /* rmd.bat */, F966BCF508F27A3F005CB29B /* rules.vc */, @@ -3720,11 +3717,11 @@ F96D43D008F272B8004A47F5 /* tools */ = { isa = PBXGroup; children = ( F96D43D108F272B8004A47F5 /* checkLibraryDoc.tcl */, F96D43D208F272B8004A47F5 /* configure */, - F96D43D308F272B8004A47F5 /* configure.in */, + F96D43D308F272B8004A47F5 /* configure.ac */, F96D442208F272B8004A47F5 /* eolFix.tcl */, F96D442408F272B8004A47F5 /* fix_tommath_h.tcl */, F96D442508F272B8004A47F5 /* genStubs.tcl */, F96D442708F272B8004A47F5 /* index.tcl */, F96D442808F272B8004A47F5 /* installData.tcl */, @@ -3753,11 +3750,11 @@ F96D443E08F272B9004A47F5 /* unix */ = { isa = PBXGroup; children = ( F96D444008F272B9004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */, F96D444108F272B9004A47F5 /* configure */, - F96D444208F272B9004A47F5 /* configure.in */, + F96D444208F272B9004A47F5 /* configure.ac */, F96D444308F272B9004A47F5 /* dltest */, F96D444D08F272B9004A47F5 /* install-sh */, F96D444E08F272B9004A47F5 /* installManPage */, F96D444F08F272B9004A47F5 /* ldAix */, F96D445008F272B9004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */, @@ -3814,11 +3811,11 @@ children = ( F96D447008F272BA004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */, F96D447108F272BA004A47F5 /* buildall.vc.bat */, F96D447208F272BA004A47F5 /* cat.c */, F96D447408F272BA004A47F5 /* configure */, - F96D447508F272BA004A47F5 /* configure.in */, + F96D447508F272BA004A47F5 /* configure.ac */, F96D447708F272BA004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */, F96D447808F272BA004A47F5 /* makefile.vc */, F96D447908F272BA004A47F5 /* nmakehlp.c */, F96D447A08F272BA004A47F5 /* README */, F96D447C08F272BA004A47F5 /* rules.vc */, @@ -3966,11 +3963,11 @@ buildActionMask = 2147483647; files = ( ); inputPaths = ( "$(TCL_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac", - "$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.in", + "$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.ac", "$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4", "$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4", "$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tclConfig.sh.in", "$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/Makefile.in", "$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/dltest/Makefile.in", @@ -3979,21 +3976,21 @@ outputPaths = ( "$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tcl/tclConfig.sh", ); runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0; shellPath = /bin/bash; - shellScript = "## tcl configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.in -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tcl/macosx\"\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\n ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tcl && cd tcl &&\nif [ \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n echo \"Configuring Tcl\"\n CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n ./config.status\nfi\n"; + shellScript = "## tcl configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tcl/macosx\"\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\n ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tcl && cd tcl &&\nif [ \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n echo \"Configuring Tcl\"\n CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n ./config.status\nfi\n"; showEnvVarsInLog = 0; }; F9A5C5F608F651AB008AE941 /* Configure Tk */ = { isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase; buildActionMask = 2147483647; files = ( ); inputPaths = ( "$(TK_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac", - "$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.in", + "$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.ac", "$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4", "$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4", "$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tkConfig.sh.in", ); name = "Configure Tk"; @@ -4000,21 +3997,21 @@ outputPaths = ( "$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tk/tkConfig.sh", ); runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0; shellPath = /bin/bash; - shellScript = "## tk configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.in -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tk/macosx\"\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\n ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tk && cd tk &&\nif [ \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n echo \"Configuring Tk\"\n CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared --enable-aqua --with-tcl=../tcl CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n ./config.status\nfi\n"; + shellScript = "## tk configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tk/macosx\"\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\n ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tk && cd tk &&\nif [ \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n echo \"Configuring Tk\"\n CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared --enable-aqua --with-tcl=../tcl CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n ./config.status\nfi\n"; showEnvVarsInLog = 0; }; F9FD30B40CC1AD070073837D /* Configure Tcl */ = { isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase; buildActionMask = 2147483647; files = ( ); inputPaths = ( "$(TCL_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac", - "$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.in", + "$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.ac", "$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4", "$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4", "$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tclConfig.sh.in", "$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/Makefile.in", "$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/dltest/Makefile.in", @@ -4023,21 +4020,21 @@ outputPaths = ( "$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tcl/tclConfig.sh", ); runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0; shellPath = /bin/bash; - shellScript = "## tcl configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.in -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tcl/macosx\"\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\n ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tcl && cd tcl &&\nif [ \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n echo \"Configuring Tcl\"\n CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n ./config.status\nfi\n"; + shellScript = "## tcl configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tcl/macosx\"\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\n ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tcl && cd tcl &&\nif [ \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n echo \"Configuring Tcl\"\n CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n ./config.status\nfi\n"; showEnvVarsInLog = 0; }; F9FD30B50CC1AD070073837D /* Configure Tk */ = { isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase; buildActionMask = 2147483647; files = ( ); inputPaths = ( "$(TK_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac", - "$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.in", + "$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.ac", "$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4", "$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4", "$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tkConfig.sh.in", ); name = "Configure Tk"; @@ -4044,11 +4041,11 @@ outputPaths = ( "$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tk/tkConfig.sh", ); runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0; shellPath = /bin/bash; - shellScript = "## tk configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.in -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tk/macosx\"\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\n ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tk && cd tk &&\nif [ \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n echo \"Configuring Tk\"\n CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n PATH=\"${PATH}:/usr/X11R6/bin\" \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared --enable-xft --with-tcl=../tcl CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n ./config.status\nfi"; + shellScript = "## tk configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tk/macosx\"\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\n ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tk && cd tk &&\nif [ \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n echo \"Configuring Tk\"\n CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n PATH=\"${PATH}:/usr/X11R6/bin\" \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared --enable-xft --with-tcl=../tcl CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n ./config.status\nfi"; showEnvVarsInLog = 0; }; /* End PBXShellScriptBuildPhase section */ /* Begin PBXSourcesBuildPhase section */ Index: macosx/Tk.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj ================================================================== --- macosx/Tk.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj +++ macosx/Tk.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj @@ -1170,11 +1170,11 @@ F966BC6808F27A3D005CB29B /* winWm.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winWm.test; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BC6908F27A3D005CB29B /* wm.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = wm.test; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BC6A08F27A3D005CB29B /* xmfbox.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = xmfbox.test; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BC6C08F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BC6D08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = ""; }; - F966BC6E08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = ""; }; + F966BC6E08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure.ac */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.ac; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BC6F08F27A3D005CB29B /* install-sh */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = "install-sh"; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BC7008F27A3D005CB29B /* installManPage */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = installManPage; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BC7108F27A3D005CB29B /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BC7208F27A3D005CB29B /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BC7308F27A3D005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tcl.m4; sourceTree = ""; }; @@ -1209,20 +1209,18 @@ F966BC9008F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixWm.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixWm.c; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BC9108F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixXId.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixXId.c; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BC9408F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BC9508F27A3D005CB29B /* buildall.vc.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = buildall.vc.bat; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BC9608F27A3E005CB29B /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = ""; }; - F966BC9708F27A3E005CB29B /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = ""; }; + F966BC9708F27A3E005CB29B /* configure.ac */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.ac; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BC9908F27A3E005CB29B /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BC9A08F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.vc; sourceTree = ""; }; - F966BC9B08F27A3E005CB29B /* mkd.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = mkd.bat; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BC9C08F27A3E005CB29B /* nmakehlp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = nmakehlp.c; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BCEE08F27A3E005CB29B /* tk.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk.rc; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BCEF08F27A3E005CB29B /* tk_base.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk_base.rc; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BCF208F27A3E005CB29B /* wish.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = wish.rc; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BCF308F27A3E005CB29B /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = ""; }; - F966BCF408F27A3E005CB29B /* rmd.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rmd.bat; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BCF508F27A3F005CB29B /* rules.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rules.vc; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BCF608F27A3F005CB29B /* stubs.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = stubs.c; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BCF708F27A3F005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tcl.m4; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BCF808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkConfig.sh.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkConfig.sh.in; sourceTree = ""; }; F966BCF908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkWin.h; sourceTree = ""; }; @@ -1913,11 +1911,11 @@ F96D43CD08F272B7004A47F5 /* winNotify.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winNotify.test; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D43CE08F272B7004A47F5 /* winPipe.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winPipe.test; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D43CF08F272B7004A47F5 /* winTime.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winTime.test; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D43D108F272B8004A47F5 /* checkLibraryDoc.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = checkLibraryDoc.tcl; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D43D208F272B8004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = ""; }; - F96D43D308F272B8004A47F5 /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = ""; }; + F96D43D308F272B8004A47F5 /* configure.ac */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.ac; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D442208F272B8004A47F5 /* eolFix.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = eolFix.tcl; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D442408F272B8004A47F5 /* fix_tommath_h.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = fix_tommath_h.tcl; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D442508F272B8004A47F5 /* genStubs.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = genStubs.tcl; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D442708F272B8004A47F5 /* index.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = index.tcl; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D442808F272B8004A47F5 /* installData.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = installData.tcl; sourceTree = ""; }; @@ -1938,11 +1936,11 @@ F96D443A08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclZIC.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tclZIC.tcl; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D443B08F272B9004A47F5 /* uniClass.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = uniClass.tcl; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D443C08F272B9004A47F5 /* uniParse.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = uniParse.tcl; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D444008F272B9004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D444108F272B9004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = ""; }; - F96D444208F272B9004A47F5 /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = ""; }; + F96D444208F272B9004A47F5 /* configure.ac */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.ac; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D444408F272B9004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D444508F272B9004A47F5 /* pkga.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkga.c; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D444608F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgb.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgb.c; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D444708F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgc.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgc.c; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D444808F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgd.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgd.c; sourceTree = ""; }; @@ -1982,11 +1980,11 @@ F96D446D08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclXtTest.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclXtTest.c; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D447008F272BA004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D447108F272BA004A47F5 /* buildall.vc.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = buildall.vc.bat; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D447208F272BA004A47F5 /* cat.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = cat.c; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D447408F272BA004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = ""; }; - F96D447508F272BA004A47F5 /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = ""; }; + F96D447508F272BA004A47F5 /* configure.ac */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.ac; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D447708F272BA004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D447808F272BA004A47F5 /* makefile.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.vc; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D447908F272BA004A47F5 /* nmakehlp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = nmakehlp.c; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D447A08F272BA004A47F5 /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = ""; }; F96D447C08F272BA004A47F5 /* rules.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rules.vc; sourceTree = ""; }; @@ -2738,11 +2736,11 @@ F966BC6B08F27A3D005CB29B /* unix */ = { isa = PBXGroup; children = ( F966BC6C08F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */, F966BC6D08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure */, - F966BC6E08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure.in */, + F966BC6E08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure.ac */, F966BC6F08F27A3D005CB29B /* install-sh */, F966BC7008F27A3D005CB29B /* installManPage */, F966BC7108F27A3D005CB29B /* Makefile.in */, F966BC7208F27A3D005CB29B /* README */, F966BC7308F27A3D005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */, @@ -2785,18 +2783,16 @@ isa = PBXGroup; children = ( F966BC9408F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */, F966BC9508F27A3D005CB29B /* buildall.vc.bat */, F966BC9608F27A3E005CB29B /* configure */, - F966BC9708F27A3E005CB29B /* configure.in */, + F966BC9708F27A3E005CB29B /* configure.ac */, F966BC9908F27A3E005CB29B /* Makefile.in */, F966BC9A08F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.vc */, - F966BC9B08F27A3E005CB29B /* mkd.bat */, F966BC9C08F27A3E005CB29B /* nmakehlp.c */, F966BC9D08F27A3E005CB29B /* rc */, F966BCF308F27A3E005CB29B /* README */, - F966BCF408F27A3E005CB29B /* rmd.bat */, F966BCF508F27A3F005CB29B /* rules.vc */, F966BCF608F27A3F005CB29B /* stubs.c */, F966BCF708F27A3F005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */, F966BCF808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkConfig.sh.in */, F966BCF908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin.h */, @@ -3720,11 +3716,11 @@ F96D43D008F272B8004A47F5 /* tools */ = { isa = PBXGroup; children = ( F96D43D108F272B8004A47F5 /* checkLibraryDoc.tcl */, F96D43D208F272B8004A47F5 /* configure */, - F96D43D308F272B8004A47F5 /* configure.in */, + F96D43D308F272B8004A47F5 /* configure.ac */, F96D442208F272B8004A47F5 /* eolFix.tcl */, F96D442408F272B8004A47F5 /* fix_tommath_h.tcl */, F96D442508F272B8004A47F5 /* genStubs.tcl */, F96D442708F272B8004A47F5 /* index.tcl */, F96D442808F272B8004A47F5 /* installData.tcl */, @@ -3753,11 +3749,11 @@ F96D443E08F272B9004A47F5 /* unix */ = { isa = PBXGroup; children = ( F96D444008F272B9004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */, F96D444108F272B9004A47F5 /* configure */, - F96D444208F272B9004A47F5 /* configure.in */, + F96D444208F272B9004A47F5 /* configure.ac */, F96D444308F272B9004A47F5 /* dltest */, F96D444D08F272B9004A47F5 /* install-sh */, F96D444E08F272B9004A47F5 /* installManPage */, F96D444F08F272B9004A47F5 /* ldAix */, F96D445008F272B9004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */, @@ -3814,11 +3810,11 @@ children = ( F96D447008F272BA004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */, F96D447108F272BA004A47F5 /* buildall.vc.bat */, F96D447208F272BA004A47F5 /* cat.c */, F96D447408F272BA004A47F5 /* configure */, - F96D447508F272BA004A47F5 /* configure.in */, + F96D447508F272BA004A47F5 /* configure.ac */, F96D447708F272BA004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */, F96D447808F272BA004A47F5 /* makefile.vc */, F96D447908F272BA004A47F5 /* nmakehlp.c */, F96D447A08F272BA004A47F5 /* README */, F96D447C08F272BA004A47F5 /* rules.vc */, @@ -3969,11 +3965,11 @@ buildActionMask = 2147483647; files = ( ); inputPaths = ( "$(TCL_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac", - "$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.in", + "$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.ac", "$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4", "$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4", "$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tclConfig.sh.in", "$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/Makefile.in", "$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/dltest/Makefile.in", @@ -3982,21 +3978,21 @@ outputPaths = ( "$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tcl/tclConfig.sh", ); runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0; shellPath = /bin/bash; - shellScript = "## tcl configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.in -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tcl/macosx\"\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\n ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tcl && cd tcl &&\nif [ \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n echo \"Configuring Tcl\"\n CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n ./config.status\nfi\n"; + shellScript = "## tcl configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tcl/macosx\"\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\n ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tcl && cd tcl &&\nif [ \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n echo \"Configuring Tcl\"\n CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n ./config.status\nfi\n"; showEnvVarsInLog = 0; }; F9A5C5F608F651AB008AE941 /* Configure Tk */ = { isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase; buildActionMask = 2147483647; files = ( ); inputPaths = ( "$(TK_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac", - "$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.in", + "$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.ac", "$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4", "$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4", "$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tkConfig.sh.in", ); name = "Configure Tk"; @@ -4003,21 +3999,21 @@ outputPaths = ( "$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tk/tkConfig.sh", ); runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0; shellPath = /bin/bash; - shellScript = "## tk configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.in -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tk/macosx\"\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\n ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tk && cd tk &&\nif [ \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n echo \"Configuring Tk\"\n CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared --enable-aqua --with-tcl=../tcl CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n ./config.status\nfi\n"; + shellScript = "## tk configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tk/macosx\"\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\n ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tk && cd tk &&\nif [ \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n echo \"Configuring Tk\"\n CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared --enable-aqua --with-tcl=../tcl CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n ./config.status\nfi\n"; showEnvVarsInLog = 0; }; F9FD30B40CC1AD070073837D /* Configure Tcl */ = { isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase; buildActionMask = 2147483647; files = ( ); inputPaths = ( "$(TCL_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac", - "$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.in", + "$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.ac", "$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4", "$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4", "$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tclConfig.sh.in", "$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/Makefile.in", "$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/dltest/Makefile.in", @@ -4026,21 +4022,21 @@ outputPaths = ( "$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tcl/tclConfig.sh", ); runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0; shellPath = /bin/bash; - shellScript = "## tcl configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.in -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tcl/macosx\"\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\n ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tcl && cd tcl &&\nif [ \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n echo \"Configuring Tcl\"\n CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n ./config.status\nfi\n"; + shellScript = "## tcl configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tcl/macosx\"\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\n ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tcl && cd tcl &&\nif [ \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n echo \"Configuring Tcl\"\n CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n ./config.status\nfi\n"; showEnvVarsInLog = 0; }; F9FD30B50CC1AD070073837D /* Configure Tk */ = { isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase; buildActionMask = 2147483647; files = ( ); inputPaths = ( "$(TK_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac", - "$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.in", + "$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.ac", "$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4", "$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4", "$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tkConfig.sh.in", ); name = "Configure Tk"; @@ -4047,11 +4043,11 @@ outputPaths = ( "$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tk/tkConfig.sh", ); runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0; shellPath = /bin/bash; - shellScript = "## tk configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.in -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tk/macosx\"\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\n ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tk && cd tk &&\nif [ \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n echo \"Configuring Tk\"\n CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n PATH=\"${PATH}:/usr/X11R6/bin\" \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared --enable-xft --with-tcl=../tcl CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n ./config.status\nfi"; + shellScript = "## tk configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tk/macosx\"\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\n ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tk && cd tk &&\nif [ \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n echo \"Configuring Tk\"\n CC=$(xcrun -find ${GCC} || echo ${GCC})\n PATH=\"${PATH}:/usr/X11R6/bin\" \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared --enable-xft --with-tcl=../tcl CC=${CC} LD=${CC} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n ./config.status\nfi"; showEnvVarsInLog = 0; }; /* End PBXShellScriptBuildPhase section */ /* Begin PBXSourcesBuildPhase section */ Index: macosx/configure.ac ================================================================== --- macosx/configure.ac +++ macosx/configure.ac @@ -6,6 +6,6 @@ dnl Ensure that the config (auto)headers support is used, then just dnl include the configure sources from ../unix: m4_include(../unix/aclocal.m4) m4_define(SC_USE_CONFIG_HEADERS) -m4_include(../unix/configure.in) +m4_include(../unix/configure.ac) Index: macosx/tkMacOSXInit.c ================================================================== --- macosx/tkMacOSXInit.c +++ macosx/tkMacOSXInit.c @@ -113,11 +113,10 @@ /* * Construct the menu bar. */ _defaultMainMenu = nil; [self _setupMenus]; - /* * Initialize event processing. */ TkMacOSXInitAppleEvents(_eventInterp); Index: macosx/tkMacOSXWm.c ================================================================== --- macosx/tkMacOSXWm.c +++ macosx/tkMacOSXWm.c @@ -2369,22 +2369,22 @@ Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?-default? image1 ?image2 ...?"); return TCL_ERROR; } - /*Parse args.*/ + /*Parse args.*/ if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), "-default") == 0) { isDefault = 1; if (objc == 4) { Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?-default? image1 ?image2 ...?"); return TCL_ERROR; } } - /*Get icon name. We only use the first icon name because macOS does not - support multiple images in Tk photos.*/ + /*Get icon name. We only use the first icon name because macOS does not + support multiple images in Tk photos.*/ char *icon; if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), "-default") == 0) { icon = Tcl_GetString(objv[4]); } else { icon = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]); Index: macosx/tkMacOSXXStubs.c ================================================================== --- macosx/tkMacOSXXStubs.c +++ macosx/tkMacOSXXStubs.c @@ -665,18 +665,10 @@ */ display->request++; } -void -Tk_FreeXId( - Display *display, - XID xid) -{ - /* no-op function needed for stubs implementation. */ -} - int XSync( Display *display, Bool flag) { Index: tests/bell.test ================================================================== --- tests/bell.test +++ tests/bell.test @@ -13,11 +13,11 @@ test bell-1.1 {bell command} -body { bell a } -returnCodes {error} -result {bad option "a": must be -displayof or -nice} test bell-1.2 {bell command} -body { - bell a b + bell a b } -returnCodes {error} -result {bad option "a": must be -displayof or -nice} test bell-1.3 {bell command} -body { bell -displayof gorp } -returnCodes {error} -result {bad window path name "gorp"} Index: tests/bind.test ================================================================== --- tests/bind.test +++ tests/bind.test @@ -88,14 +88,14 @@ } -cleanup { destroy .t.f } -result {test script more text} test bind-1.8 {bind command} -body { - bind .t {test script} + bind .t {test script} } -returnCodes error -result {bad event type or keysym "gorp"} test bind-1.9 {bind command} -body { - catch {bind .t {test script}} + catch {bind .t {test script}} bind .t } -result {} test bind-1.10 {bind command} -body { bind .t } -returnCodes ok -result {} @@ -152,14 +152,14 @@ destroy .t.f } -result {a b c d} test bind-2.9 {bindtags command} -body { frame .t.f bindtags .t.f {a b c} - bindtags .t.f "\{" + bindtags .t.f "\{" } -cleanup { destroy .t.f -} -returnCodes error -result {unmatched open brace in list} +} -returnCodes error -result {unmatched open brace in list} test bind-2.10 {bindtags command} -body { frame .t.f bindtags .t.f {a b c} catch {bindtags .t.f "\{"} bindtags .t.f @@ -167,14 +167,14 @@ destroy .t.f } -result {.t.f Frame .t all} test bind-2.11 {bindtags command} -body { frame .t.f bindtags .t.f {a b c} - bindtags .t.f "a .gorp b" + bindtags .t.f "a .gorp b" } -cleanup { destroy .t.f -} -returnCodes ok +} -returnCodes ok test bind-2.12 {bindtags command} -body { frame .t.f bindtags .t.f {a b c} catch {bindtags .t.f "a .gorp b"} bindtags .t.f @@ -210,11 +210,11 @@ bind Toplevel {lappend x "%W enter toplevel"} bind xyz {lappend x "%W enter xyz"} bind {a b} {lappend x "%W enter {a b}"} bind .t {lappend x "%W enter .t"} bind .t.f {lappend x "%W enter .t.f"} - + event generate .t.f return $x } -cleanup { destroy .t.f unsetBindings @@ -230,13 +230,13 @@ bind Toplevel {lappend x "%W enter toplevel"} bind xyz {lappend x "%W enter xyz"} bind {a b} {lappend x "%W enter {a b}"} bind .t {lappend x "%W enter .t"} bind .t.f {lappend x "%W enter .t.f"} - + bindtags .t.f {.t.f {a b} xyz} - event generate .t.f + event generate .t.f return $x } -cleanup { destroy .t.f unsetBindings } -result {{.t.f enter .t.f} {.t.f enter {a b}} {.t.f enter xyz}} @@ -246,11 +246,11 @@ bind Test {lappend x "%W enter frame"} bind Toplevel {lappend x "%W enter toplevel"} bind xyz {lappend x "%W enter xyz"} bind {a b} {lappend x "%W enter {a b}"} bind .t {lappend x "%W enter .t"} - + event generate .t return $x } -cleanup { unsetBindings } -result {{.t enter .t} {.t enter toplevel} {.t enter all}} @@ -266,11 +266,11 @@ bind Test {lappend x "%W enter frame"} bind Toplevel {lappend x "%W enter toplevel"} bind xyz {lappend x "%W enter xyz"} bind {a b} {lappend x "%W enter {a b}"} bind .t {lappend x "%W enter .t"} - + bindtags .t.f {.t.f .t.f2 .t.f3} bind .t.f {lappend x "%W enter .t.f"} bind .t.f3 {lappend x "%W enter .t.f3"} event generate .t.f return $x @@ -290,11 +290,11 @@ bind Toplevel {lappend x "%W enter toplevel"} bind xyz {lappend x "%W enter xyz"} bind {a b} {lappend x "%W enter {a b}"} bind .t {lappend x "%W enter .t"} bindtags .t.f {a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z} - + event generate .t.f } -cleanup { destroy .t.f unsetBindings } -result {} @@ -394,29 +394,29 @@ } -cleanup { destroy .t.c } -result {Test} test bind-11.1 {Tk_GetAllBindings procedure} -body { - frame .t.f + frame .t.f foreach i "! a \\\{ ~ <> " { bind .t.f $i Test } lsort [bind .t.f] } -cleanup { destroy .t.f } -result {! <> a \{ ~} test bind-11.2 {Tk_GetAllBindings procedure} -body { - frame .t.f + frame .t.f foreach i " <1>" { bind .t.f $i Test } lsort [bind .t.f] } -cleanup { destroy .t.f } -result { } test bind-11.3 {Tk_GetAllBindings procedure} -body { - frame .t.f + frame .t.f foreach i " abcd ab" { bind .t.f $i Test } lsort [bind .t.f] } -cleanup { @@ -446,11 +446,11 @@ bind Test {lappend x "%W %K Test KeyPress"} bind all {lappend x "%W %K all KeyPress"} bind Test : {lappend x "%W %K Test :"} bind all _ {lappend x "%W %K all _"} bind .t.f : {lappend x "%W %K .t.f :"} - + event generate .t.f event generate .t.f event generate .t.f return $x } -cleanup { @@ -469,11 +469,11 @@ set x {} } -body { bind Test {lappend x "%W %K Test press any"; break} bind all {continue; lappend x "%W %K all press any"} bind .t.f : {lappend x "%W %K .t.f pressed colon"} - + event generate .t.f return $x } -cleanup { destroy .t.f bind all {} @@ -525,15 +525,15 @@ bind all {lappend x "%W destroyed"} set x {} frame .t.g -gorp foo } -cleanup { bind all {} -} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-gorp"} +} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-gorp"} test bind-13.6 {Tk_BindEvent procedure} -body { bind all {lappend x "%W destroyed"} set x {} - catch {frame .t.g -gorp foo} + catch {frame .t.g -gorp foo} return $x } -cleanup { bind all {} } -result {{.t.g destroyed}} @@ -610,14 +610,14 @@ focus -force .t.f update set x {} } -body { bind .t.f "lappend x Motion%#(%x,%y)" - event generate .t.f -serial 100 -x 100 -y 200 -when tail + event generate .t.f -serial 100 -x 100 -y 200 -when tail update event generate .t.f -serial 101 -x 200 -y 300 -when tail - event generate .t.f -serial 102 -x 300 -y 400 -when tail + event generate .t.f -serial 102 -x 300 -y 400 -when tail update return $x } -cleanup { destroy .t.f } -result {Motion100(100,200) Motion102(300,400)} @@ -627,14 +627,14 @@ focus -force .t.f update } -body { bind .t.f "lappend x %K%#" bind .t.f "lappend x %K%#" - event generate .t.f -serial 100 -when tail - event generate .t.f -serial 101 -when tail - event generate .t.f -serial 102 -when tail - event generate .t.f -serial 103 -when tail + event generate .t.f -serial 100 -when tail + event generate .t.f -serial 101 -when tail + event generate .t.f -serial 102 -when tail + event generate .t.f -serial 103 -when tail update } -cleanup { destroy .t.f } -result {} test bind-13.13 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: valid key detail} -setup { @@ -866,11 +866,11 @@ focus -force .t.f update set x {} } -body { bind .t.f {set x Button-2} - event generate .t.f + event generate .t.f return $x } -cleanup { destroy .t.f } -result {Button-2} test bind-13.28 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: detail virtual pattern list} -setup { @@ -1030,11 +1030,11 @@ destroy .t.f bind Test {} } -result {b1} test bind-13.45 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: error in script} -setup { proc bgerror msg { - global x + global x lappend x $msg } frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 pack .t.f focus -force .t.f @@ -1219,11 +1219,11 @@ event generate .t.f -state 0x8 return $x } -cleanup { destroy .t.f } -result {0} -test bind-15.12 {MatchPatterns procedure, ignore modifier presses and releases} -constraints { +test bind-15.12 {MatchPatterns procedure, ignore modifier presses and releases} -constraints { nonPortable } -setup { frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 pack .t.f focus -force .t.f @@ -1260,11 +1260,11 @@ focus -force .t.f update } -body { bind .t.f {set x 1} set x 0 - event generate .t.f + event generate .t.f event generate .t.f event generate .t.f -x 30 -y 40 event generate .t.f -x 31 -y 39 event generate .t.f return $x @@ -1277,11 +1277,11 @@ focus -force .t.f update } -body { bind .t.f {set x 1} set x 0 - event generate .t.f + event generate .t.f event generate .t.f event generate .t.f -x 30 -y 40 event generate .t.f -x 29 -y 41 event generate .t.f return $x @@ -1294,11 +1294,11 @@ focus -force .t.f update } -body { bind .t.f {set x 1} set x 0 - event generate .t.f + event generate .t.f event generate .t.f event generate .t.f -x 30 -y 40 event generate .t.f -x 40 -y 40 event generate .t.f return $x @@ -1311,11 +1311,11 @@ focus -force .t.f update } -body { bind .t.f {set x 1} set x 0 - event generate .t.f + event generate .t.f event generate .t.f event generate .t.f -x 30 -y 40 event generate .t.f -x 20 -y 40 event generate .t.f return $x @@ -1328,11 +1328,11 @@ focus -force .t.f update } -body { bind .t.f {set x 1} set x 0 - event generate .t.f + event generate .t.f event generate .t.f event generate .t.f -x 30 -y 40 event generate .t.f -x 30 -y 30 event generate .t.f return $x @@ -1345,11 +1345,11 @@ focus -force .t.f update } -body { bind .t.f {set x 1} set x 0 - event generate .t.f + event generate .t.f event generate .t.f event generate .t.f -x 30 -y 40 event generate .t.f -x 30 -y 50 event generate .t.f return $x @@ -1362,11 +1362,11 @@ focus -force .t.f update } -body { bind .t.f {set x 1} set x 0 - event generate .t.f + event generate .t.f event generate .t.f event generate .t.f -time 300 event generate .t.f -time 700 event generate .t.f return $x @@ -1379,11 +1379,11 @@ focus -force .t.f update } -body { bind .t.f {set x 1} set x 0 - event generate .t.f + event generate .t.f event generate .t.f event generate .t.f -time 300 event generate .t.f -time 900 event generate .t.f return $x @@ -2047,11 +2047,11 @@ set x } -cleanup { destroy .t.f } -result {781 632} test bind-16.35 {ExpandPercents procedure} -constraints { - nonPortable + nonPortable } -setup { frame .t.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100 pack .t.f focus -force .t.f update @@ -2273,11 +2273,11 @@ test bind-17.6 {event command: add with error} -body { event add <> abc <1> } -cleanup { event delete <> -} -returnCodes error -result {bad event type or keysym "xyz"} +} -returnCodes error -result {bad event type or keysym "xyz"} test bind-17.7 {event command: add with error} -body { event delete <> catch {event add <> abc <1>} lsort [event info <>] } -cleanup { @@ -2366,20 +2366,20 @@ event add asd } -returnCodes error -result {virtual event "asd" is badly formed} test bind-18.2 {CreateVirtualEvent procedure: FindSequence} -body { event add <> } -returnCodes error -result {bad event type or keysym "Ctrl"} -test bind-18.3 {CreateVirtualEvent procedure: new physical} -body { +test bind-18.3 {CreateVirtualEvent procedure: new physical} -body { event delete <> event add <> event info <> } -cleanup { event delete <> } -result {} test bind-18.4 {CreateVirtualEvent procedure: duplicate physical} -body { event delete <> - event add <> + event add <> event add <> event info <> } -cleanup { event delete <> } -result {} @@ -2446,17 +2446,17 @@ } -returnCodes error -result {virtual event not allowed in definition of another virtual event} test bind-19.7 {DeleteVirtualEvent procedure: owns 1, delete all} -body { foreach p [event info] {event delete $p} event add <> event delete <> - event info + event info } -result {} test bind-19.8 {DeleteVirtualEvent procedure: owns 1, delete 1} -body { foreach p [event info] {event delete $p} event add <> event delete <> - event info + event info } -result {} test bind-19.9 {DeleteVirtualEvent procedure: owns many, delete all} -body { foreach p [event info] {event delete $p} event add <> event delete <> @@ -2504,11 +2504,11 @@ bind .t.f <> {lappend x abc} event generate .t.f event generate .t.f event generate .t.f event generate .t.f - event delete <> + event delete <> event generate .t.f event generate .t.f event generate .t.f event generate .t.f list $x [event info <>] @@ -2571,11 +2571,11 @@ event generate .t.f event generate .t.f event generate .t.f event generate .t.f event generate .t.f - event delete <> + event delete <> event generate .t.f event generate .t.f event generate .t.f event generate .t.f event generate .t.f @@ -2607,11 +2607,11 @@ event generate .t.f event generate .t.g event generate .t.g event generate .t.h event generate .t.h - event delete <> + event delete <> event generate .t.f event generate .t.f event generate .t.g event generate .t.g event generate .t.h @@ -2679,11 +2679,11 @@ event generate .t.f event generate .t.g event generate .t.g event generate .t.h event generate .t.h - event delete <> + event delete <> event generate .t.f event generate .t.f event generate .t.g event generate .t.g event generate .t.h @@ -3416,11 +3416,11 @@ focus -force .t.f update set x {} } -body { bind .t.f "lappend x %o" - event generate .t.f -override xyz + event generate .t.f -override xyz } -cleanup { destroy .t.f } -returnCodes error -result {expected boolean value but got "xyz"} test bind-22.56 {HandleEventGenerate: options -override 1} -setup { @@ -3429,11 +3429,11 @@ focus -force .t.f update set x {} } -body { bind .t.f "lappend x %o" - event generate .t.f -override 1 + event generate .t.f -override 1 return $x } -cleanup { destroy .t.f } -result {1} @@ -3443,11 +3443,11 @@ focus -force .t.f update set x {} } -body { bind .t.f "lappend x %o" - event generate .t.f -override 1 + event generate .t.f -override 1 return $x } -cleanup { destroy .t.f } -result {1} @@ -3457,11 +3457,11 @@ focus -force .t.f update set x {} } -body { bind .t.f "lappend x %o" - event generate .t.f -override 1 + event generate .t.f -override 1 return $x } -cleanup { destroy .t.f } -result {1} @@ -3471,11 +3471,11 @@ focus -force .t.f update set x {} } -body { bind .t.f "lappend x %k" - event generate .t.f -override 1 + event generate .t.f -override 1 } -cleanup { destroy .t.f } -returnCodes error -result { event doesn't accept "-override" option} test bind-22.60 {HandleEventGenerate: options -place xyz} -setup { @@ -3484,11 +3484,11 @@ focus -force .t.f update set x {} } -body { bind .t.f "lappend x %p" - event generate .t.f -place xyz + event generate .t.f -place xyz } -cleanup { destroy .t.f } -returnCodes error -result {bad -place value "xyz": must be PlaceOnTop, or PlaceOnBottom} test bind-22.61 {HandleEventGenerate: options -place PlaceOnTop} -setup { @@ -3497,11 +3497,11 @@ focus -force .t.f update set x {} } -body { bind .t.f "lappend x %p" - event generate .t.f -place PlaceOnTop + event generate .t.f -place PlaceOnTop return $x } -cleanup { destroy .t.f } -result {PlaceOnTop} @@ -3511,11 +3511,11 @@ focus -force .t.f update set x {} } -body { bind .t.f "lappend x %k" - event generate .t.f -place PlaceOnTop + event generate .t.f -place PlaceOnTop } -cleanup { destroy .t.f } -returnCodes error -result { event doesn't accept "-place" option} test bind-22.63 {HandleEventGenerate: options -root .xyz} -setup { @@ -3524,11 +3524,11 @@ focus -force .t.f update set x {} } -body { bind .t.f "lappend x %R" - event generate .t.f -root .xyz + event generate .t.f -root .xyz } -cleanup { destroy .t.f } -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name ".xyz"} test bind-22.64 {HandleEventGenerate: options -root .t} -setup { @@ -3537,11 +3537,11 @@ focus -force .t.f update set x {} } -body { bind .t.f "lappend x %R" - event generate .t.f -root .t + event generate .t.f -root .t expr {[winfo id .t] eq $x} } -cleanup { destroy .t.f } -result {1} @@ -3551,11 +3551,11 @@ focus -force .t.f update set x {} } -body { bind .t.f "lappend x %R" - event generate .t.f -root xyz + event generate .t.f -root xyz } -cleanup { destroy .t.f } -returnCodes error -result {bad window name/identifier "xyz"} test bind-22.66 {HandleEventGenerate: options -root [winfo id .t]} -setup { @@ -3564,11 +3564,11 @@ focus -force .t.f update set x {} } -body { bind .t.f "lappend x %R" - event generate .t.f -root [winfo id .t] + event generate .t.f -root [winfo id .t] expr {[winfo id .t] eq $x} } -cleanup { destroy .t.f } -result {1} @@ -3578,11 +3578,11 @@ focus -force .t.f update set x {} } -body { bind .t.f